Proceedings of the Arkansas Academy of Science - Volume 33 1979 Academy Editors

Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science

Volume 33 Article 1

1979 Proceedings of the Arkansas Academy of Science - Volume 33 1979 Academy Editors

Follow this and additional works at: https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas

Recommended Citation Editors, Academy (1979) "Proceedings of the Arkansas Academy of Science - Volume 33 1979," Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science: Vol. 33 , Article 1. Available at: https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1

This article is available for use under the Creative Commons license: Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International (CC BY-ND 4.0). Users are able to read, download, copy, print, distribute, search, link to the full texts of these articles, or use them for any other lawful purpose, without asking prior permission from the publisher or the author. This Entire Issue is brought to you for free and open access by ScholarWorks@UARK. It has been accepted for inclusion in Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science by an authorized editor of ScholarWorks@UARK. For more information, please contact [email protected], [email protected]. Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Proceedings of the CODEN: AKASO

ARKANSAS ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS LIBRARY VOLUME XXXilf 1979 APR 30 1980

ARKANSAS ACADEMY OF SCIENCE BOX 837 STATE UNIVERSITY, ARKANSAS 72467

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 1 LIBRARY RATE Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Arkansas Academy of Science, Box 837, Arkansas State University State University, Arkansas 72467 PAST PRESIDENTS OF THE ARKANSAS ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Charles Brookover, 1917 Jack W. Sears, 1957 Dwight M.Moore, 1932-33, 64 J. R. Mundie, 1958 Flora Haas, 1934 C.E.Hoffman, 1959 H.H.Hyman,1935 N.D. Buffaloe, 1960 LB.Ham, 1936 H. L Bogan, 1961 W. C. Munn, 1937 Trumann McEver, 1962 M.J.McHenry,1938 Robert Shideler, 1963 T.LSmith, 1939 L.F. Bailey, 1965 P. G. Horton, 1940 James H. Fribourgh, 1966 I.A.Wills,1941-42 Howard Moore, 1967 L.B.Roberts, 1943-44 John J. Chapman, 1968 Jeff Banks, 1945 Arthur Fry, 1969 H.L.Winburn, 1946-47 M.L.Lawson, 1970 E. A.Provine, 1948 R.T. Kirkwood,1971 G.V. Robinette, 1949 George E. Templeton, 1972 R. H. Totter, 1950 E. B.Whitlake,1973 R.H.Austin, 1951 Clark McCarty, 1974 E. A. Spessard, 1952 Edward Dale, 1975 DelbertSwartz, 1953 JoeGuenter, 1976 Z. V.Harvalik, 1954 Jewel Moore, 1977 M.Ruth Armstrong, 1955 Joe Nix,1978 W.W. Nedrow, 1956 INSTITUTIONAL MEMBERS The Arkansas Academy ofScience recognizes the support of the following institutions through their Institutional Membership in the Academy. ARKANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY,State University ARKANSAS TECH UNIVERSITY, Russellville COLLEGE OF THE OZARKS, Clarksville HENDERSON STATE UNIVERSITY, Arkadelphia HENDRIX COLLEGE, Conway JOHN BROWN UNIVERSITY, Siloam Springs OUACHITA BAPTIST UNIVERSITY, Arkadelphia SOUTHERN ARKANSAS UNIVERSITY, Magnolia UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS AT FAYETTEVILLE UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS AT LITTLEROCK UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS AT MONTICELLO UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS AT PINE BLUFF UNIVERSITY OF CENTRAL ARKANSAS, Conway EDITORIAL STAFF

EDITOR: GARY A.HEIDT, Dept. of Biology, University of Arkansas at Little Rock, Little Rock, Arkansas 72204. EDITOR FOR NEWSLETTER: HENRY W. ROBINSON, Dept. of Biology, Southern Arkansas University Magnolia, Arkansas 71753. ASSOCIATE EDITORS: R. Timothy C. Klinger Dale V. Ferguson Alex Nisbet John K. Beadles < Anthropology-Sociology Biology Chemistry Environmental Science

Walter L. Manger James E. Mackey Neal D. Buffaloe Geology Physics Science Education https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 2, Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

lames Arthur Schollz, 1932-1978

Jim Scholtz died unexpectedly on December 27, 1978, while on a trip toNew Orleans. For the past ten years he had served as the Assistant Director of the University of Arkansas Museum. He had a BA in anthropology from the University of Iowa, his home state, and an MAin anthropology from the Univer- sity of Arkansas. Until turning his career toward the museum field, he had spent eight years doing archeological field work, principally inArkansas. He had successfully combined his interests and talents inhis position in the University Museum. He was instrumental in introducing anthropology into the scope of the Arkansas Academy ofScience, and formany years prodded and encouraged his colleagues, particularly in archeology, into participation in the annual programs, and then inpublication of papers in the Academy's proceedings. His was a quiet, persuasive, and pervasive contribution to science and professionalism in Arkansas.

Hester A. Davis Arkansas Archeological Survey

Editor's Note: Jim s contributions toward the Arkansas Academy ofScience through his position as As- sociate Editor forAnthropology-Sociology were many and his help and encouragement in that area willbe sorelv missed.

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 3 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ARKANSAS ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1980

https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 4 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 ARKANSAS ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Volume XXXIII 1979 Proceedings P. Max Johnston President

L.Richards JohnT. Gilmour William L. Evans Robert T.Kirkwood ¦hardresident-Elect Secretary Treasurer Historian Secretary ys Report

MINUTES OF THE SIXTY-THIRD ANNUAL MEETING— 6-7 April1979 FIRST BUSINESS MEETING 5. Support, UA Foundation, Fayettevllle Mtg. 438.00 6. Junior Academy Funds Returned 65.95 7. Donations for BIOTA 16.50 Dr.P. M.Johnston, President, opened the meeting. He introduced 8. UA (WRRC) Support for Symposium & Banquet 700.00 Roy Schilling, President 9. Interest on Reserve Funds (NR) 243. 48 Dr. ofHendrix College, who welcomed the Certificate (6.5Z) 101.97 Academy to his institution. b. Passbook ('...".-.I 141.51 Johnston recognized Dr. John Gilmour for the Secre- Sli,!.'¦<. SI report. Gilmour reported that the Proceedings of the sixty- Disbursements (March 24, 1978 through March 31, 1979) 1 meeting of the Academy containing minutes of the First and 1. Meeting Expenses 51,004.39 d Business Meetings were available. He said a motion for ap- UA, Printing (461) 38.15 of the minutes wouldbe made at the Second Business Meeting. b. UA, Banquet Chg. (464) 966.24 Leone, EtidentPresident Johnston then introduced Dr. Charles Vice- 131.61 2. Operating Expenses President and Provost of the University of Arkansas, Payetteville. a. Assoc. Acad. Scl., Dues (457) 23.70 Leone described a new National Science Foundation Experimental b. Carson, Typing (458) 2.50 Boyette Typing (462) 6.25 Program to Stimulate Competitive Research. He said a Planning Pro- d. Postmaster, Summer Box Rent (463) 4.00 posal had been completed which would: a) conduct a survey of UA, Printing (465) 2.85 scientific potential inArkansas and evaluate that potential, b) formu- f. Postmaster, Fall Box Rent (469) 7.00 g. Postmaster, Postage (475) 18.00 late criteria for selecting research areas tobe developed, c) stimulate h. McRoy & McNalr, Stationery (480) 44.01 submission of nationally competitive research proposals, and d) pre- 1. UA, Printing (481) 1.80 j. Postmaster, Spring Box (432) 7.00 pare to by $3 Rent animplementation proposal the funded NSF for million k. Postmaster, Postage (489) 7.50 over a period of 5 years. He asked the Arkansas Academy of Science 1. Bank Service Charges 7.(1(1 to Discussion followed. then endorse this proposal. Dr. W. L.Evans 3. Awards 664.75 made the followingmotion. a. Shaddox, Scl. Talent (454) 20.00 On behalf of the Executive Committee of the Arkansas Acad- b. Rogers, Scl. Talent (455) 15.00 emy Science, Canterna, Collegiate Acad. (456) 100.00 of Imove that the Academy and its members d. Ark. Scl. Fair Assn. Support (459) 100.00 offer fullcooperation and assistance in every way possible for e. Ark. Jr. Acad. Support (468) 100.00 this project. f. Price, UCA Conf. (476) 75.00 g. Ark. Collegiate Acad. Travel (484) 50.00 h. Day Timers, Certlf. (487) 50.00 The motion was seconded and passed. 1. SW Prtg, Scl. Talent Certlf. (490) 51.81 J. Best Sports, Inc.. Plaques (491) 100.94 President Johnston then recognized Dr. William L. Evans for the 4.. Publication of the PROCEEDINGS 4,812.7b Treasurer's report. Evans stated that financial statements were avail- a. Phillips Lltho, Printing (460) 4 256.95 b. Cllmour, Postage (466) 18.12 able. He then discussed the financial statement shown below. c. Editorial Asst, Salary (470) 126.70 d. Gilmour, Postage (471) 8.96 Editorial Asst. Salary (472) 79.20 f. ALS Travel Agency, Editor (473) 57.00 g. Cllmour, Postage (478) 3.60 Financial Statement h. Dept. Fin. h Admin, Tax (483) 4.90 1. Editorial Asst. Salary (485) 110.01) March 31, 1979 j. Heldt, Postage (486) 4.49 k. Heldt, Travel (488) 62.34

Cash Balance 23, 51,090.59 In Checking Account. March 1978 5. Publication of the NEWSLETTER 94.45 Less Outstanding Checks (449, 453) 117.55 Funds a. Fay. Bus Station, Ship. (474) 4.65 In Checking Account, March 23, 1978 S 973.04 Roblson, (477) 26.80 FSLA 1,204.99 b. Postage (Heritage) Certificate Acct 71-950 UA, Printing (479) 63.00 FSLA (Heritage) Passbook Acct 7679 .'.'IH.'.m Total Funds, March 23, 1978 :;'., Inil.hh Total Disbursements S6, 707.96

'"cume (March 24, 1978 through March 31, 1979) Beginning Balance, Checking and Re 55,160.66 1. Memberships SI,926. 00 ?6,324.81 a. Sustaining S 410.00 Total Expendlt -6.7O7.j6 b. Regular 1,344.00 Funds on Hand, March 31, 1979 S4.777.51 c. Associate 172.00 2. Institutional Dues 900.00 Outstanding Bills, March 31, 1979 3,202.25 3. to 1,096.00 Subscriptions the PROCKKUINCS Unobligated Funds 51,575.26 *• Page charges for the PROCKKUINCS 938.88

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 5 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Distribution of Funds on Hand President Johnston then called upon Mr.Tom Palko who gave the Balance, Checking Account, McllroyBank 3/31/79 SI.447. 35 following report on the Junior Sciences and Humanities Symposium. Less Outstanding Check (491) 3/28/79 100.94 Checkbook Balance 51,346.41 80 schools (statewide) attended the HerltaBe SL Certificate Acct 71-95000 1,306.96 Delegates representing Heritage Passbook Acct 7679 2.124.U 13th annual Arkansas JSHS onMarch 22-24, 1979, at Arkan- Total Funds March 31, 1979 54,777.51 sas Tech University in Russellville, Arkansas. Seventeen Respectfully Submitted, papers chosen from 73 submitted were read. The program was well received by the delegates. It consisted of,in addition to the student paper presentors, tours, speakers, and entertain- William L. & ment events.

President Johnston recognized Dr.Carl Rutledge, President of the Arkansas Science Fair Association, forthe shown below. Evans said a motion for approval would be made at the Second report Business Meeting. He then reported that the Research Fund cur- rentlycontains $844. The Arkansas State Science Fair was held Friday and 31, President Johnston recognized Dr.Clarence Sinclair, Chairman of Saturday, March 30 and at Ouachita Baptist University in Arkadelphia. The of projects exhibited increased to the Nominating Committee who gave the followingreport. number 95 this year because of the new regional science fair held at the of Arkansas inMonticello, bringing the total The members of the Nominating Committee, as appointed University by you, were Dr.Earl Hannebrink and Dr.DavidBecker with number of regional fairs in the state to five. Because of increased science fair activity inthe Little Rock area, is myself as chairman. We compiled a potential list ofcandidates, there a then asked each candidate ifhe/she would serve ifelected, possibility that another regional fair willbe added at the Uni- versity ofArkansas LittleRock then narrowed the field to two for each position. The at next year. names two to the Academy for two The grand prize winners this year were Eddie Calhoun, submitted the positions are as listed Merrifield, below. Springdale, taught by W. A. and Brenda Kirksey, Green County Tech High School, Paragould, whose teacher is Sandra Tedder. Calhoun's project was an engineering study of I. For President-Elect Truss", H.Robison-UASM- "Design and Stresses in a while Ms. Kirksey deter- E. Bacon UAM mined the "Effects ofCaffeine on Nonmammalians." They will represent the state of Arkansas at the 30th International Antonio, Texas, II. For Secretary Science and Engineering Fair in San May 7-11. -ASU The financial status of the Science Fair is good, with over D. Chittenden $1650 $350 D.L.Zachry-UAF already received this year, but about more willbe needed to pay all the expenses. The $300 affiliation fee has already been paid, and $600 checks presented to the teachers of President Johnston asked for nominations from the floor. There year, were none. He then moved that the slate be The motion the winners. Travel willbe less this but hotel bills willbe accepted. $50/day/room. was seconded and passed. over President Johnston then recognized Dr.Gary Heidt, Editor, who Rutledge then made the followingmotion. gave the following report. The Arkansas Science Fair Association thanks the Arkansas Iwould again like to thank the Associate Editors for their in the Section for this and Academy of Science forits support in the past, and hereby re- help handling Programs meeting $100 year seeing that the submitted manuscripts from last year quests the usual annual contribution of forthe 1979. were re- I that this be granted. viewed by competent scientists in the appropriate areas of move request expertise. These tasks have greatly reduced the work load of The motion seconded and passed. the Editor and are greatly appreciated. was A manuscripts for publication total of 39 was submitted in President Johnston then called Mrs. Marie Arthur, State Academy upon Volume 32 of the Proceedings of the Arkansas of gave Science. Of these, 3 were deemed unsuitable for publication Director of the Junior Academy of Science who the following and 5 others were withdrawn, either editorially or by the report. ¦ authors for various reasons. Ofthe remaining 31 manuscripts, 22 Feature Articles 9 General Notes. The Junior Academy has functioned well this year. The appear as and as State meeting Baptist University Because this issue of the Proceedings is smaller, both in was held at Ouachita on March 30, with forty-one research papers presented pages [94as opposed to 123 in 1977] and printed copies [450 as representing the four regional divisions. The papers were judged in the opposed to 500], the total cost of producing this year's issue Math and Earth and Science, $3202 plus editorial This amounts to $7.00/book categories: Computers, Space was expenses. and Behavioral and Social $8.25. addition, Physics Engineering, Chemistry, rather than last year's In Phillips Litho of Science, Health, Springdale only increased their prices 5%; thus, have Microbiology, Medicine and Zoology, we re- Botany, with judges being assigned by Ouachita Baptist ceived a temporary reprieve in the battle of cost control. University. I looking forward to receiving group of quality am a manu- David Wickliff of Fayetteville chosen to scripts was represent from this meeting and producing a Proceedings of which at the scientific community ofArkansas can remain proud. Arkansas the National Junior Academy in San Francisco and to present his paper, "An Effect of Ultra Violet Light on Oxygen Consumption Heidt then made the followingmotion. of Vigna sinensis Leaf Tissue." Steve Taylor ofSiloam Springs was chosen as alternate. Itis possible that two other students may also attend the National at Iwould like to move that the Academy allocate $400 for one or editorial assistance in preparing Volume 33 [1979] of the their own expense. At the business meeting, revised constitution adopted Proceedings of the Arkansas Academy of Science during the a was to be presented to the Arkansas Academy of Science for next Academy fiscal year. consideration on April6. Ifapproved by both the Academy and the Arkansas Activities Association, all local chapters will be The motion was seconded and passed. 2 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 6 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Arkansas Academy of Science

rechartered and a new and complete roster of chapters and the past two years has been lack of interest and discontinuity. members willbe compiled and maintained. President Rich Brown of Ouachita Baptist University, and An attempt was made this year to disseminate information President-Elect Frank Brown of Harding College, along with concerning the Academy to science teachers in the state by Sandra Thompson, Secretary and DavidDube, Treasurer (both personal contact and by television. The results have been of Ouachita) have worked in their own schools to promote encouraging, with a number of teachers seeking information interest, and have sent out information regarding the Colleg- and new schools participating. iate Academy's annual meeting at Hendrix College. The problems of discontinuity, low membership, and low Mrs. Arthur then made the followingmotion. interest are by no means solved. The officers of the Collegiate Academy feel that help from faculty members of the Senior Imove that revisions in the Constitution of the Junior Academy inpromoting interest intheir own schools willbe the Academy of Science approved by the Executive Committee of key to promoting membership. Then student research can be the Senior Academy be accepted and that the Academy pro- promoted more effectively. Again, faculty-student interaction vide $200 support to the Junior Academy for the coming year. is the key to a strong Academy of Science, both for the college student and the faculty member. The motion was seconded and passed. The Collegiate Academy congratulates those students pre- senting research at the 1979 meeting of the Arkansas Academy President Johnston announced the appointment of the Auditing ofScience. (Clark McCarty, Neal Buffaloe), Resolutions (John Sealander, Jewel The Collegiate Academy conducted its annual business Moore) and Meeting Place (GlenGood. Ed Bacon) Committees. He meeting Friday April6. 1979, and elected the following officers: noted that Arkansas State University had already extended aninvita- Jane Spandley from Hendrix as President-elect; Pam Ellington tion for 1980 Annual meeting. Thus, the Meeting Place Committee of Harding as Treasurer. Arthur Johnson was selected as co- wouldbe considering locations forthe 1981 Annual Meeting. sponsor forthe Collegiate Academy. President Johnston then made some general announcements and Rich Brown, outgoing President, gave a talk entitled adjourned the First Business Meeting. "Recombinant DNA". The new President, Frank Brown of Harding, assumed his duties, and the sponsor willbe Ed Wilson. SECOND BUSINESS MEETING Of the $175 granted by the Senior Academy, $50 was requested for travel and replenishing the supply of stationery President Johnston called the Second Business Meeting to order. and envelopes. This leaves a balance of $45 in the treasury for Election of officers was conducted by ballot. Henry Robison was the new president. elected to the office of President-Elect and David Chittenden was elected to the office of Secretary. Good then made the followingmotion. President Johnston then recognized Dr.John Gilmour who made the followingmotion. Imove that the Senior Academy approve up to $175 to cover expenses and operations of the Collegiate Academy for the Imove that the minutes of the 62nd Annual Meeting pub- coming year. lished in the 32nd Proceedings of the Arkansas Academy of Science be approved as written. The motion was seconded and passed.

The motion was seconded and passed. The Secretary notes that the President Johnston then called onDr.Leo Paulissen fora report on Sponsor of the Collegiate Academy is Dr.Glen Good, not Dr.Glen the Arkansas Science Talent Search. The report is shown below: Wood as writteninthe minutes. For the first time in twenty-eight years of participation, President Johnston recognized Dr. William Evans who made the there are three honorees from Arkansas inthe Westinghouse followingmotion. Science Talent Search. And, forthe second time, one of these is a "winner" and was awarded an all-expense trip to Washing- Imove the acceptance and approval of the Treasurer's ton, D.C. These three people are the state winners this year financial statement and report for the period March 24. 1978, and are being awarded cash prizes and certificates. through March 31, 1979, as submitted to the Membership at the first Business Meeting and circulated. First Place: Elizabeth Anne Thiele President Johnston pointed out a replacement Auditing Committee School: Southside High School, Ft. Smith ofLeon Richards and James Nichols had been named after the First Teacher: Larry E. Withers Business Meeting.Leon Richards made the followingreport. Project: The purification and characterization of bovine placental lactogen. James Nichols and myself audited the books. We found the financial records correct, and Dr.BillEvans should be com- Second Place: mended for this work. KeleyIrwinNix School: Arkansas Senior HighSchool. Texarkana The motion was seconded and passed Teacher: W. A.Dempsey Project: The thermal separating effect of a forced vortex as President Johnston called on the Historian, Professor Robert Kirk- exhibited by the vortex tube. wood, who reported that the cost ofa banquet at the first meeting of the Academy at Hendrix was one dollar. Third Place President Johnston then recognized Dr.Glen Good for the Collegi- Wesley Frederic Trott ate Academy Report shown below. School: Hot Springs High School, Hot Springs Teacher: Richmond G. Edwards The Arkansas Collegiate Academy of Science has been Project: A study of the effects of radiation and temperature emphasizing increased membership during 1978-1979. One of surrounding the Hot Springs in Hot Springs Ihe major problems plaguing the Collegiate Academy during National Park, Arkansas. Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979 3

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 7 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

President Johnston recognized Dr. Henry Robison, Editor of the Sealander moved the resolution be adopted. The motion was Newsletter, who made the followingmotion. seconded and passed.

Imove that $100 be set aside for the Newsletter next year. President Johnston recognized Dr.Jewel Moore who made the followingmotion. The motion was seconded and passed. I that committee be appointed to consider the President Johnston then recognized Dr.Ed Bacon of the Meeting move a Place Committee who made the following recommendation and certification requirements for the teaching of sciences inthe motion. highschools of the state.

The Meeting Place Committee recommends that the invita- The motion was seconded and passed. tion of Arkansas State University for the 1980 meeting to be held on 4-5 April1980, be accepted and that the University of President Johnston appointed Denver Prince, E. E. Hudson and Arkansas at Little Rock be considered for the 1981 meeting. I Jewel Moore to serve on the committee described in the motion move that the invitation of Arkansas State University be accepted. above. President Johnston noted that memorial contributions inmemory motion seconded and passed. of Ruth Armstrong could be made to the Port Smith Audubon The was Society or the University of Arkansas Foundation for the Class of 1926. give special President Johnston then asked that the Academy President Johnston asked fornew business. thanks to Dr. Art Johnson for his efforts in arranging this year's Gary then made the following meeting. Dr. Heidt motion. President Johnston recognized Dr. John Sealander, Resolutions Committee, who read the following. Imove that the Arkansas Academy of Science, through the Executive Committee, do something appropriate in the Be it resolved: memory of Dr. James A. Scholtz, who had served the past several years as the Anthropology Associate Editor for the By the members of the Academy in session on April7 at Proceedings of theArkansas Academy ofScience. Hendrix College in Conway that the Academy wishes to express its sincere thanks and appreciation to Dr.Roy B. Shilling, The motion was seconded and passed. President of Hendrix College, and to the faculty and staff of Hendrix College for the use of their facilities and their warm hospitality. President Johnston then recognized Dr.Leo Paulissen who noted Furthermore, the Academy extends its congratulations to that the third installment of the Biota Survey is available from him. the local Arrangements Committee, Dr. Arthur Johnson, Paulissen encouraged members to send updated and new lists. chairman, and to the chairpersons of the Academy sections; President Johnston called on Dr. Glen Good who noted that no Alex Nisbet, Robert Eslinger, Dale V. Ferguson, John K. collegiate awards were given this year because of scheduling Beadles, Neal Buffaloe, Robert Kirkwood, John Rickett, difficulties. Walter L.Manger and Charles Niquette. President Johnston then made his farewell address in which he The Academy also wishes to express its thanks to P. M. stated that the year had been a learning experience forhim. President Johnston, President of the Academy, John Gilmour, Secretary, Johnston passed the gavel to Dr. Leon Richards, President-Elect, William L. Evans, Treasurer, Gary Heidt, Editor, Robert who presented Dr.Johnston a certificate of appreciation for his year Kirkwood, Historian, and Henry Robison, Editor of the News- as President. letter, forthe excellent manner in which they have discharged President Richards then appointed a Nominating committee of their duties during the past year. Jewel Moore (Chairman), Dan England and Jim Wickliff and a Con- The Academy also expresses its congratulations to the out- stitutional Revision Committee composed of Art Johnson (Chair- standing work of the organizations sponsored bythe Academy man),Ed Dale and Dave Chittenden. and its appreciation to the sponsors and directors of these President Richaids adjourned the Second Business Meeting. groups: Marie Arthur, Director of the Junior Academy of Science; TomPalko, Director, Junior Science and Humanities Symposium; Glen Good, Sponsor, Collegiate Academy of Science; Director, Fair; Carl Rutledge, State Science Leo Respectfully submitted, Paulissen, Science Talent Search and to Wayne Everett, Coordinator and Liason Officer forall sponsored activities. The Academy also expresses its thanks to the following exhibitors: Science Instructional Supplies, Inc.; Micro-Tech Instruments, Inc.; Lab; John T. Gilmour Info Preiser Scientific Co. and Secretary Actinorex.

Proceedings, XXXIII, 4 Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 8 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 PROGRAM Arkansas Academy of Science

Sixty-Third Annual Meeting HENDRIX COLLEGE Conway, Arkansas

Meeting concurrently with sessions of The Collegiate Academy of Science

Friday, 6 April Saturday. 7 April - - SENIOR AND COLLEGIATE ACADEMIES Registration SENIOR AND COLLEGIATE ACADEMIES --Registration -- SENIOR AND COLLEGIATE ACADEMIES Papers [Concurrent SENIOR ACADEMY Executive Board Meeting Sessions]:

COLLEGIATE BUSINESS MEETING I Vertebrate Zoology SENIOR - Meeting Botany ACADEMY First General Business Environmental and Engineering Sciences II t / heology WESTINGHOUSE SCIENCE TALENTSEARCH AWARDS An hropology Are Geology Lunch COLLEGIATE BUSINESS MEETING II SENIOR AND COLLEGIATE ACADEMIES -- Registration -- - SENIOR ACADEMY Second General Business Meeting SENIOR AND COLLEGIATE ACADEMIES Papers [Concurrent Sessions]:

Chemistry Mathematics and Physics General Physiology/Invertebrate Zoology Environmental and Engineering Sciences I Science Education

ARKANSAS BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

ENDANGERED SPECIES TECHNICAL COMMITTEE

ENDANGERED AND THREATENED PLANT SPECIES IN ARKANSAS

SENIOR AND COLLEGIATE ACADEMIES --Banquet

SPEAKER: Governor BillClinton "Utilization ofArkansas Scientists"

XXXIII, Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. 1979 5

. Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 9 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

SECTION PROGRAMS * [Papers marked with are presentations by Collegiate Academy members] CHEMISTRY SECTION TIME COURSE OF PR OF UV-INDUCED CHROMOSOMAL Chairman: Alex R. Nisbet ABERRATIONS AND LETHAL DAMAGEIN S AND G2 XENO- PUS CELLS. •SYNTHESIS OF CALLISTEPHIN CHLORIDE. Jan Payne and Gaston Griggs, John Brown University Johnny E. Brian and Thomas E. Goodwin, Hendrix College GENICVARIATIONINWHITE-TAILEDDEER FROM ARKAN- •A RADIOIMMUNOASSAY FOR PHOSPHOGLUCOSE SAS. ISOMERASE ANDITS INITIALUTILIZATIONINDETECTING Phyllis K. Price, Memphis State University and Michael Cart- CROSS REACTIVE MATERIAL IN VARIANT FORMS OF wright and Mitchell Rogers, Arkansas Game and Fish Commis- PHOSPHOGLUCOSE ISOMERASE. sion Roy S. Jones, K. Purdy and Robert W. Gracy, Hendrix College and NorthTexas State University ENZYME VARIABILITYINTWO MEMBERS OF THE VIRIL1S GROUP OF DROSOPHILA SPECIES. •EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE FOR THE DETERMINATION William C. Guest, Richard O.Dockins and VirgilWooten, Uni- OF TRACE-LEVEL URANIUMINROCK ANDLIQUIDSAMPLES versity ofArkansas at Fayetteville USING ARGON PLASMA SPECTROSCOPY. Richard A. Roberts, Hendrix College and Joe R. Trimm, Ten- ELECTROPHORETIC ANALYSIS OF BLOOD SERUM PRO- nessee ValleyAuthority TEINS INTHREE SPECIES OF NERODIA (WATER SNAKES). Phyllis Garnett, University of Arkansas at LittleRock PYRAZOLE AND PYRAZOLATO COMPLEXES OF PLATI- NUM[II]. ANALYSIS OF THE MOTILEAPPARATUS OF THE AFLAGEL- W. C. Deese, M. L. Howe, and D. A. Johnson, University of LATESPERMATOZOON OFMACROSTROMUM TUBUM. Arkansas at Fayetteville and Christian Brothers College W. Donald Newton and Danny W. Phillips, Arkansas State Uni- versity THE SYNTHESIS OF HEX-l-ENOPYRAN-3-ULOSES. Thomas A.Goodwin and Richard Jackson, Hendrix College THEROLE OF THE NATURECONSERVANCY INARKANSAS. Kenneth Lee Smith, The Nature Conservancy-Arkansas Heri- THE REDUCTION OF TOSYLHYDRAZONES BY 9-BBN. tage Program Dominic T. C. Yang, Jim W. Purser, and Chris M. Moser, Uni- versity ofArkansas at LittleRock •COMPUTER APPLICATIONS INPOPULATIONGENETICS. Cassandra Scrimshire, Hendrix College SYNTHESIS OF ASERIES OF 2,5- AND 5,6-DIHALONICOTINIC ACIDS. •DEGENERATING AND REGENERATING INDIRECT FLIGHT Frank L.Setliff,University of Arkansas at LittleRock MUSCLES OF THE RICE WATER WEEVIL (LISSORHOPTERUS ORYZOPHILUS, KUSCHEL): THEIR COMPARISON AND DE- SCRIPTION. MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS SECTION Beth Haizlip,University ofArkansas at Fayetteville Chairman: Robert Eslinger •ULTRASTRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS OF THE CERTAIN •UNIFORM LIMITSOF STEP FUNCTIONS. TOPOGRAPHICAL FEATURES OF LARVAE AND PUPAE OF Agnes L.Tulio,Hendrix College THE YELLOW JACKET WASP, VESPULA SQUAMOSA. Richard Roller and William R. Bowen, University of Arkansas •THE KERNAL OF THE LAPLACE TRANSFORM. at Little Rock DavidSutherland, Hendrix College •A COMPARISON OF THE LENS PROTEIN PROFILES OF •CHARACTERIZATION OF CONVEX SETS. THREE SPECIES OF OZARK SALAMANDERS. Lisa M.Orton, Hendrix College James M.Britton, University of Arkansas at Fayetteville •HIGHER ORDER SYMMETRIC DERIVATIVES. - Gene Weber, Hendrix College SMALL ANIMAL WHOLE BODY GAMMACOUNTER MUL- TIPLEADAPTATIONS ANDEVALUATIONS. James T.McVey, John Hunziker, Joseph F. Holson and John F. Center for Toxicological Research GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY/INVERTEBRATE Young, The National ZOOLOGY SECTION Chairman: Dale V. Ferguson IS THE SUPRACHIASMATIC NUCLEUS [SCN] A RHYTHM GENERATOR? THE EFFECT OF TURFFUNGICIDES ON EARTHWORMS. James N. Pasley, Ervin W. Powell and Lawrence E. Scheving J. H. Roark and J. L. Dale, University of Arkansas at Fayette- University of Arkansas forMedical Sciences ville CAVE FAUNAOF ARKANSAS: ADDITIONALINVERTEBRATE ANDVERTEBRATE RECORDS. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND Kenneth N. Paige, V. Rick McDaniel and C. Renn Tumlison, ENGINEERING SCIENCES ISECTION Arkansas State University Chairman: John K.Beadles

MOLLUSCAOF THE ILLINOISRIVER, ARKANSAS. THE FATE OF RADIONUCLIDES INJECTED INTOLAKEDAR Mark E. Gordon and Arthur V.Brown, University of Arkansas DANELLE. at Fayetteville DavidChittenden, Arkansas State University 6 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 10 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Program

A NOTE OF THE FOOD HABITS OF SELECTED RAPTORS A COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDY OF DIVINGIN FROM NORTHEASTERN ARKANSAS. THREE SPECIES OF NERODIA AND ELAPHE OBSOLETA Earl L.Hanebrink, AlanPosey and Keith Sutton, Arkansas State (REPTILIA: SERPENTES). University M.W. Patterson, D. A.Baeyens and C. T. McAllister, Univer- sity of Arkansas at LittleRock ABUNDANCE AND DIVERSITY OF FISH FROM ONE SAMP- LINGDATEINTHE FLATBAYOUDRAINAGE AREA,JEFFER- MODIFICATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS IN THE FORMAX SON COUNTY, ARKANSAS. METHODOF PREPARING SMALLAVIANSTUDY SPECIMENS. John D.Rickett, University of Arkansas at Little Rock Martin D. Floyd and Gary A. Heidt, University of Arkansas at LittleRock ABUNDANCE. DIVERSITY, ANDDISTRIBUTION OF BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES IN THE FLAT BAYOU DRAINAGE ASURVEY OF THE BIRDS OF VILLAGECREEK STATE PARK, AREA,JEFFERSON COUNTY, ARKANSAS. ARKANSAS. John D.Rickett, University of Arkansas at Little Rock Keith B. Sutton, Arkansas State University THE EFFECTS OF CERTAIN AQUATIC PLANTS ON A SIMU- HOVERING FLIGHTINRED-TAILEDHAWKS (BUTEO JAMAI- LATED MUNICIPALSEWAGE. CENSIS). Elizabeth Hunt, Pulaski County Health Dept. and Theodore V. Norman Lavers. Arkansas State University Crosley, University of Arkansas at Little Rock UNUSUAL RESULTS FROM PELLET ANALYSIS OF THE HABITATDISCRIMINATIONWITHINANAVIANOMNIVORE AMERICANBARN OWL (TYTOALBAPRA TINCOLA). FEEDING GUILD. Chris T. McAllister,Kenneth N.Paige and C. Renn Tumlinson, Alan F. Posey, Arkansas State University and Douglas James, Arkansas State University University ofArkansas at Fayetteville STATUS OF ENDANGERED BATS (MYOTIS SODALIS, M. SOME GROWTH CHARACTERISTICS OF WHITE CRAPPIE, GRISESCENS, PLECOTUS TOWNSENDII INGENS) IN POMOXIS ANNULARIS RAFINESQUE, FROM A FLOOD- ARKANSAS. CREATED POND INMISSISSIPPI COUNTY,ARKANSAS. John J. Cassidy and Gary G. O'Hagen, Memphis State University Stephen A.Sewell, Arkansas State University OCCURRENCE OF THE PLAINS HARVEST MOUSE IN ARKAN- SAS. SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION Douglas James, John A.Sealander, and Jeffrey J. Short, Univer- Chairman: Neal Buffaloe sity ofArkansas at Fayetteville SCIENCE WORKSHOP FOR TEACHERS. STATUS OF THE RED-COCKADED WOODPECKER AT THE Carl T.Rutledge, Southern Arkansas University FELSENTHAL NATIONALWILDLIFEREFUGE INARKANSAS. Douglas James and Fred L.Burnside, University of Arkansas at EVALUATION OF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BY Fayetteville INSERVICE BIOLOGYTEACHERS. Jewel E. Moore and Robert T.Kirkwood, University ofCentral AGE AND HUDDLING AS DETERMINANTS OF METABOLIC Arkansas RATE IN GRASSHOPPER MICE (ONYCHOMYS LEUCO- GASTER). UNORTHODOX FOOD SOURCES OFPROTEIN. Meredith Bailey,Dennis Baeyens, and Lana Mann, University of Karen Johnson, LizEllis, Jeanie Russell, Susan Shaffer, and Sue Arkansas at LittleRock Thompson, University ofCentral Arkansas A MORPHOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONOF HARVEST MICE, REITHRODONTOMYS. FROM ARKANSAS. VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY SECTION John C. Hugginsand V.Rick McDaniel, Arkansas State Univer- Chairman: John D. Rickett sity *A TEN MILECREEK INSOUTH- SURVEY OF THE FISHES OF MATURATIONANDFECUNDITY OFREDEAR SUNFISH. ARKANSAS. EASTERN James C. Adams and Raj V.Kilambi, University of Arkansas at Carl J. Bacon, University of Arkansas at D.Jeffers and Edmond Fayetteville Monticello CAVEFISH, APPLICATION OF CHRONOBIOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES TO THE RECENT STATUS OF THE SOUTHERN CHEMOTHERAPY. TYPHL/CHTHYS SUBTERRANEUS. INARKANSAS. Scheving, University Ken Tumlinson and V. Rick McDaniel, Lawrence E. of Arkansas for Medical N. Paige, C. Renn Sciences Arkansas State University DISTRIBUTION OF THEORNATE BOX TURTLE (TERRAPENE BOTANY SECTION ORNA TAORNA TA )INARKANSAS. Chairman: Robert Kirkwood Lawana England, Arkansas Natural Heritage Commission THE FRESHWATER ALGAE OF ARKANSAS III: FURTHER HABITATUSE INANARBOREAL SNAKE OPHEODR YSAESTI- ADDITIONS. VUS (REPTILIA: COLUBRIDAE). Richard L.Meyer. University of Arkansas at Fayetteville Michael V.Plummer, HardingCollege THREE SPECIES OF TRYPETHELIUMNEW TOARKANSAS. UNUSUAL CONCENTRATION OF SCARLET SNAKES (CEMO- George T.Johnson, University ofArkansas at Fayetteville PHORA COCCfNEA) IN VILLAGE CREEK STATE PARK, ARKANSAS. ARKANSAS LICHENS I. Keith B. Sutton and V.R. McDaniel, Arkansas State University Jewel E. Moore, University ofCentral Arkansas Proceedings, XXXIII, Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 7

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 11 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

'ULTRASTRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS OF A FLORIDEAN ANTHROPOLOGY/ARCHEOLOGY SECTION RED ALGA. Chairman: Charles M. Niquette Rosemary Rosell and William R. Bowen. University of Arkansas at Little Rock APPLICATIONS OF STEREOLOGIC METHODS INSTANDARD- IZINGINFORMATION ON THE INCLUSIONS OF GROG-TEM- •ULTRASTRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE PRESENCE PERED PREHISTORIC CERAMICS AT THE TOLTEC SITE OF A FIBER-LIKE INCLUSION IN CERTAIN LEAF CELLS OF 3Ln42. THETRIFOLIATE ORANGE. PONCIRUS TRIFOLIATA Jeyne Bennett. University ofArkansas at Favetteville Bettye Stallings and William R. Bowen. University of Arkansas at Little Rock CLOTHINGSTYLE ANDSOCIAL VALUE. J. M.Brueske. University ofArkansas at Favetteville ADDITIONS. DELETIONS. AND CORRECTIONS FOR THE AT- LAS AND ANNOTATED LISTOF THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF NUTRITIONAL DIFFERENCES AND HUMAN SELECTION OF ARKANSAS. OAK ACORNS. Edwin B. Smith and M. Gwen Barber, University of Arkansas at Jerry E. Hilliard,University of Arkansas at Favetteville Favetteville ARCHEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS AT THE BURRIS SITE ANANALYSIS OF HYPER/CUM GRAVEOLENS. H. MITCHEL- (3CG218). L1ANUMANDFIELDINTERMEDIATES. David H.Jurney. Jr.. University ofArkansas at Favetteville Donald E. Culwell,University of Central Arkansas PROJECTILE POINTS VERSUS PREFORMS: A MODEL FOR RAPHIDES: THEIRMOVEMENTINCANALS. THE ASSESSMENT OF PREHISTORIC SITE FUNCTION WITHIN J. H. Whitesell, Clarence B. Sinclair, and Joe Meador, Univer- THE OUACHITAMOUNTAINSREGION. sity of Arkansas at LittleRock William A.Martin,University of Arkansas at Fayetteville LEAFTRICHOMES OF THE FAMILYLOASACEAE. SOME RECENT TRENDS IN CONTRACT ARCHEOLOGY: A Rachel Goss and Clarence B. Sinclair. University of Arkansas at BRIEF OVERVIEW. Little Rock Charles M.Niquette, University of Arkansas at Fayetteville THE VEGETATIVECELL OF THE CHLOROPHYLCEAN ALGA. DEER BEHAVIOR ANDETHNOGRAPHIC MAN. HAEMA TOCOCCUS ZIMBABWIENSIS. David C. Quin, University of Arkansas at Fayetteville Danna Rosell and William R. Bowen, University of Arkansas at Little Rock SELF-PERCEIVED HEALTH AND LIFE OUTLOOK AMONG THERURAL ELDERLY. CHLOROPHYLL COMPARISONS BETWEEN THE ETHYLENE- Mary Jo Schneider, University ofArkansas at Favetteville REQUIRING DIAGEOTROPICA MUTANT OF TOMATO AND ITS ISOGENIC PARENT VFN-8. CERAMICS AND CLAYS AT TOLTEC INDIAN MOUNDS Timothy J. Mulkey and Forrest E. Lane. University of Arkansas (3Ln42): A TEST OF X-RAYDIFFRACTIONREGIONAL BASIS. at Fayetteville Judith C. Stewart. University of Arkansas at Fayetteville

ALLELOPATHY VS. COMPETITION AS A MODE OF ACTION LIFE SATISFACTION AND AGING: ASTATISTICALMODEL FOR OF JOHNSONGRASS ON SOYBEAN. CRAWFORD COUNTY.ARKANSAS. ' Briggs W. Skulman and Forrest E. Lane. University of Arkansas Michele Sunderland, University ofArkansas at Fayetteville at Fayetteville

ENVIRONMENTALANDENGINEERING GEOLOGY SECTION SECIENCES IISECTION Chairman: Walter Manger Chairman: John K.Beadles HYDROGEOLOGIC INVESTIGATIONOF A LAND-FILL SITE PRIMARY GROWTH-LIMITINGFACTORS IN COMMUNITIES INWASHINGTON COUNTY.ARKANSAS. OFNELUMBOLUTEA (WILLD.)PERS. Albert E. Ogden and Carlos J. Quintana. University of Arkansas Jeffery H. Rettig, Arkansas State University at Fayetteville EFFECTS OF CROPPING ON GROWTH OF CHANNEL CATFISH A PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF THE RURAL-USED t/CTALURUSPUNCTA TUS RAFINESQUE). AQUIFIERS OF BOONE, CARROLL. AND MADISON William W. Stephens and John K.Beadles, Arkansas State Uni- COUNTIES, ARKANSAS. versity Albert E. Ogden, Nancy L. Taylor, and Steve D. Thompson. University of Arkansas at Fayetteville THE EFFECTS OF CHANNELIZATIONON FISH POPULATIONS OFTHE CACHE RIVER ANDBAYOUDeVIEW. ARKANSAS. LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY OF THE BOONE FORMATION Morris Mauney, VirginiaPolytechnic Institute and George L. (LOWER MISSISSIPPIAN). NORTHWEST ARKANSAS. Harp. Arkansas State University Jeffrey L.Liner, University of Arkansas at Fayetteville

SEASONAL ABUNDANCE AND HABITAT DISTRIBUTION OF REPLACEMENT TEXTURES WITHIN THE ARKANSAS BIRDS INNORTHEASTERN ARKANSAS. BARITE. Earl L. Hanebrink and Alan F. Posey, Arkansas State University Stephen E. Laney. University ofArkansas at Fayetteville

ADDITIONSTOTHE STRAWBERRY RIVER ICHTHYOFAUNA. CALCITIZATION AND DOLOMITIZATION PATTERNS. Henry W. Robison. Southern Arkansas University PITKIN LIMESTONE (UPPER CHESTERIAN). NORTHWEST ARKANSAS. THE GOLDEYEINTHE BLACK RIVER. Dallas W. Greenberg and Walter L. Manger, University of John K.Beadles, Arkansas State University Arkansas at Fayetteville

8 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 12 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Program

LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY OF THE CANE HILL MEMBER OF LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED SHELF THE HALEFORMATION (TYPE MORROWAN), NORTHWEST FACIES, PITKIN LIMESTONE (CHESTERIAN), NORTHWEST ARKANSAS. ARKANSAS. Robert T.Liner,University ofArkansas at Fayetteville Richard Mollison,University ofArkansas at Fayetteville

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 9

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 13 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Arkansas Collegiate Academy of Science

Rich Brown Sandra Thompson DavidDube President Secretary Treasurer

Sponsor: Dr. Glen Good

MINUTES OF THE BUSINESS MEETING, 5 APRIL 1979 ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PRESENTED BY COLLEGIATE ACADEMY MEMBERS Rich Brown, 1978-79 President presiding. Rich Brown, in opening the meeting, expressed concern for low Editor's Note: Not included in the following abstracts are those of membership inpast years. James M. Britton and Carl D. Jeffers, whose papers were accepted Frank Brown was introduced as the 1978-79 president. for publication and are presented elsewhere. Titles of papers pre- Itwas announced that there would be no meeting on Saturday, sented by Collegiate Academy members are identified inthe preced- April6. ingSection Programs by*. The Treasurer's Report given by DavidDube was as follows: SYNTHESIS OF CALLISTEPHINCHLORIDE $37.40 Previous Balance at last meeting Johnny E. Brian and Thomas E. Goodwin, Dept. of Chemistry, 50.00 Senior Academy Receipts Hendrix College, Conway, Ark. 72032 41.53 1978-79 Debits 45.87 Present Balance The synthesis ofcallistephin chloride, a naturally occuring plant pig- ment, has been previously reported in the literature. Work on the Rich Brown stated that funding forresearch was available to Colle- preliminary reactions of this synthesis and modifications of them will giate Academy Members; last year $175.00 was made available to be discussed. Also discussed will be the reason for synthesis of the cover expenses for officers and to cover some research expenses of compound, its suspected biologicalactivity. The goal of this project collegiate members. is to prepare enough of the compound to allow it to be screened for The floor was opened for nomination of officers, beginning with antitumor properties by the National Cancer Institute. the office of president-elect. Motions were made and seconded that the following people be nominated: DEGENERATING AND REGENERATING INDIRECT FLIGHT Sonya Quandt of Harding MUSCLES OF THE RICE WATER WEEVIL LISSORHOPTRUS AlexRay of Harding ORYZOPHILUS. KUSCHEL: THEIR COMPARISON AND DE- Clarissa Plyof UAM SCRIPTION. Beth Haizlip, Dept. of Entomology, University of Arkansas at After a majority vote, Sonya Quandt was acclaimed president- Fayetteville, Fayetteville, Ark.72701 elect. Motions were made and seconded that the followingbe nominated The median dorsal longitudinal and dorso-ventral muscles of the rice for treasurer: water weevil,(Lissorhoptrus oryzophilus, Kuschel)undergo degener- in fields, Ellington Harding ation rice and regeneration occurs after diapause develop- Pam of emergence. Steve Stiles ofUAM ment but before spring Muscles were found tobe inthree general states —well-developed, developing, and histolyzing. median dorsal and dorso-ventral muscles Bya majority vote, Pam Ellingtonwas declared treasurer. Developing longitudinal found to comprise 5 significant categories of development, Frank Brown announced that he had no choice forsecretary at the were time. whereas in flooded fields they consisted of 3 significant categories. present Sections of median dorsal longitudinal muscles in the developing, Itwas brought to the attention of the Collegiate Academy by a well-developed, and histolyzing conditions revealed alterations in member from UAMthat not more than two executive offices are to size and shape of nuclei and changes infibrilla r structure. be held by members of the same school simultaneously. (Allexecu- tive offices at this point belonged tomembers of Harding College). Section 11:36 of the Collegiate Academy Constitution was read and was found tobe inagreement with the member's statement. ARADIOIMMUNOASSAY ISOMER- this point the discussion reversed to the president, Rich FOR PHOSPHOGLUCOSE At was ASE AND ITSINITIAL IN Brown, vote president-elect invalid. UTILIZATION DETECTING CROSS who determined that the for was REACTIVE MATERIALIN VARIANTFORMS OF The floor was reopened fornomination of president-elect. PHOSPHO- GLUCOSE ISOMERASE. nominated motion and second to that The following were by a a Roy Jones, K.Purdy, and Robert W. Gracy. Dept. ofChemis- motion: S. try, Hendrix College, Conway, Ark. 72032, and Dept. of Bio- Clarissa PlyofUAM chemistry. North Texas State University, Denton, Tex. 76201 Jane Spradley ofHendrix

After voting,Jane Spradley was acclaimed the new president-elect. A method for isolation, purification, and radiolabeling phosphoglu- Rich Brown presented a paper on Recombinant DNA. cose isomerase (PGI) was devised to develop a quantitative radioim- The meeting was adjourned. munoassay for the detection of enzyme irrespective of its catalytic activity. Infour genetic variants of PGI, no difference was observed Submitted, Respectfully in the molecular specific activity.Inanother variant (PGI-Denton), a decreased molecular specific activity was observed whichmay imply that these samples contain cross reactive material whichis not cataly- ticallyactive. Sandra Thompson Secretary CHARACTERIZATIONS OF CONVEX SETS. Arkansas Collegiate Academy Lisa M. Orton, Dept. of Mathematics, Hendrix College, Con- 1978-79 way, Ark.72032 XXXIII, 10 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 14 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

A subset C of a metric space X has the unique nearest-point property The author explores the programmability of techniques for finding iffor every xtX there exists a unique ytC nearest to T. S. Motzkin the number of generations required fora population to change from n x. (1935) has shown that a nonempty Cc E is closed and convex if,and one frequency of a gene to its equilibrium frequency or some other mutation, only if,C satisfies the unique nearest-point property. Theorem 1. IfC frequency when taking into consideration such factors as is a nonempty, closed, and convex subset of a complete inner pro- selection, migration, and inbreeding. duct space X,then C satisfies the unique nearest-point property. Sup- pose C is a nonempty subset of a complete inner product space X such that C has the unique nearest-point property. Theorem 2. C is ULTRASTRUCTUR ALOBSERVATIONS ON THE PRESENCE OF closed. Define c:X—R by q (x)=inf{||x-z||:kC} and define f:X-C A FIBER-LIKE INCLUSIONINCERTAIN LEAF CELLS OF THE such that f(x) is the unique nearest-point in C to x. The following TRIFOLIATEORANGE, PONCIRUS TRIFOLIATA characterizations willbe shown. Theorem .?. C is convex if,and only Bettye Stallings and William R.Bowen, Dept. of Biology, Uni- if, f is non-expansive. Theorem 4. C is convex if,and only if,q is a versity of Arkansas at Little Rock,Little Rock, Ark.72204 convex function. An interesting cellular inclusion, consisting of a cluster of radiating EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE FOR THE DETERMINATION fiber-like structures, was discovered in certain leaf cells of the trifo- OF TRACE-LEVELURANIUMINROCK ANDLIQUIDSAMPLES liate orange, Poncirus trifoliata. The leaves were taken from plants USING ARGONPLASMA SPECTROSCOPY. that were undergoing greening after an initial fungal-induced al- Richard A. Roberts and Joe R. Trimm, Dept. of Chemistry, binism. These inclusions were found to appear first in the nucleus Hendrix College, Conway, Ark. 72032, and General Analytical and later in the cytoplasm, including plastids and other organelles. Laboratory, Fundamental Research Branch, Division of They were never found to occur in the nucleolus, vacuoles, and the Chemical Development, National Fertilizer Development Cen- cell wall. Their presence in a differentiating xylem element was as- ter, Tennessee Valley Authority,Muscel Shoals, Ala. 35660 sociated with the presence of a tertiary "wall thickening" in this type of cell. The exact nature of these inclusions has not yet been ascer- A sample preparation and analysis procedure was developed for the tained. Efforts at elucidating the nature of these inclusions through determination of trace-level uranium in solid and liquid samples variations infixation and staining willbe described. utilizingan argon plasma spectrometer. Previous procedures using colorimetric methods and atomic absorption had been judged un- THE KERNALOF THELAPLACE TRANSFORM. satisfactory due to a lack ofsensitivity and reproducibility. A sample DavidSutherland, Dept. of Mathematics, Hendrix College, Con- dissolution procedure, extraction process, optimum concentration way, Ark.72032 range, and matrix effects were studied. The procedure developed proved both accurate and precise down to the 5 parts per million range. The kernel of the Laplace transform, £ {f(t)} =/" e sl f(t)dt, is K(s,t)=e~sl.Itis shown that the kernel can be exhibited as the kernel of the morphism £ between two multiplicative semigroups, ULTRASTRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS OF CERTAIN one of which is a semigroup of continuous functions defined on [ 0, TOPOGRAHPICAL FEATURE OF LARVAE AND PUPAE OF with WASP, °°) the operation being pointwise multiplication and the other is THE YELLOW JACKET Vespula squamosa. a semigroup of equivalence classes of continuous functions defined Richard Roller and William R. Bowen, Dept. of Biology, Uni- 0, °° ) withthe operation being Intermediate Rock, Rock, on t convolution. results versity of Arkansas at Little Little Ark.72204 include the uniqueness of the inverse Laplace for continuous functions on [0, °° ) and demonstration of the Dirac-delta function as the Livinglarvae and pupae were removed from the cells of a subter- identity forconvolution. ranean nest of the Common Yellow Jacket Wasp, Vespula squamosa. Sufficient numbers were present to allow the identification of several UNIFORMLIMITSOF STEP FUNCTIONS. stages in the development of the adult from the pupa and the larva. Agnes L. Tulio, Dept. Mathematics, College, Bouin's, of Hendrix Con- These specimens were subsequently fixed in dehydrated, way, Ark.72032 critical point dried, coated with gold/palladium and observed with a electron initial indicated the scanning microscope. An survey more Take C tobe the class of all uniform limits of of func- interesting sequences step features inthe development of this wasp at the ultrastruc- tions on [a.b]. Studies show that Cis a proper subclass ofall Riemann tural levelincluded the cuticle, mandible, and the appendages. the integrable functions on the same interval. More significantly, we find that C is precisely the completion of t where t is the vector space of ULTRASTRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS OF A FLORIDEAN all piecewise continuous functions on [a.b] with the supremum norm RED ALGA. defined onit. Rosemary Rosell and William R. Bowen, Dept. of Biology,Uni- Rock, Rock, versity of Arkansas at Little Little Ark.72204 HIGHER ORDER SYMMETRICDERIVATIVES. Gene Weber, Dept. of Mathematics, Hendrix College, Conway, Aquarium (real artificial) plants and obtained from a pet shop in Ark.72032 Arkansas were found tohave epiphytic growths ofan as yet unidenti- fied floridean red alga. These growths consisted of tufts of bluish- green filaments. Specimens were fixed in glutaraldehyde/osmium Define the first symmetric derivative of fat x by textroxide, dehydrated embedded, and thin-sectioned for observa- = - tion with transmission electron microscopy. Ultrastructural observa- fj(x) lim f(x+h)-f(y h) tions on the floridean pit, the chloroplast, the pyrenoid, and other h—0 2h features of this alga willbe reported. The author will compare the symmetric derivative with the usual derivative. Then a representation of higher order symmetric deriva- COMPUTER APPLICATIONSINPOPULATION GENETICS. tives will be given. Theorems concerning the symmetric derivative Cassandra Scrimshire, Dept. of Mathematics, Hendrix College, analogous to those proved incalculus for the ordinary derivative will Conway, Ark.72032 be considered.

Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, , Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979 11 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 15 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 EXCERPTS OF Governor BillClinton's Address to The Arkansas Academy of Science

Editor's Note: Governor Clinton graciously accepted the Academy 's invitation to speak at the Banquet this year. A portion ofthe Governor's speech, which has special meaning to each ofus in the scientific community, follows.

They (the legislature). . ., along with me, dealt with a number of scientific information than we've had in the past. Now we've got a issues which were fundamentally scientific in nature and, because of project going inArkansas that willprovide more scientific and tech- those issues and the judgments Ihad to make, ... Iwouldlike to talk nological information to the governor's office and another one which withyou ina general way ... about the complex and important rela- willprovide more such information to the legislative branch ... I tionship between the sciences and politics. think there is a growing awareness on the part of people inpolitics Isigned a billthis year to regulate strip mining in Arkansas more that we need to know more, that we need tohave more information. I comprehensively, a bill toregulate the installation of hazardous land- think there is a growing healthy skepticism about information which fills or landfills to accommodate hazardous chemicals, a bill to is provided tous from others (non-scientists). brine, regulate the extraction from the ground of a bill which had AndIam here tonight to tell you that, as politicians go, I've overtones with the of had strong pharmacological dealing question to the benefit of fairly good education and I've tried to it in screening a use to what extent optometrists could apply prescription drugs develop my mind as wellas Icould, and I've tried touse it to and evaluation of and many other billsof various scientific maintain patients, a fair degree of humility,inan intellectual sense, about all the things governor. .had to natures. Throughout, .. .laymen, including the . that Ido not know. AndIam tellingyou that we need a lotof knowl- .decisions about how this society would conduct itsbusiness make. . edge and a lot of perspective that we don't have. We to veryuncertain, complicated and, occasion, profoundly danger- need also in on know that there are people involved in the sciences who are inter- ous areas. ested in public interest, larger sense, and who are inter- I almost who has had any sort of education in the in the suppose everyone an ested not onlyintelling us about the systems and the imperatives that these matters has discarded his, her, mind the notion that in or own dominate our lives now in the context of this nuclear crisis or that the scientific method in any given area can produce an opinion which hazardous materials crisis, but who also really believe that the major is TRUE, that there is objective and or a completely obvious answer function of science inall-areas is discovery, still. And that we have to to these dilemmas. I see that, and Idon't that the all can think is free ourselves of some of the systems, imperatives, and ideas that we (a) blind faith that people in problem. Although there is still... lotof are livingunder, if we are going to solve the problems that we have general, and politicians inparticular, accord to scientific judgments before us. which are made for them by experts who they happen to rely on. Whether itisin thearea ofnuclear energy or the production ofhazar- And so, Iwould say to all of you, wherever you are from, and dous chemicals .. . we, more or less, .. . understand that we don't whatever you are doing, Iwould take it as an act ofcitizenship and as expect you to be the next thing to God as scientists .... On the other a personal favor if,through this organization, through your depart- hand, we don't want to go off the deep end as many people have, I ments and the various universities or onapersonal basis, ifyou were think, and just decide that you can get any kind of scientific advice willinginthe context of aparticular crisis or problem, or ona general you want, as longas you've got the money topay forit. basis, to give me the benefit of your ideas, your opinions, your There is a crying need in government, particularly inthe environ- knowledge, and your explanations. Iwould be ... grateful to have it mental and energy areas, foran incredible amount ofscientific know- because we are going into a time when people like me who haven't ledge that can, at least, be placed at the disposal of those who have been trained inthe areas that you have been trained in are going to the public interest, in a larger sense, at heart, but who have no way, have to make decisions that affect the rest of this country and the rest on their own, not onlyof getting the information, but ofunderstand- of the people inthis state inareas that only you have been trained in. ingit if they had it,unless itis explained to them; and then, who need Isuppose the first step is toknow what we don't know, so Icome here some advice, but who must maintain the final decision-making pleading ignorance and asking for help.But also asking, even though authority. we recognize that there isno absolute truth, that science stillbe de- What we need, Ithink, is public officials who are more secure in ployed primarilyinthe public interest in the larger sense, without re- their decision-making process; that also have much more access to gard to the short term profit oradvancement of a few.

Proceedings, XXXIII, 12 Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 16 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Maturation and Fecundity 01 Redear Sunfish

JAMES C. ADAMS1and RAJ V. KILAMBI Department of Zoology University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701

ABSTRACT

Based on gonosomatic indices and ovum diameter frequency distributions, the redear sunfish spawns from May through July. Fast growing 2-year-old (above 150 mm) and older fish attain sexual maturity. Mature ovum diameter ranged from 0.60 to 1.30 mm. Fecundity • total • 2= length, ¦ total weight, and age relationships were: 1nF = 5.95242 + 0.01967L (r 0.90), LnF = 8.80328 + 0.00594W (r2= 0.92), and 1nF = 8.19332 + 0.50231 A (r J =0.83), respectively.

The redear sunfish, Lepomis microlophus, is most common in The monthly gonosomatic values were low from August through large warm rivers, bayous, and lakes (Emig. 1%6). The fish can reach February, gradually increasing to a peak inlate May. denoting full maturity in the first year of life in Texas (Brown, 1951) and Florida maturation (Fig.- 1). The indices decreased during June and July. (Dineern, 1968) but generally matures at 2 years of age (Schoffman, During May July, Crystal Lake water temperature ranged from 19 to 1939; Cole, 1951; Gerking, 1952; Lopinot, 1961). 25°C with 19-21°Cinmid May when gonosomatic indices were high- Although the redear sunfish is an important sport fish, published est. In Alabama (Swingle. 1949), Illinois (Lopinot, 1961) and Michi- information regarding fecundity is meager. Lawrence (1957) reported gan (Clugston, 1966) waters, the temperatures at redear spawning that females had 5,000 eggs and- according to Lopinot (1961) the re- were 24, 20-21, and 21°C, respectively. These temperatures cor- dear ovaries contained 2,000 10,000 ova. In Florida, fecundity related with the Crystal Lake temperatures during the spawning varied from 13,000 to 30,000 (Wilbur, 1969). Meyer (1970) collected period. six eggs ranging from 1.3 to 1.6 mm in diameter from Folsom Lake, One-year-old females showed no increase in the gonosomatic in- California. dices during the summer; however, the maximum value occurred in This paper deals withspawning frequency and maturation based on October. Since no larval fish were either observed or collected the ovum diameters. Mathematical relationships between fecundity duringOctober, it is reasonable to assume that the gonadal develop- and total length, total weight, and age of the redear sunfish are ment of this age group was not related to spawning at this time of the determined. year. Olmsted (1974) reported similar observations with largemouth bass fromLake Fort Smith, Arkansas. MATERIALS AND METHODS Only 50 percent of 2-year-old females were mature. The immature fish ranged from 100 to 164 mm, and the mature fish size ranged from Monthly collections of redear sunfish from November, 1971 to 151-213 mm. All3-year-old and older females were mature, and the October, 1974 were obtained from the 24 ha Crystal Lake, Benton smallest mature 3-year-old fish was 166 mm. Attainment of sexual County, Arkansas, bygillnets and a boat-mounted 240-volt ACelec- maturity in redear may be a function of length rather than of age troshocker. The fish were brought on ice to the laboratory, and data (Wilbur, 1969). Dineen (1968) reported that in South Florida redear on total length (mm),total weight (g),and sex were recorded foreach spawned initially at eight months and at a length of 138 mm. Accord- fish. Age determinations were made by the number of annuli on the ing to Gerking (1952) the mature 2-year-old redear inLake Gordy, scales taken from the left side of the body at the tip of the appressed Indiana, averaged 138 mm. Due to these correlations of length with pectoral fin. sexual maturity, we concluded that in Crystal Lake, fast growing 2- The ovaries, preserved in10% formalin, were washed and trimmed year-old (>150 mm) and older redear attain sexual maturity. of excess tissue. After blotting and air drying for 15 minutes, the ovaries were weighed to the nearest 0.001 g. The diameters of 200 Ova development and spawning periodicity ova from a 20% sample from the midsection of one of the ovaries Ovum diameter studies are useful in assessing spawning time and were measured to the nearest 0.05 mm. and all the mature ova in the frequency of spawning (Clark, 1934; Prabhu, 1956). Comparison of sample were counted. Fecundity, the total number of mature ova ovum diameter distributions between the anterior, middle and pos- present inboth the ovaries prior to spawning, was estimated as: terior sections within the ovaries of three 3-year-old (184. 187, and 203 mm) redear by the Kolomogorov-Smirnov test (Sokal and Rohlf. Fecundity = No. of mature ova in sample X weight ofboth ovaries 1969) indicated random distribution of ova. Therefore ovum dia- weight ofsample meter measurements and counts were made from a cross section from the midregion ofone of the ovaries. RESULTS ANDDISCUSSION Ovum diameter frequency distributions (Clark, 1934) for mature redear of ages two through six showed similar annual patterns. Spawning time and age at maturity Therefore. 3-and 5-year-old fish were selected to present the month- Gross morphology of the ovaries and the gonosomatic indices (per- ly progression of ovum frequency distributions (Fig. 2). From centage of ovary weight to fish weight) were used in determining the September through February the ova were less than 0.30 mm in dia- time of spawning and age of maturity. In late April and May the meter and were platelet in form with transparent cytoplasm. Ova ovaries increased in size over the previous months occupying almost matured from March toMav. the entire body cavity. Three-year-old and older female redear with Aspawn occurs inlate May as evidenced by the lack of ova in the distended abdomens were collected inearly May and the ova could last mode (0.95-1.30 mm). By the middle of June the ova size in- be easily stripped by late May. Whitish ovary color of early April creased, and the ova (0.85-1.25 mm) were extruded by the end of changed to a yellow-orange by late May. June. The July ovaries are the last evidence of spawning for the season, and the residual ova in the August ovaries indicate that the ova above 0.60 mm were extruded during spawning activties. Appear- ance and disappearance of the ova in the last mode from May Present address: Oklahoma Water Resources Board, Fifth Floor, through July indicate multiplespawning by the redear sunfish during Jim Thorpe Bldg., Oklahoma City. OK 73105. the spawning season (May-July). The maximum gonosomatic index in

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 13

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 17 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

May (Fig. 1) coincided with the presence of the fullcomplement of coefficient and standard error of estimate of 0.9S and 0.18775, re- maturing to mature ova (0.60-1.30 mm) in the ovaries. The gradual spectively. — decrease of the indices forJune and Julyis due to spawning of the ova The fecundity total weight relationship (Fig. 4) was lnF = as they attain larger size. 8.80328 + O.OO594W with 0.96 and 0.16272 as correlation coefficient Based diameter distributions, the redear exhibit mul- and standard error ofestimate. on the ovum Ofthe 15 redear used in this fish in may February study, there was one each age tiple spawning. In Florida spawning start inlate and II, VI, age V, continue untilOctober (Clugston, 1966). Redear sunfish inAlabama groups and two in group and the remainder were 3- year-olds. The fecundity-age relationship (Fig. 5) was expressed as spawn in spring and again in the fall, but sparingly in summer = + (Swingle, 1949; Swingle and Smith, 1950). InTennessee (Schoffman, lnF 8.19332 0.50231 A. The correlation coefficient and the standard of estimate 0.91 and 0.25239, respectively. 1939) ) spawn fromMay to Sep- error were and Illinois (Lopinot, 1961 the redear gave redear, tember and duringMay-June, respectively. Wilbur (1969) fecundity data for the Florida but he gave standard length measurements.—These lengths were converted to total lengths using the totallength standard length relationship for Fecundity bluegill (Carlander, 1977). The total length — fecundity relationship Since the ova of the size range 0.60-1 .30 mm were extruded during was calculated as: lnF = 8.01624 + 0.00773L. Covariance analysis the spawning season, fecundity was estimated as the total number of showed significant difference between the Crystal Lake redear and = - ova (>0.60 mm) present inboth the ovaries prior to spawning. The Florida redear (F2 24 55.73). For a given size range of 200 260 mm, 15 fish collected inMay were used infecundity estimates as these fish that were common in our and Wilbur's collections, the Crystal Lake contained the fullcomplement of the mature ova. redear sunfish were more fecund than the Florida fish. Redear of230 The total length, weight, and age of redear were- exponentially re- and 260 mm in total length from Crystal Lake produce 35,500 and lated to the fecundity estimates. The fecundity total relation- 64,000 mature compared to 17,900 and 22,600 by the Florida = length ova ova ship (Fig. 3) was lnF 5.95242 + 0.01967L with the correlation redear.

Figure 1. Gonosomatic indices for female redear sunfish of ages one through six.

14 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 18 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Jdlllco w. MUdlltjdllU TidJ V. l\IIOIlll#

Figure J. Length-fecundity relationship of the Crystal Lake redear sunfish.

Figure 2. Monthly frequency distributions of ova diameter measurements of three and five vear oldredear sunfish.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. XXXIII,1979 15

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 19 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Figure 4. Weight-fecundity relationship of the Crystal Lake redear Figure 5. Age-fecundity relationship of the Crystal Lake redear sun- sunfish. fish.

LITERATURE CITED

BROWN. W. H.1951.Results of stocking largemouth black bass and LOPINOT, A.C. 1%1. The redear sunfish. III.Wild!. 17:3-4. channel catfish in experimental Texas farm ponds. Trans. Am. MEYER. F. A. 1970. Development of some larval centrarchids. Fish. Soc. 80:210-217. Prog. Fish-Cult. 32:130-136. CARLANDER,K.D. 1977. Handbook of freshwater fishery biology. OLMSTED, L.L. 1974. The ecology of largemouth bass (Micrnp- Vol. 2. Iowa St. Univ.Press, Ames, Iowa. 431pp. teru.s salmoides) and spotted bass (Micrnpterus punctulalus) in CLARK,F. N. 1934. Maturity of the California sardine (Sardina cae- Lake Fort Smith, Arkansas. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Arkansas. rulea) determined by ova diameter measurements. Calif. Fish Fayetteville. 134pp. and Game., Fish. Bull.42. 49pp. PRABHU, M.S. 1956. Maturation of intra-ovarian eggs and spawning CLUGSTON, J. P. 1966. Centrarchid spawning in the Florida ever- periodicities in some fishes. Indian J. Fish. 3:59-90. glades. Quart. Fla. Acad. Sci. 29:137-144. SCHOFFMAN, R. J. 1939. Age and growth of the red-eared sunfish COLE, V. W. 1951. Contributions to the life history of the redear in Reelfoot Lake. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 14:61-71. sunfish (Lepomis michrolophus} in Michigan waters. M. S. The- SOKAL, R. R. and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry: The principles and sis. Michigan St. Coll. 54pp. practice ofstatistics in biological research. W. H.Freeman and DINEEN, W. J. 1968. Determination of the effects of fluctuating Company, San Francisco. 776pp. water levels on the fish population of conservation area III.Fla. SWINGLE, H. S. 1949. Some recent developments inpond manage- Fed. AidProj. No. F-16. Job No. 1-E. Compl. Rep. 15 pp. ment. Trans. N. Am. Wildl.Conf. 14:295-312. EMIG.J. W. 1966. Red-ear sunfish. Pages 392-399 in A.Calhoun ed. SWINGLE. H.S. and E. V.SMITH. 1950. Management of farm fish Inland fisheries management. Calif. Dept. Fish and Game. ponds. Ala. Poly. Inst. Agri.Exn. Sta. Bull. 254. 23pp. GERKING. S. D. 1952. Vital statistics of the fish population of WILBUR, R. L. 1969. The redear sunfish in Florida. Fish. Bull. 5. Gordy Lake, Indiana. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 82:48-67. Fla. Game and Freshwater Fish Comm. 64pp. LAWRENCE, J. M. 1957. Life history and ecology of centrarchid fishes. 9 pp. inK. D.Carlander. 1977. Handbook of freshwater fishery biology. Vol.2. Iowa St. Univ.Press, Ames, Iowa.

16 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 20 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Hematology as Related to DivingCharacteristics of Elaphe obsoleta, Nerodia erythrogaster, Nerodia fasciata and Nerodia rhombifera

DENNIS A. BAEYENS, M.W. PATTERSON and C.T. MCALLISTER Department of Biology University of Arkansas at Little Rock Little Rock, Arkansas 72204

ABSTRACT The diving capabilities ofNerodia erythrogaster flavigaster and Nerodia fasciata confluens were investigated and the results were compared with similar studies on Nerodia rhombifera rhombifera and Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta (Baeyens et al., 1978). Inaddition, morphological and hematological parameters contributing to underwater survival were examined. The duration of underwater survival for N. erythrogaster and N. fasciata was approximately one hour with no difference between the species. The lung volumes ofthe two species were also similar but were significantly less than lung volumes reported for E. obsoleta. There were no significant differences in hemoglobin concentration, red blood cell count or hematocrit between N. rhombifera, N. erythrogaster, N. fasciata, and E.obsoleta. Based on similarities in underwater tolerance, lung morphology and hematology, Nerodia more closely resembles the terrestrial E. obsoleta than those reptiles specifically adapted to an underwater existance.

INTRODUCTION close observation after surfacing to insure that they were not seri- ouslv impaired as a result of thedive. Certain representatives from all the vertebrate classes display pro- Lung volumes were determined for N. erythrogaster and N. fas- nounced respiratory and cardiovascular changes inresponse to sub- ciata by injecting air into the lunguntil the point of maximal lung ex- mergence. These animals, collectively referred to as the divingani- pansion was reached (Baeyens et al., 1978). The lung capacities are mals, are physiologically and morphologically suited for underwater expressed interms of mlper kg body weight. survival. Most of the experimentation to date has focused on the div- Inall four species blood samples were collected from the hepatic ing mammals and birds, and relatively little is known of the physiolo- portal vein witha 23 gauge needle fitted to a 5 cc syringe containing gy ofdivingreptiles. EDTA as an anticoagulant. Approximately 4 mlof blood were drawn This study represents a continuation of work reported earlier from each animal. Hemoglobin concentration was measured as cyan- (Baeyens et al., 1978) and has two specific purposes. First, to com- methemoglobin using Drabkin's diluent (Davidsohn and Wells, pare the divingabilities of two species of water snakes (Nerodia ery- 1963). For hematocrit determinations, nonheparinized capillary throgaster flavigaster, and Nerodia fasciata confluens) withthe diving tubes were filled with blood and one end was sealed with clay. The abilityof the terrestrial black rat snake. Second, to explore some of tubes were immediately centrifuged at approximately 10,000 RPM the hemotological and morphological attributes which might contri- for ten minutes. Red blood cells were counted with a standard bute tounderwater survival in N. erythrogaster, N. faciata, N. rhom- Neubauer counting chamber with Hayem's solution as the diluent Kfera and E. obsoleta. (Davidsohn and Wells, 1963). Fivered blood cell counts were made foreach snake and the average was recorded.

RESULTS MATERIALS AND METHODS - Specimens ofN. erythrogaster, N.fasciata andN. rhombifera were DiveTimes Snakes were closely watched throughout the dive and at the first sign of stress the dive terminated. When snake at from various minnow farms in Lonoke County, was a was lected night dive, comatose cansas. /•'. obsoleta collected during the day from severely stressed as a result of a it would be and were wooded would take several hours to Dive times were recorded only as in Arkansas. of all the experimental recover. Pulaski County, Weights signs hypoxic stress upon raals between 450 and g. Most snakes were utilized forthose snakes which showed no of sur- ranged 800 facing. hin in captivity two weeks one week of capture. Snakes kept over Members of each species tolerated dive periods exceeding re fed leopard frogs and minnows (Nerodia) or small mice one hour (Table 1). There were no significant in the submer- Elaphe). Most experiments were carried out between March and differences gence times of the two species. ptember, a period during which snakes are most active in Arkan- .For statistical analysis a Student-Newman-Keuls test was used to - ke multiple comparisons among means, and values considered Lung Morphology In both N. erythrogaster and N. fasciata the nificantly different have ap value of0.05 or less (Sokal and Rohlf, left lung has been lost, and the right lung is a simple tubular-shaped %9). structure. The general lung structure of both species was similar to that described for N. rhombifera and E. obsoleta (Baeyens et al.. duration of underwater survival for N. erythrogasier and N. 1978). The vascular portion of the lung comprised 24% of the total data was determined by subjecting the snakes to involuntary dives lung length inN. erythrogaster and N. fasciata. and there were no previously described (Baeyens et al., 1978). The dive began the insignificant differences in total lungvolume between the species. nt the at which The animal voluntarily submerged its external nares lung volumes of N. erythrogaster and N. fasciata were similar to »e the cage containing the animal was totally submerged. The values reported for N. rhombifera but were significantly less than »kes were kept under close observation throughout the dive. Ter- values reported for£. obsoleta (Table 1). nation of the dive occurred at the first sign of stress. The outward - lications of stress varied from snake to snake but were usually as- Hemoiology The results of the hematology studies are given in Mated witha release of air from the lung and a sudden increase in Table 2. Statistical analysis revealed no significant within livity differences in an attempt to reach the surface. Snakes remained under orbetween species inany of the hematological values measured. iFhe Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 17

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 21 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Table 1. Dive times and lungvolumes forNerodia and Elaphe. ter adapted for an aquatic existence than is the terrestrial Elaphe. (Baeyens et al., 1978). The survival time of Nerodia when forcibly Dive Time (min) Lung Volume (ml/kg body wt) is longer than that of Elaphe, and is much shorter + + submerged no than Species Mean S E (N) Mean S E (N)(N) for some turtles and sea snakes which can remain underwater for several hours (Pickwell, 1972; Graham, 1974). The in + + (10) similarities H. erythrogaster 78.4 17.6 (10) 64.0 12.2 hemoglobin concentration inNerodia and Elaphe suggest that the + N. fasciata 59.3 + 20.2 ( 5) 61.4 9.2 ( 5) blood does not have a unique oxygen storage capacity to facilitate regard, lung N. rhombifera 1 68.3+ 9.2 (10) 51.7+ 11.1 (12) underwater survivalinNerodia. Inthe same the volume of Nerodia is smaller than that of and a great deal 1 + + 6)* Elaphe, smaller E. obsoleta 70.5 8.3 ( 9) 80.2 12.7 ( than the lung volume of sea snakes. Based on the similarities inlung structure, hematology and underwater tolerance between Nerodia 'Significant difference fromNerodia at the 5%level. and Elaphe, it would seem that some of the physiological potential for an aquatic existence is already present inthe black rat snake and ¦From Baeyens et al. 1978. presumably inother terrestrial species as well. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2. (PCV), (Hb)and Table Hematocrits hemoglobin concentrations We wish to thank Dr. Thomas Lynch and Dr.Phyllis red blood cell counts (RBC) forNerodia andElaphe. , , Garnett for critically reviewing the manuscript and Number J t> Species of Snakes PCV* Hb g% RBC/mm (X10 ) offering helpful suggestions during itspreparation. We are also indebted to Charles Calhoun and Joe Bailey for H. erythrogaster 10 28.8+4.5 10.7+1.2 0.71+0.07 their helpincollecting the animals used in this study. + + + N. fasciata 5 29.0 6.9 9.7 1.6 0.57 0.03 LITERATURE CITED N. rhombifera 10 32.3 + 3.5 10.9 + 2.1 0.75 + 0.09 E. obsoleta 7 31.6+3.5 11.5+2.2 0.69+0.04 ANDERSEN, H. T. 1961. Physiological adjustments to prolonged diving in the American alligator Alligatormississipiensis. Acta. physiol. scand. 53:23-45. ANDERSEN, H. T. 1966. Physiological adaptations in diving vertebrates. Physiol. Rev. 46:212-243. DISCUSSION BAEYENS, D. A.. C. T. MCALLISTER and L. F. MORGANS. 1978. Some physiological and morphological adaptations for Two areas whichmay be utilized for oxygen storage during a dive underwater survivalinNatrix rhombifera and Elaphe obsoleta. are the lungs and the blood. The lung and air sac volumes of diving Ark.Acad. Sci.Proc. 32:18-21. mammals and birds are not significantly larger than those of their ter- DAVIDSOHN,I.and B.B. WELLS. 1963. Clinical diagnosis by labo- restrial counterparts (Scholander Irving, 1941). (1961) and Andersen SaundersCo., found that the lung volume of the alligator, an excellent reptilian ratory methods. W. B. Philadelphia. 1020 pp. diver,ranges from 76 to 102 ml/kg. This is somewhat higher than the DESSAUER, H.C. 1970. Biology of the reptilia. Vol.3. C. Gans and values reported for diving mammals, but lower than those reported T.S.Parsons eds. Academic Press, New York. 385 pp. fordiving birds (Eliassen, 1960). The lung of the completely aquatic I marine snake Pelamis platuris fills the entire coelomic cavity extend- ELIASSEN,E. 1960. Cardiovascular responses to -submersion asphy- ingfrom the neck to the vent (Heatwole and Seymour, 1975). The im- xia inavian divers. Arbok Univ.Bergen, Mat. Nat., Ser. no. 2. mensity of the lungin this species is also reflected byits large volume GRAHAM,J. B. 1974. in the sea snake Pelamis (580 weight). contrast, Aquatic respiration ml/kg body In the lung volumes were much platuris. Respir. Physiol. 21:1-7. smaller inthe two species we studied (Table 1). Since the lung volume of Nerodia is somewhat smaller than the terrestrial Elaphe, it does HEATWOLE, H., and R. SEYMOUR. 1975. The biology of sea not appear that the lung ofNerodia is particularly adapted as an im- snakes. University Park Press, Baltimore. 530 pp. portant oxygen storage organ for underwater activity. chemistry of terrestrial and The role of elevated hemoglobin concentration foroxygen storage HUTTON,K.E. 1958. The blood aquatic has been shown to be of importance in diving mammals and birds snakes. J. Cell.Comp. Physiol. 52:319-328. (Andersen, 1966). The importance of hemoglobin concentration in PICKWELL, diving reptiles has been difficult to ascertain because of the wide G. V.1972. The venomous sea snakes. Fauna 4:16-32. variations in Webster, 1975; Dessauer, reported values (Seymour and SCHOLANDER. P. G. and L.IRVING.1941.Respiratory and circu- 1970). The present study indicates a similarity in hemoglobin con- latory adaptations of diving animals. J. Cell. Comp. Physiol. centration between Nerodia and Elaphe. These values fall within the 17:169-191. range of hemoglobin concentrations found in sea snakes (Seymour and Webster, 1975). Red blood cell counts and hematocrits were also SEYMOUR,R. S. and M.E. D. WEBSTER. 1975. Gas transport and similar in the four species studied. These similarities agree with blood acid-base balance in diving sea snakes. J. Exp. Zool. Hutton's (1958) findings of no consistent differences in either red 169-181. blood cell counts or hematocrits between aquatic and terrestrial snakes. SOKAL, R. R. and F. J. ROHLF. Biometry. W. H. Freeman, San Based on the parameters examined, Nerodia appears to be nobet- Francisco. 776 pp.

18 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 22 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Age and Huddling as Determinants of Metabolic Rate InGrasshopper Mice(Onychomys leucogaster)

MEREDITH BAILEY,DENNIS BAEYENS and LANA MANN Department of Biology University of Arkansas at Little Rock Little Rock, Arkansas 72204

ABSTRACT The metabolic rates of grasshopper mice (Onychomys leucogaster) were determined every third day from birth to adulthood. Metabolic rates were quantitated bymeasuring oxygen consumption in an open circuit system. There was a rapid fall in oxygen consumption from the third day after birth until the ninth day. Mice which were housed separately assumed a constant metabolic rate at an earlier age than mice which were kept withlitter-mates. The greatest increases in metabolism occurred when immature mice were separated from litter-mates for oxygen consumption determinations. It is concluded that huddling plays an important role in reducing the metabolic rate of young grasshopper mice.

INTRODUCTION consumption inan open circuit system. During the measurements the mice were confined in a cylindrical Plexiglas chamber (22.9 cm long, It is well known that metabolism varies inversely with the size of a 8.9 cm diameter). In order to minimize the possibility of disturbing homeothermic animal. This is particularly evident when comparing the mice during a measurement, the chamber was covered with a the young and adult animals of a single species; for example, studies sheet of black plastic, and cotton was provided fornesting material. involving rats (Benedict and MacLeod, 1929) have demonstrated that Alow-pressure pump was used topush air through a tube contain- oxygen consumption is greater at two months of age than at four ing water absorbent (Drierite) and into one end of the chamber. The months. Likewise, Davis and Hastings (1934), working with rats, air passed through the chamber, exiting at the opposite end, and observed a 34% decrease inoxygen consumption from the second to flowed through a rotometer for measuring and adjusting flow rate. the fourth month ofage. Ina related study McCashland (1951) found Flowing at 100 ml/min, the air was passed through a second tube of a 57% decrease in the oxygen consumption of rats from the Drierite and entered a Beckman Model E2 oxygen analyzer. thirteenth to the twenty-ninth day of age. These reports all suggest Mice were placed in the chamber and allowed to acclimate fora 15 great metabolic changes during the period ofrapid growthin rats. min period before measurements were taken. Oxygen uptake was There is some controversy in the literature concerning the effect of measured for5min periods, and five consecutive measurements were huddling on the oxygen consumption of young mammals. Hilland made on each mouse or group and the results averaged. After the Hill (1913) showed that, when two-month old rats were placed measurements, the mice were weighed to the nearest 0.5 g. together ina calorimeter, their heat production dropped below that Recording started when the rate of oxygen uptake reached its of rats studied singly. Taylor (1960) found only slight decreases in lowest steady level. Occasionally a mouse would become active oxygen consumption as aresult ofhuddling in48hr old mice. Finally, during a metabolic determination, and its oxygen uptake would be Fitzgerald (1953) measured a decrease in the oxygen consumption of elevated and erratic. In such cases recording was delayed until the young mice as the ambient temperature was lowered. From this ob- oxygen uptake stabilized at or near a resting level. From the resting servation he predicted that huddling would tend toincrease the ambi- oxygen uptake and the rate of air flow, the oxygen consumption was ent temperature and, thus, the oxygen consumption of young mice. calculated in terms of ml of oxygen consumed/hr/g with all values objectives of our study were twofold. First, to follow the being corrected to s.t.p. s inoxygen consumption and general metabolic pattern of the pper mouse (Onychomys leucogaster) from three days of age adult. Secondly, to observe the effects of huddling on the RESULTS AND DISCUSSION consumption ofyoung grasshopper mice. K Figures 1 and 2 show the metabolic pattern of the two groups of MATERIALS AND METHODS grasshopper mice from early lifeto the adult. There was not a detectable difference between the oxygen consumption of the female mice The Northern grasshopper mice (Onychomys leucogaster) used in and the single male in Group 2, whichis inagreement with the results this study were first generation offspring of adults captured in June ofKibler and Brody (1942) inyoung rats. 1976 in Quay County, New Mexico. The mice were housed inpoly- From day three to approximately day 70, the oxygen consumption propylene cages and were provided with Aspen bedding. Food of the grasshopper mice remained essentially constant throughout (Purina Labchow 5008) and water were provided ad libetum. both day and night. This is probably due to the fact that the young Experimental animals were arranged in two groups. Group 1con- mice had not yet developed nocturnal activity patterns characteristic sisted of two female litter-mates which were weaned before of the adults. After day 70 the oxygen consumption was considerably metabolic determinations were started on the eighteenth day after elevated during nighttime hours, thus it was necessary to confine birth. Metabolic determinations were performed every thirdday until metabolic determinations to the late morning and early afternoon 'he animals were 102 days old. The animals were grouped forthe first hours (times when grasshopper mice are normally in a quiescent two determinations only, thereafter they were housed spearately, and state). allsubsequent determinations were performed on single individuals. Anincrease in oxygen consumption shortly after birth has been Group 2 consisted of fivelitter-mates (four female, one male). Meta- demonstrated ina variety of mammals. Thisincrease has been shown bolic determinations forGroup started on the thirdday after birth to be two-to-threefold inlambs (Dawes and Mott, 1959), monkeys 2 al., and continued every third day for 97 days. The first seven deter- (Dawes et 1960), dogs (Gelineo, 1957) and mice (Fitzgerald, minations were performed on the five mice grouped together, and 1953). Similarly, in our study, the oxygen consumption of the grass- subsequent measurements were done on individual mice. The litter- hopper mice in Group 2 fell from a value of 2.51 ml/hr/g on day 3 to mates in Group 2 were housed as a group and were kept with their 1.28 ml/hr/g on day 9 (Figure 2). This decrease inmetabolism coin- mother throughout the experimental period. cided with the first appearance of a slight covering of fur on day six. Metabolic determinations were performed by measuring oxygen By day eight the dorsal fur was velvety and dark, and white fur Academy Proceedings, Arkansas of Science Vol.XXXIII,1979 19

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 23 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Age and Huddling as Determinants of Metabolic Rate inGrasshopper Mice (Onychomys leucogaster)

covered the ventor. The fur provided an insulatory effect by main- taining an unstirred layer of air next to the skin, thus aiding the 9-day old mice in coping with the lower temperatures of the metabolic chamber without increasing their metabolism. The metabolic rates of the animals in Group 1 reached an adult level at an earlier date than did those of Group 2 (Figures 1 and 2). This is explained by the fact that the animals in Group 1 attained their maximum adult weights by day 66 while the animals inGroup 2 were not fully grown until day 80. These unequal growth rates are a reflection of dietary differences between the two groups. The mice in Group 1 were weaned early (day 18) and, thus, were forced to utilize the exogenous food supply provided them. The mice in Group 2, on the other hand, grew at a slower rate because they relied on the diminishing supply of maternal milk for a greater period of time before turning to the exogenous food supply. The most pronounced increases in metabolism were evidenced when the mice were separated for the first time on day 24 for the oxygen consumption determinations (Figures 1and 2). The increased metabolic rates observed after day 24 were most likelya response to a reduction in temperature when moving from the rest to the metabolic chamber. According to observations by Mourek (1959) and Taylor (1960) the average nest temperature for small rodents lies between 30 and 32°C. The mean temperature and standard deviation for the 68 oxygen consumption measurements in our study was 24.8 ± 1.6°C. The increased oxygen consumption inresponse to lowered ambient temperatures would be necessary to promote additional heat production to maintain a constant deep-body temperature. Thus, grasshopper mice, even at the very early age of 24 days, are quite capable of thermoregulation. The increased metabolism which we observed in response to lowered temperatures agrees with the results of Lagerspetz (1966) and Stanier (1975) who found that during a fallin ambient tempera- Figure 1. Oxygen consumption determinations for Group 1.Open ture from 35 to 30°C, young white mice demonstrated increased circles represent the means of measurements made ongrouped mice, motor activity and oxygen consumption. It also agrees withobserva- closed circles represent the means of measurements on individual tions by Taylor (1960) who showed that rats, as young as 4 hours, mice. respond to a reduction in ambient temperature by increasing oxygen consumption. Our results are, however, at variance with those of Fitzgerald (1953) who measured a fallin the oxygen consumption of young mice as the ambient temperature was lowered from 35 to 30°C. Hill(1976) found that young Peromyscus leucopus could maintain normal body temperatures inthe nest, but when individuals were removed from the presence of litter-mates their body temperatures de- clined. Inthe grouped grasshopper mice of our study the effect of huddling would help to maintain the elevated temperatures characteristic of the nest, which inturn would bring down the oxygen consumption per animal, as compared to that of solitary litter-mates. Ac- cording to Fitzgerald's hypothesis the huddling of grouped mice would have had the opposite effect, tending to raise the oxygen consumption. The effect of huddling to lower metabolism which we observed is ofimportance forsurvival ina natural habitat. The huddling of young mice would help maintain an elevated nest temperature even when the mother is away. This would have an important energy conserving effect by reducing the amount of energy spent on heat production to maintain a constant deep-body temperature. The mice in Group Idid not demonstrate as pronounced an increase in oxygen consumption as a result of a separation as did those in Group 2. The mice in Group 1 were housed separately beginning on day 24. The mice in Group 2, however, were only separated for the actual oxygen consumption measurements and afterwards were returned to their mother and litter-mates. The greater increase in oxygen consumption witnessed in Group 2 is probably the result of the added trauma induced byremoval from the nest for the metabolic determinations.

LITERATURE CITED Figure 2. Oxygen consumption determinations forGroup 2. Open BENEDICT,F. G., and G. MACLEOD. 1929. The heat production circles represent the means of measurements made ongrouped mice, of the young rat. I.Technique activity control, and the influ- closed circles represent the means of measurements on individual ence of fasting. J. Nutr. 1:343-398. mice. Vertical lines denote standard deviations. Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, 20 Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 24 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

DAVIS,J.E., and A.B.HASTINGS. 1934. The measurement of the KIBLER, H. H. and S. BRODY. 1942. Metabolism and growth in oxygen of consumption immature rats. Am. J. Physiol 109-683- rats. J. Nutr. 24:461-468. 687.

DAWES, G. S. and J. C. MOTT. 1959. The increase inoxygen con- LAGERSPETZ, K. Y. H. 1966. Temperature relations of oxygen sumption of the lamb after birth. J. Physiol. 146:295-315. consumption and motor activity in newborn mice. Ann. Med. Exp. Fenn. 44:71-73. DAWES, G. S., H. N. JACOBSON, J. C. MOTT and H. J. SHELLEY. 1960. Some observations on foetal and new-born McCASHLAND,B. W. 1951. Astudy of metabolic changes inyoung rhesus monkeys. J. Physiol. 152:271-298. rats. Growth 15:1-9. L. S. 1953. The oxygen consumption of neonatal rSGERALD,mice. J. Exp. Zool. 124:415-425. MOUREK, J. 1959. Oxygen consumption during ontogenesis in rats in environments with a high and low oxygen content. Physiol. GELINEO, S. 1957. Development ontogenetique de la thermoregula- Bohem. 7:106-111. ton chez lechien. Bull. Acad. Serbe Sci. 18:97-122. STANIER,M.W. 1975. Effect of body weight, ambient temperature HILL,A. V. and A. M. HILL.1913. Calorimetric experiments on and huddling on oxygen consumption and body temperature of warm-blooded animals. J. Physiol. 46:81-103. young mice. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 51A:79-82. W. 1976. The RICHARD ontogeny of homeothermy inneo- TAYLOR,P. M.1960. Oxygen consumption rats. rj,natal Peromyscus ofnewborn J. Phy- leucopus Physiol. Zoo. 49:292-306. siol., Lond. 154:153-168.

Arkansas Academy ofScience Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 25 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 AComparison of the Lens Protein Profiles Of Three Species of Ozark Salamanders

JAMES M. BRITTON Department of Zoology University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701

ABSTRACT The vertebrate lens has a high protein content (35%), 80-90% of which is composed of the soluble, lens-specific structural proteins, the crystallins. The lens protein profiles of urodelan species have been found to be qualitatively distinct. On this basis the lens proteins have been proposed as ameasure of true speciation inurodelans. This paper is the result of our effort to derive a technique for comparison of lens protein profiles on a purely qualitative basis without utilizing the complex methodology employed by previous workers. With this object in mind, the lens protein profiles of Plethodon glutinosus, Ambystoma annulatum, and Ambystoma maculatum were studied to determine the degree of difference actually observable on a purely qualitative basis, and thus the applicability of this technique to urodelan taxonomy. Definite observable differences were found in the lens protein profiles of all species; thus confirming the potential value of this technique to urodelan taxonomy.

The protein content of the vertebrate lens is very high (approx. needles. Due to the small amount of lens material provided by indi- 35%). The crystallins, soluble lens-specific structural proteins, com- vidual salamanders, the material for each species was pooled foruse prise 80-90% of the total lens protein (Clayton, 1970). Investigations in electrophoresis. The pooled lenses were placed incold buffer (Tris of the lens proteins of the various vertebrate classes have shown HC1 .05M pH 7.2) and, if not used immediately, were stored at near extensive differentiation at that level (e.g. Cobb et. al., 1968). freezing temperature untiluse. Brahma and van Djoorenmaalen (1969) found distinct differences in Samples of the soluble lens protein foruse in electrophoresis were the lens proteins of five phylogenetically distant species of anurans obtained by preparing a homogenate of the lens material using and urodelans. ground glass - ground glass homogenization of the lenses in an McDevitt and Collier (1975), using cellulose acetate electrophore- amount of the above buffer approximately equal to the volume of sis, examined the soluble lens proteins of 12 species of North lens material. The homogenate was then centrifuged and the super- American salamanders; 10 species of which were in the same family, natent collected. Samples of soluble lens protein thus obtained were the Plethodontidae. They were able, using qualitative differences in refrigerated at 4°C until use in electrophoresis. the electrophoretic profiles, to distinguish all of the 12 species, Cellulose acetate electrophoresis was chosen as the most suitable several of which are very close phylogenetically. Based on these method for resolution of the protein samples because of the previous- findings they suggested the use of the lens proteins as a sort of "phylo- lyreported anomalous behaviour of the high molecular weight alpha- genetic fingerprint" in distinguishing urodelan species. They further crystallins when polyacrylamide gel or other such "molecular sieve" suggest that the lens proteins, recognized to be evolutionarily conser- methods are used (McDevitt, 1967). Gelman Sepraphore IIIcellulose vative, could be used as a measure of true speciation in urodelans. polyacetate strips were pre-soaked for at least fiveminutes inTris- The potential of such a procedure inurodelan taxonomy, based as it Glycine buffer (0.1M pH 8.3). Lens protein samples were applied often is on meristic criteria, is obvious. using a Gelman sample applicator, with the number of sample appli- This study was undertaken with the object of eliminating much of cations per strip varying from three to five. Electrophoresis was then the complex methodology employed by previous workers so as to performed using a Gelman Deluxe electrophoresis chamber and a provide a simple, systematic, purely qualitative test of speciation in Gelman power supply at a current of 1.25 to 1.5 m.a. per strip for40- urodelans. Thus no attempt was made to quantify data as regards 45 min. sample concentration or density of corresponding bands (some refer- Following electrophoresis, strips were stained ina solution of 0.2% ence is made to density differences in certain regions of the total pat- Ponceau S in 3% trichloracetic acid for at least five minutes; then tern). The lens protein profiles of three species of Ozark salamanders destained in several rinses of 5% acetic acid until no background were studied to determine the degree of difference actually observ- stain remained. The following results were based on the results of able using such simplified methods. eight electrophoresis trials utilizing lenses from a total of 19 salamanders (eight P. glutinosus, seven A. annulalum and four A. maculatum). METHODS

Salamanders were captured in the field during the month of No- RESULTS vember, 1978. Ambystoma annulalum were collected during their annual breeding migration crossing Highway45 (Washington Co.) at The crystallins have been separated into three heterogenous a point approximately ten miles east of the Fayetteville campus of the groups; alpha, beta and gamma in order of decreasing molecular University of Arkansas. Ambystoma maculatum and Plethodon gluti- weight and mobilityinan electric field (Clayton, 1970). Using cellu- nosus were collected in the area below the dam at Lake Wedington lose acetate electrophoresis and companion immunoelectrophoresis (Washington Co.), 13 miles west ofFayetteville onHighway 16. of protein fractions obtained by column chromatography of whole After sacrificing the animals, the eyes were removed with the aid lens protein samples, McDevitt and Collier (1975) were able to deter- of scalpel and forceps and placed in a petri dish containing cold mine the distribution of alpha, beta, and gamma in the total electro- buffer (Tris HC1 .05M pH 7.2). Lenses were then removed by phoretic pattern (Fig. 1). As they themselves emphasized, such a gripping the eyeball in a small hemostat, slitting the wall and forcing crude separation is useful for discussion purposes only. the lens out with a blunt dissecting needle. The lenses were often Photographs of the patterns produced by electrophoresis of the extruded free of extraneous ocular material; any remaining extrane- lens proteins of P. glutinosus. A. annulatum. and A. maculatum are ous material was removed with watchmakers forceps and dissecting shown in Fig. 2. Schematic representations of the banding patterns.

22 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 26 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 James M.Britton

Figure 1. The distribution of the crystallins in a typical electrophoretic pattern (adapted fromMcDevitt and Collier, 1975).

Figure 3. Schematic representations of the lens protein profiles of three species of salamanders. (a) Plethodon glutinosus (b) Ambystoma annulatum (c) Ambystoma maculatum

crystallin are present in the same area inP. glutinosus. but the protein is diffuse.) Conversely. P. glutinosus shows an area of far anodal beta crystallin lacking inA. maculatum. The alpha bands of the two species appear to have identical mobilities; however, the clear presence of a pre-alpha (high mol. wt. alpha) band in A. maculatum (arrow, Fig. 2) distinguishes the two in this area. Although a pre- alpha band has been reported (McDevitt and Collier, 1975) in P. glutinosus. none could be resolved in these samples. Resolution is generally best in the far cathodal (gamma crystallin) region of the total lens protein profile. The lack of resolution in the alpha, and to some extent in the beta, regions of the pattern reported by Brahma and van Djoorenmaalen (1969) is apparent in these samples. These resolution differences stem from the nature of the proteins themselves; gamma crystallins being single chain polypep- tides with rather definite size, charge and mobility, and alpha and beta crystallins being aggregate proteins, with size, charge and mobility dependent upon a variable complement ofsubunits.

DISCUSSION

The potential value of a reliable test of speciation, especially in 2.The lens protein profiles of three species of salamanders, urodelans where meristic criteria are relied on heavily,is unquestion- (a) Plethodon glutinosus able. The lens proteins, which are direct gene products and therefore (b) Ambystoma annulatum less susceptible to environmental modification than morphology, (c) Ambystoma maculatum would be suitable for use in such a test. Their structural and non- rre enzymatic nature, byrestricting observed differences to actual differences inprotein structure, thus reflecting the actual gene makeup of in to scale, are shown in Fig. 3. Readily observable differences the species with respect tolens proteins, also favors their use in such be seen in allareas of the patterns obtained forallthree species. a test. tie for/4, pattern annulatum is distinctive in showing poor resolu- Inreference to the species herein investigated, there is no diffi- and low band mobilities, with single alpha, beta and gamma culty distinguishing one from another on the basis of lens protein pro- is. The patterns for P. glutinosus and A. maculatum appear files alone. These results would tend to justify the conclusion of srficially similar although clearcut differences exist in all areas of McDevitt and Collier (1975) that the lens proteins are potentially patterns. resolution Inthe far cathodal (gamma crystallin) region, valuable in determining true speciation in urodelans. The apparent better inthe pattern for P. glutinosus. with three apparent bands failure of this procedure to distinguish subspecies/intergrades and nsed to twoin A.maculatum. The nearest cathodal of the gamma phases, as well as individual differences, as reported byMcDevitt and is of the two species appears to have similar mobilities. In the Collier (1975) would be a further point in favor of the application of 1 dense, crystallin region, A. maculatum shows a very slightly this procedure to taxonomic problems where the validity of a species lodal band absent in P. glutinosus. (Large amounts of beta is in doubt. I Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 23 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 27 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 A Comparison of the Lens Protein Profiles of Three Species of Ozark Salamanders

Itis of interest here to note that study of the lens proteins could LITERATURE CITED possibly indicate evolutionary trends in certain urodelans, the observed lack of banding and low mobilityof A.annulatum being a case BESHARSE, J. C,and R. A.BRANDON. 1974. Postembryonic eye inpoint. During dissection, trends inmorphology were noted in this degeneration inthe troglobitio salamander, Typhlotriton spetaeus. species similar to trends noted by previous workers (e.g. Besharse J. Morphol. 144(4):381-405. and Brandon, 1974) in troglodytic and highly fossorial species. The possibility that the unusual pattern observed in A. annulatum is BRAHMA,S. K.and W. J. VANDJOORENMAALEN. 1969. Study indicative of degenerative evolution of the eyeball is certainly worth of the soluble lens proteins from different amphibian species. further investigation. Exp. Eye Res. 8:168-171. CLAYTON,R. H. 1970. Problems of differentiation in the vertebrate ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS lens. Curr. Top Devel. Biol. 5:115-180.

Iwould like to thank Dr.W. C. Guest for his patience COBB, B. F., Ill,L. C. CARTER, and V. L.KOENIG. 1968. The and assistance, C. Britton and C. Harding for transpor- distribution of the soluble protein components inthe crystalline tation, and R. L. Boll and N. Hernandez for photo- lenses of specimens of amphibians, reptiles, and birds. Comp. graphic assistance. Biochem. Physiol. 26:519-528.

MCDEVITT,D. S. and C. R. COLLIER. 1975. The lens proteins of eastern North American salamanders and their application to urodelan systematic^ .Exp.Eye Res. 21(1): 1-8. MCDEVITT,D.S. 1967. Separation and characterization of the lens proteins of the amphibian, Rana pipiens. J. Enp. Zool. 164:21-29.

Proceedings, XXXIII, 24 Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 28 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 The Fate of Some Common Radionuclides Found inDardanelle Lake

DM. CHITTENDEN II Department of Chemistry Arkansas State University State University, Arkansas 72467

ABSTRACT Four factors influence the concentrations of radionuclides in Dardanelle Lake water: injections due to fallout and discharge from Nuclear Icoupled with losses due to decay, to dilution and to sedimentation. Itis possible to estimate the first three factors and to measure monthly changes in the concentrations of "Sr, 141Ce, 137Cs, "Co, l44Ce, and "Sr - "Y during periods when the concentrations of these nuclides are abnormally high (after large releases or the Chi- nese weapons tests) or abnormally low (during reactor refueling).

INTRODUCTION By measuring the decrease in the concentrations of the affected nuclides immediately following each of these occasions, it was pos- The fate of radionuclides released by a nuclear power plant is an sible to get an estimate of the amount of each radionuclide that was important factor indetermining the water quality in the area affected removed by the process of sedimentation. by reactor operation. It is important that the radionuclides produced by the reactor be removed from the area of release by methods other than sedimentation, that is, by dilution or decay. MATERIALS AND METHODS Radionuclides that are co-precipitated with sediments either can - remain harmlessly adsorbed by the sediment or take one of two path- The concentrations of "Sr, mCe, IJ7Cs, "Co, l44Ce, and *°Sr *°Y ways which are deleterious to the environment: were measured monthly from June, 1976 to August, 1977. The results 1) since the radionuclides are concentrated in the sediment, it is of these measurements can be found inChittenden (1978). and a sum- likelythat some quantity of radioactive material willenter the mary found inChittenden and McFadden (1979). food chain through microorganisms indigenous to bottom sediment; or 2) the co-precipitated radionuclides may also be released back RESULTS into the water and cause a contamination problem long after reactor operation has ceased. A. "Srand 141Ce: 10/29/76-2/18/77 The rate at which radionuclides co-precipitate with sediment can The concentrations of"Sr and l4lCe from the Chinese nuclear only be inferred, inrough measure, from the analysis of bottom sedi- weapons tests, introduced into the water mainly by rainfall, ment samples taken semiannually by the Technical Analysis staff at are the simplest to treat. Although these nuclides are not Arkansas Power and Light Company. The radionuclide concentra- found in reactor effluent, they provide a model to estimate the tions are probably the average concentrations of several inches of amount of long lived '°Sr and 144 Ce that co-precipitate with sediment and thus are only crude measures of the quantity of radio- sediment. Since the introduction of these nuclides into water- nuclides deposited over a short period of time,such as a month. courses occurs over a wide area, wecan assume them to be in Acloser approximation might be possible ifan activity balance can the same concentration no matter what the source of the be done on water samples taken at monthlyintervals. Three mechan- water. Thus, Factor (B) in the above equations = 0. The isms for the removal of radionuclides from Dardanelle Lake water arithmetic becomes quite simple, and only concentrations willbe considered: sedimentation, decay of the radionuclide. and need be considered. Table 1summarizes the remaining factors dilutionby "uncontaminated" water from upstream as water from the for samples taken from October 29, 1976. toFebruary 18, 1977. Arkansas River and the Illinois Bayou moves through the reservoir. The latter two are much more preferable from the ecological point of view. Table 1. Fate of"Sr and 141Ce Injected byFallout. For any radionuclide being removed from lake water

Total Decrease due , Decrease due _^_ Decrease due (B) (C) •¦ Decrease to decay (A) to dilution sedimentation «""» _» 2i« iiM il! o-» o» MS " _U 2j*J 2i» SJ1 Ii2 oj. 2JS o •« Ljo Ul »¦¦¦ o.u 0;0« Sjji » Increase due "'"" injection(D) _U »iii »J2 °» »¦» SL« OjOS o to U 2JS 9jll »¦¦' °-u sj[« o,oj t VUftl Ji o-io o.on o.ii o.o* oju o^oi >t Three occurrences during the period from June, 1976 to March, I SJ 0;!! 0,01 0.11 O.0» CL01 0J1 >7 1977 offered opportunities to estimate factors (A) and (B) in the !l/lli2j__g__ -JbjUL-=jjj=== -—&J4— =jjj==__";" 1' equation. (D) supplied above Factor was estimated from fallout data I/II/77 _M (KHJ 0.01 by 0.0" 0-08 0-M I o 1. the release into Dardanelle Lake ofrelatively large amounts of 'Errors not specified in this and following tables are estimated to u'Cs and "Co on June 21. 1976. be +.10%. 2. the Chinese nuclear tests of the autumn of 1976. which resulted in the injection of measurable amounts of "Sr and 14lCe, - "7 short lived nuclides not usually found in Lake Dardanelle B. *°Sr "Y and Cs: 1/23/77-3/27/77 — water, and Asimilar trend is exhibited by the *°Sr *°Y and 1)7 Cs con- 3. the shutdown of Nuclear Ifor refueling for the period from centrations after the reactor was shut down for refueling on January 27. 1977 toMarch 26, 1977. January 27. 1977. For these nuclides. we willassume that Fac- Proceedings, XXXIII, Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 25

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 29 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 The Fate of Some Common Radionuclides Found inDardanelle Lake

= tor (A) 0, since "Sr has a half-life of 28 years, and "'Cs a released immediately after the initialcollection. This extreme = half-life of 30 years. For "Sr, Factor (D) 0 since there were value of AMd was within38% of the values of Ased that appear no significant releases of this nuclide during this period. inthe Tables 1,3and 4. InTables 3and 4, percent activity re- From an analysis of the— data inChittenden (1978), itmay be moved by sediment assumed that the sources other than reactor — "Sr "Y from ~ a /iaA +-l aA \-t"Aa >*>n° operation (i.e. fallout) had a concentration of 0.45±0.15 pCi/1 A«d^ i sed» wd or which willbe referred to as "base-line concentration." This is _ . — ~ A A." A *••°- | generally the range of concentration of "Sr "Yafter two sed' i «d j months of shutdown during which there were no significant ! releases of this pair. C. '"Csand»Co: 7/23/76-10/29/76 | - I17 1976, After shutdown, water containing "Sr "Yfrom both fall- The release of Cs and "Co onJune 21, gave rise to j out and reactor effluent was diluted by water containing only abnormally high concentrations of these nuclides for several j fallout. Thus, in the time between successive monthly col- months after the release. Table 4summarizes the factors which \ two u lections, the concentrations of this nuclide should decrease, cause the decrease inthe 'Cs and "Coconcentrations for the I approaching the base-line concentration. "'Cs was being con- period of high concentrations. j tinually injected into Dardanelle Lake. Assuming a near equilibrium mixingof water the lake with the water flowing „, „ _ _ in Table. 2. Total...Monthly.. Release. of,,«,.,from r. n » < into the lake from the west and from Illinois Bayou, a simpli- Water Dardanelle Lake. fied expression for the concentration of the nuclides in the two monthlysamples second of subsequent can be derived. Month teUaatlfucre^Feet) = - - + (C )-At] (1) Jul"' 1976 2 850 800 C Cb 0 -Cb)exp[(-Vnow/Vlake August, 1976 730,540 = two where C concentration of the nuclide inthe second of monthly September 1976 365 060 samples (pCi/1) = base-line concentration of thenuclide (see above) oct<*er, me 420.020 Cb = Co concentration of the nuclide in the first of two monthly November, 1976 336,360 MI11 PleS Decker. 1976 394.020 j = of water inDardanelle Lake =4.86 x 10s acre feet "lake = volume vnow volume of water which flowed through Dardanelle Lake January, 1977 505.500 | = = A decay constant; 0 for '"Cs, "Sr February, 1977 435,760 [ =0.01day-ifor»Co „„ 1831 040 j t = time interval between the two samplings (days) The values forVnow for the months of July, 1976 to March, - 1977 provided by the office of the Corps of Engineers at the Table 3. Fate of"Sr "Yand '"CS after Shutdown forRefueling. hydroelectric power station are presented in Table 2. The volume used to calculate the dilution factor was a weighted «.**,« c«c- i*,.<«m ~^ u.id».i. 1bu.it> 1" average two »»cmt V.''* Kî°° (p«/d "j > ""tl™, of the months through which the period between -—- '°""'Mai™™nd..""' ( ([C1/11 """"{jS«jj'> 1 collections ran. ' The values forthe amount of activityinjected that appear in ml"] Table 3and 4 were derived from data on planned releases sup- « ».» o.» »d o.« -3.o».o.o» -»U9 "nl',]]' plied byTechnical Analysis, Arkansas Power and Light Com- ~„ ~0.6, ~o.« ~m o.u .o.ouo.ji -uu pany. Itis assumed that extensive mixing takes place rapidly. assumed, 0 u 0 J1-o n UiU Itis also with reasonable justification, that releases ! ,t „„ „„ m „„ .,,.»„,.„ l37 58 of Cs and Co were spread out over the whole month rather i»a l1/11/l7 . than completed in a day or less and that there was minimal variation of concentration in the effluent from radionuclide = day to day. Thus the following model can be proposed for the ND not detectable fate of 13 Cs, MCo and wSr present inDardanelle Lake. 1) The nuclides released by the Nuclear Ifacility are quickly - '" " ° mued with lake water. C =Injection (Ci)/V for "'Cs and Table 4 Fatc of Cs and c Injected into Dardanelle Lake on b lake 21, "Co. Fallout contribution of "'Cs appears to be insignificant June 1976. — — j compared to injection from Nuclear 1. 1 1 1 1 m^,mi 1 i.ltc t,1 ; 1 Ju.i. 1 , . c" b' 2) A fraction of the activity inlake water was adsorbed Miu SH* VîHT | ("j K"-« present — S2"i>""'°" (^nl Ji»»i'bJ onto sediment shortly after injection until the concentration mî n~i !^^ * " < J',;,'!,'! _u_ _ ..., ,. .„ reached Cb Cb. iM n o.» -o.» Cb was substituted for Cb in the equation (1) and calculated °" for time period and station. The activity precipitated ,, ~ ~ :&:S1 ~ each ltm. Si^~ along with the sediment, A , can then be calculated in the "^~ °^ °^ xd - t followingmanner: «/w» „ 0 „ ,M 0 „„ 0 0, „ t n =v + Injection - [°* p"" \',\ ',", I", A«d o iake A, \ \ I* \ \ t." I "» where A,is the amount ofeach nuclide leaving the lake, - A =C V (C -C )(V,)[{exp(-V /V )-At}-l] DISCUSSION i b now o b 1 ke now .1 ke Table 3summarizes the factors contributing to the decrease For the most part, the process of sedimentation removes only a — 90 ' in the concentrations of Y and Cs during the peri- small fraction of the radionuclides present in the water of Dardanelle od ofrefueling. Lake. Inmany cases the value for the activity removed by sedimenta- To estimate the maximum error inherent in these assumption is negative, indicating that activity was de-adsorbed and re tions, Awd was calculated assuming all injected activity was entered solution. 26 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 30 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 D.M.Chlttenden II

Data supplied by Dr. Dale Swindle of the Arkansas Power and LightCompany Technical Analysis Laboratory on the concentrations of "'Cs and "Coin sediment samples collected semiannually, summarized inFigure 1,confirms that there has been no significant accumulation of these nuclides in sediment except for 1J'Cs at the mouth of the discharge canal (near the author's Station 1) where its concentration in the effluent water is at its greatest. The process of deposition at this point is probably not sedimentation but rather an exchange ofions between water and sediment. Concentrations of these nuclides in sediment have generally been on the decline everywhere else during 1977 and 1978. This decline could be due either to a transfer of radionuclides back into the water or to the deposition of sediments withlow specific activity. Itis not unreasonable to generalize these conclusions to include the rest of the radionuclides discussed herein. Itis, thus, safe to conclude that a great percentage of the radionuclide load injected into Dardanelle Lake as a result of the operation of Arkansas Nuclear Iis removed from the lake area in solution or suspension rather than being deposited with sediment.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Partial financial support forthis study was provided by the Office of Water Research and Technology through the Arkansas Water Resources Research Center, project number A-O37-ARK. The author also wishes to thank Mr. Stan Stevens Radiochemistry group at Figure 1 Concentrations of "'Cs (LowerHistogram) and "Co (Upper and the the University of Histogram). semi-annually in the Spring Arkansas-Fayetteville for supplying data on the "Sr in sediment samples taken and l41Ce concentrations inrainfall, Dr.Dale Swindle and Autumn, 1976-1978. to and Dr. David Snellings of AP&Lfor data on the concentrations of radionuclides in the sediments of Dar- The two situations showing large- percentages of removal by sedi-- danelle Lake and inreleased waste water, and to Mr. mentation (Table 1, 1/23/77 2/18/77; and Table 4, 8/19/76 Jim Woodall of the U. S. Corps of Engineers for data 9/24/76) are those inwhich the concentration of the activities of "Sr on the volume of water passing through Dardanelle and "'Cs, respectively, are not very large. For larger concentration, Lake each month of this study. the percent decrease due to sedimentation becomes much smaller. Special thanks goes to Drs. John Rickett and Robert This indicates that there may be a limited capacity (inCi/g) of the Watson at the University of Arkansas-Little Rock for sediment for co-precipitating these nuclides, particularly inthe pre- their invaluable help. sence ofsignificant amounts ofaqueous Ca2+ and Na+. Inmany cases, the amount calculated for removal by sedimentation is a negative value. This would indicate activity is leaving the LITERATURE CITED sediment. This is most likely to occur in the months following an unusually large injection (e.g. July, 1976 for "'Cs and "Co) or when— CHITTENDEN, D. M. 1978. Radionuclides in the Arkansas River the activity of the nuclides inthe water is abnormally low (e.g. "Sr Upstream and Downstream from the Nuclear IPower Generat- "Yand "'Cs during shutdown, January - March, 1977). ingFacility. Arkansas Water Resources Research Center, Fay- Other than the exceptions noted above, the percentage of activity etteville, Arkansas. removed bysedimentation is usually less than 10% and never exceeds 26% forany of the radionuclides considered. We can thus conclude CHITTENDEN, D.M.IIand LARRYMCFADDEN. 1979. The Con- that sedimentation was not a major "sink" for radionuclides inDar- centration of Radionuclides in Lake Dardanelle, Arkansas. danelle Lake during the period of this study. Proc. Ark.Acad. Sci. 32, 31-34.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 27

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 31 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Self-Perceived Health and LifeOutlook Among the Rural Elderly 1

DIANAM. DANFORTH, MARY JO GRINSTEAD-SCHNEIDER and DONAlD E. VOTH Department of Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology University of Arkansas, Fayetteville 72701 ABSTRACT Differences in life outlook and self-perceived health often attributed to age differences among the elderly were found to be more accurately explained by education. The young-old (62-74 years) and the old-old (75 years and older) were compared among 495elderly in two rural counties in western Arkansas. The old-old were more likelythan the young-old to perceive their health as better than that of others their age. But when six variables including age were entered into a predictive model forself-perceived health, differences were explained by education. That is, those with better educations rated their health more positively. There was no difference between the two age groups in sick days, although the old-old reported more days hospitalized and trips to the doctor. However, no predictive model for health status measured was statistically significant. On measures of life satisfaction, the old-old were slightly more pessimistic than the young-old. But the age difference inlife outlook was explained by education when the data were controlled for other variables. The customary division of the elderly into young-old and old-old is questioned, and policy implications of the findings are discussed.

INTRODUCTION In examining the relationship of age to other variables, it has become customary among researchers to divide the elderly into two The elderly represent a growing proportion of the United States groups, the young-old (those under 75 years) and the old-old (those population. In 1975, 15 percent of all persons in the U.S. were 60 75 years and older) (Riley, Johnson &Foner, 1972; Neugarten, 1974, years of age or older. This proportion is expected to increase during 1975: Youmans, 1974. 1975). While this division is convenient forthe the remainder of the century. Thus, the status and special problems sake of comparison, it assumes a breaking point in attitudes, health of the elderly have received increasing attention from researchers status, etc. In discussion, however, most of the changes occurring and policy-makers and have become the target for a number of with age are viewed as gradual, indicating that treating age as a federally-funded programs such as income maintenance, preventive continuous variable may be more appropriate. In this paper relation- health care, and nutritional programs. ships with age are examined, using age both as a categorical variable Some of the changes and problems associated with aging can be (young-old/old-old) and as a continuous variable. viewed as essentially inevitable, especially the gradual deterioration of bodily functioning and health. Others seem to be more closely METHODS AND STUDY POPULATION associated with social, economic and cultural aspects of the aging process. Certainly, the institution of mandatory retirement forces paper major, and often traumatic, changes in the lifestyles of elderly Data for this were taken from one sample in a longitudinal people, especially among males. The fixed, low incomes of many evaluation of a Model Project for Senior Citizens in Franklin and Counties, elderly place them at a severe economic disadvantage, while low Crawford located in west central Arkansas. Data were in 1977 by questionnaires administered individually 495 educational levels limit alternatives. Increased pessimism is said to gathered to develop older people face many of these and other respondents aged 62 and older residing in two predominantly rural as problems conditions, associated with aging. counties. The questionnaire addressed socio-economic health status, Long-range planning for the elderly is fairly easy ifone is address- community participation, and life satisfaction among inga homogeneous group of people, and if the problems faced by the the elderly. Random samples of 100 elderly persons from each county augmented with data from 295 who received examina- current group ofelderly are inevitable products of aging. However, if were persons tions at medical mobile unit that associated with the as suggested above, the problems are more acute among some seg- a screening was Model The median ments of the elderly population than among others, or ifmany of the Project. respondents had a annual household years, problems are more dependent on socio-economic status than on the income of $3,600, they had a median educational level of 8.4 and 52 female. aging process, per se. targeting programs becomes more difficult. percent were Those who are middle-aged today may have different characteristics than those who are older. As today's middle-aged move into old age, RESULTS programs may have to change to meet their needs. Problems faced by Socio-Economic Well-Being those who live inisolation from their families, those inpoor health, those who are economically deprived or ill-educated, may differ from Comparisons between the young-old and old-old were made on those faced by other segments of the population. Ifresearchers can several socio-economic variables using Chi Square and t tests where identify some of the socio-economic variables affecting the aging appropriate. Pearson's correlations between age (expressed in yearsl process and its concomitant problems, planning may be more effec- and these variables were also computed. tive. As was expected, older people had significantly lower incomes Inthis paper the association of age to socio-economic characteris- than younger people. Whereas mean monthly per capita income for tics, mobility, family dependence, health status, and self-perception the young-old was $223, the old-old averaged only $198; and income is examined among the elderly of western Arkansas. Some of the was correlated —0.16 with age. Older people were also likely to changes which occur with age are pinpointed. Health and self-per- report significantly fewer savings from their income than younger ception are examined to determine ifcharacteristics other than age ones after monthly household expenses were paid, as shown both by can better explain differences normally attributed to age. the young-old/old-old comparison and by the correlation coefficient. Participation in government programs increases with age, perhaps partially compensating for declining income. However, rates of participation were low among all the elderly respondents, lower than 'Published with the approval of the Director of the Arkansas Agri- income eligibility requirements would dictate. Increasing age was cultural Experiment Station. also associated with lower educational levels; and older people were XXXIII, 28 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 32 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

less likelythan the younger to be married, mostly due to a higher Self-Perceived Health : proportion who were widowed. ! Of three measures of self-perceived health, only one showed a Health Status: Behavioral Indices significant association with age (Table 2). Older people were more — likelyto agree with the statement, "Myhealth is much better than : Three indicators of health status —number ofphysician visits, days most people my age", as shown both by the young-old/old-old j sick inbed, and days in the hospital were examined by age, and the comparison and by the correlation. | results appear in Table 1.Comparisons between the young-old and | old-old on the three indicators showed a tendency, although non-sig- Social Participation and Mobility » nificant, for the old-old to report poorer health status. Correlations [ with years of age showed significant increases inphysician visits and The young-old were compared to the old-old on five different I hospitalization days withincreasing age. Still, these correlations were measures of mobilityand social participation, and correlations with ¦ small, and we question the assumption that among the elderly failing aBe were computed. Both analyses showed that the older groups were i health naturally accompanies the older ages. Physician visits, significantly less likelythan the younger to do their own shopping. i however, may not be a good proxy for health since they are difficult Church and club attendance were not related significantly to age, nor j to interpret. The visits may represent only routine check-ups, or they was tne tendency to get out of the house nearly every day, or to visit j may be made at the request of a physician in order to treat a diag- daily. | nosed health problem. Neglected physician visits may cause health j problems to accelerate to the point that they require hospitalization. Dependence on Family [ hospital care that might have been unnecessary if a physician j arrested a health malady.1 Although aging may bring physical ailments and frailty, older people did not appear to be more or less dependent upon their I families than the younger ones. There were no statistically significant [ differences by age in the percentage of persons who saw their chil- i dren weekly or more frequently, the percentage of those who felt I Table i tney coui,jcount on family for support, or the percentage who said that they would go to their family if they had to seek a new living ar- | rangement because of failinghealth.

I Health Status Young-old Correlation with LifeSatisfaction [ Indicator Mean (N) Mean (N) t age (yearn) i Five agree-disagree statements were used to assess well-being or j Number of pnyaician life satisfaction. On two of these measures the old-old were signifi- vi.it.. 1177 4.4(iii) j.9 (161) -1.66 n.io" cantly less satisfied with their life situation than the young-old (Table IJ 3). Fewer of the old-old reported that they expected interesting I Days inbed sick, things in the future, while more felt that life was getting worse instead j of better. The same two items also had significant correlations with - The pattern life satisfaction ! Days in hospital a8e for was a consistent one. witholder I 2.4 (ii5) 3.1 (i6ft) -1.47 n.io** people expressing more pessimism than the younger ones on each | measure.

1 •• P < .01

! Table 3 Table 2 Relation.blp of Life Satisfaction to Age

! Llfe-Satlsfactlon Young-old Old-Old Correlation with Measure 1 Agreement (N) t Agreement (N) Chi Sq. age (years) Age Category Correlation Self-Percelved Young-old Old-Old with Health Measure X Agreement (N) Z Agreement (N) Chi Sq. age (years) I together, I'm very I Hy health is much happy 36 (32) 27 (167) 3.62 0.00 better than most people my age. 78 (276) 89 (160) 7.32** 0.14** The life of the average person is getting worse. not better - *4 > < > U39) It u hard for me 2fl0 5f 5.12* 0.11** housework done. 32 (30H) 39 (Ift5) 2.23 -0.07 Most people think I'm

Ihave health problems others my age. 91 (249) 89 (134) 0.32 -0.01 that bother ne. 57 (JOS) 49 (Ift6) 2.24 0.03

Most of the things I do are rather dull. 22 (206) 30 (159) 3.32 „ < ni 0.05

things to happen to me In the future. 02 (784) 73 (143) 4.04* -0.15** "Fryar (1977) in a related study of the effects of participating in Senior Citizens' Centers in Arkansas showed that with participation. ».p < |01 days ofhospitalization decreased and physician visits increased. She suggested that physician visits can to some extent substitute for hospitalization. Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 29

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 33 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Diana M.Danforth, Mary Jo Grinstead-Schneider and Donald E. Voth

Predictors of Health and LifeSatisfaction Self-Perceived Well-Being Responses to five agree-disagree questions were added to develop Self-Perceived Health a scale tomeasure self-perceived well-being or lifesatisfaction (Table Preliminary examination had shown only a small positive associa- 3). Multiple regression models used sex, education, per capita tion of self-perceived health to increasing age. The data were income, marital status, mobility,family contacts, age, and number of examined further to detect whether other socio-economic variables days sick inbed as independent variables. Age again was treated as might be more important than age in explaining self-perceived both a categorical and a continuous variable. Inboth models, educa- health. Two multiple regression models were developed to predict tional level was the only significant predictor of life satisfaction self-perceived health. Sex, age, marital status, per capita income, among the elderly (Table 5). Regardless of their income, age. etc., years of school, and number of days sick in bed were used as inde- the more highlyeducated were more positive about their life. pendent variables inboth models. One model treated age as a categorical variable (young-old/old-old), while the other treated age as a continuous variable. This process was used to test whether or not the traditional young-old/old-old dichotomy conformed to the social Table 5 realities elderly population study. of the under Predictors of Wall-Belag/Llfe Satisfaction a/ For the purposes of this study, self-perceived health was defined as the additive score of three questions: "Is your health better than Model 1 Model 2 Independent (Age Incategories) h/ (Years of age) others your age?", "Is it hard for you to get your housework done?" Variable and "Doyou have health problems that bother you?" Per capita Income 0.05 0\04 Not surprisingly, the most significant predictor of self-perceived Years of school 0.23*** 0.24*** health was the number of days a person was sick in bed during the Sex (female) -0.10 -0.11 year (Table 4). However, educational level also emerged as a signifi- Marital status (married) 0.04 0.06 cant predictor. Thus, even at the same levels of "objective" health, house dally) 0.11 0.11 Family contacts (aee people with more education assessed their health more positively. children weekly) 0.08 0.07 Age did not show a significant association withself-perceived health Days sick In bed, 1977 -0.10 -0.10 in either model. Age -0.10 -0.03 Model Statistics

Table 4 Model F 4.40*** 4.06*** N of cases 23818 238 2 Predictors of Self-Perceived Health a/ Adjusted Model R 0.10 0.09 Model 1 Model 2 Independent (Age In categories) hi (Years of age) Variable Standardized gets Standardised Beta

Per capita Income 0.002 0.010 'Well-being is an additive score of answers to the following five Years of school 0.155* 0.155* questions: Are you very happy?; Is life getting worse?*; Are you Sex (feaale) 0.077 0.073 friendlier than others?; Doyou think thingsare dull?*;Do you expect Marital atatua (married) -0.014 -0.006 = = Daya alclt In bed. 1977 -0.331*** -0.331*** interesting things inthe future?. Responses were: 1 yes; 0 no. Age 0.023 0.048 On the questions followed by an asterisk (*), the answer "yes" indi- Model Statistics cates a more negative outlook. These questions were recoded before computing the score, so that a "1" represents a more positive Model F 6.47*** 6.55*** N cases outlook, while a "0" represents a more negative evaluation of one's Of 2 219 219 Adjusted Model R o.n o.n life. bAge is expressed in two categories —young-old (62-74 years) and old-old (75 + years). Coefficient inthe table is forthe old-old. "Self-perceived health is an additive score of answers to the following three questions: Is your health better than others your age?; Is ***p<.001 your housework hard to do?*; Doyou have bothersome health problems?*. Responses were: 1 = yes; 0 = no. On the questions followed by an asterisk (*),the answer "yes" indicates a more negative perception of health. These questions were recoded before CONCLUSIONS computing the score, so that a "1" represents a more positive evaluation, while a "0" represents a more negative evaluation of one's The elders were more likelythan their younger counterparts to say health. they were in better health than others their age. On two other self-perceived health, however, association b — measures of there was no Age is expressed+ in two categories young-old (62-74 years) and with age. A multiple regression model using a number of socio- old-old (75 years). Coefficient in the table is for the old-old. economic and demographic variables showed that education was a better predictor than age forself-perceived health. Disability days, or •p<.05 days sick inbed. was the single best predictor variable in the model, "•p<.001 but when persons with similar numbers of disability days were compared, those with more education viewed themselves as healthier. Althoughaging is generally associated witha gradual deterioration of Behavioral Indices of Health bodily functioning, age was not associated with significant increases As previously pointed out, there was only a slight association of in the use of health practitioners, and hospitals, or with the number age to physician visits, days in bed, or days of hospitalization. of days in bed. Furthermore, differences in education were more Multiple regression models were developed to predict each of the important than age in explaining differences in life-satisfaction three behavioral health indicators, using sex, education, marital among the elderly of western Arkansas. Those with higher educa- status, per capita income and age as independent variables. Again, tions tended to regard themselves as healthier and happier, regard- age was treated both as a categorical, and as a continuous variable. less of their age. The results of the regression analyses were nonsignificant. Therefore, There are a number of relevant policy implications apparent from health status does not appear to be closely related to socio-economic these results. First, decreases inhappiness and self-perceived health status, at least among the elderly population considered here. are notinevitable results of aging. Although the oldest persons in our Whereas education did affect the way a person perceived his/her sample were not as happy as the younger elders, this appeared to be health, it was not associated with behavioral indices of health. due largely to educational differences, not to age differences, perse.

30 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 34 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Better educated persons viewed their health and life as better than trition program and health status of the elderly participant. Un- less educated persons, regardless of age, income, social isolation, master's thesis, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, sex, published mobility,marital status, orbehavioral health status. 146 pp. Using age as a categorical variable, as is customary inmuch of the literature on aging, did not prove useful or illuminating. Indeed, NEUGARTEN, B.L. 1974. Age groups in American society and the changes which occur among the elderly tend to be gradual and to fit rise of the young-old. Annals of the American Academy ofPolit- better as a linear function. These results cause us to question the ical and Social Science, Sept.: 187-98. widespread use of the categories of young-old and old-old in analyz- ing the elderly. NEUGARTEN, B. L.1975. The future of the young-old. The Geron- As educational levels improve, or as the better educated middle- tologist, 15: 4-9. aged population joins the ranks of the elderly, perhaps we can expect them to have an improved outlook on life.More than any of the other RILEY,M.W., M.JOHNSON, and A.FONER. 1972. Aging and so- variables explored, education predicts life satisfaction and self-per- ciety: a sociology of age stratification. Russell Sage Founda- ceived health. Although a superior education does not guarantee tion, New York. against physical ailments and illfate, it does appear to cushion their impact. YOUMANS, E. G. 1974. Age groups, health and attitudes. The Gerontologist, 14: 249-54. LITERATURE CITED YOUMANS, E. G. 1975. Attitudes: young-old and old-old. Paper presented at the Gerontological Society annual meeting, Louis- FRYAR,M.D.1977. The relationship between participation in a nu- ville,Kentucky, 17 pp.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 31

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 35 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Electrophoretic Analysis ofBlood Serum Proteins inThree Species of Water Snakes (Genus Nerodia)

PHYLLIS J. GARNETT Department of Biology University of Arkansas at Little Rock LittleRock, Arkansas 72204

ABSTRACT

Serum from three species of water snakes (Nerodia rhombifera, N. erythrogaster and N. fasciata) from one geographic region was analyzed electrophoretically on cellulose acetate, and anodic mobility and relative concentration of the fractions were determined by arecording densitometer with an automatic integrator. Classification of fractions was based on mobility (R, values), and for identification purposes, bands were labeled in order of decreasing mobility (albumin and alpha-, alpha), alphai, beta,, beta:, gamma, and gamma; globulins). Seven fractions were identified in each species with alpha.! being absent from N. rhombifera and N. erythrogaster, and only one gamma fraction was observed inN. fasciata. In the three species, gamma globulin was the predominant protein (42-46%), and albumin levels were characteris- ticallylow;however, a distinct difference was observed in albumin concentration (N. fasciata, 7%; N. rhombifera and N. erythrogaster, 16-18%). The R, values and relative concentrations of other globulins showed heterogeneity in the three species, with the protein pattern of N. fasciata being distinct from the other two species.

INTRODUCTION chloroform, a ventral incision made to expose the heart and major vessels, and bled with a puncture of the aorta. Blood samples were According to present dogma, proteins are the products of gene allowed to clot at room temperature for one hour, then centrifuged, action; thus, the analyses of proteins from different organisms have and sera collected. Fresh samples were subjected to electrophoresis provided a means for studying the genetic similarities between immediately; the remaining serum was frozen and later analyzed various groups. Electrophoretic analysis ofblood proteins has been a again by electrophoresis. Seven to nine samples (1.6 \A each) were useful tool fordemonstrating the distinctness of taxonomic groups of applied across a wide cellulose acetate strip (78 x 150 mm) and sub- reptiles. The electrophoretic patterns of blood proteins of members jected to electrophoresis in a Shandon U77 Apparatus. A barbital of the family Colubridae have been compared by Voris (1967), buffer (pH8.6; ionic strength 0.075) was used in the tank. Separation Dessauer (1975, 1974), Dessauer and Fox (1956, 1958, 1964) and was carried out toward the anode for 1'A hr. at a constant current of Deutsch and McShan (1949). These studies include generalized 5 ma. and a mean of 150 v.Strips were than fixedin 5% trichloroace- descriptions of the electrophoretic patterns of blood proteins for tic acid, stained with Amido Black 10B, and washed ina solution of taxonomic comparison most often at the family level. The most inclu- methyl alcohol/acetic acid. After visual analysis, strips were cleared sive description of species of Nerodia was provided by Dessauer and with Sepra Clear (Gelman Company) and analyzed using a Helena re- (1964) Fox with emphasis on the variations of the electrophoretic pat- cording densitometer with an automatic integrator. The K( values for tern of transferrins at different taxonomic levels. Seniow (1963) and each fraction were determined by a ratio of the distance from the Dessauer and Pough (1975) described the electrophoretic pattern of origin to the peak of the band and the distance from the origin to the certain blood proteins inthe grass snake (Natrix natrix) and the king- anodic edge of the fastest migrating fraction. Relative concentrations snake (Lampropeltis getulus) ,respectively. of protein fractions were determined byoptical density ofeach band. Taxonomic studies of snakes including species of Nerodia based on Serum from each individual was subjected to several electrophore- electrophoretic analysis of blood proteins have limitations due to tic separations with only the clearest separations being used for variations in number, mobility,and/or concentration of some frac- comparisons. When several clear separations were available for a tions reported based geographic separation, that have been on given individual, the mean R f value and relative concentration of seasonal changes, and electrophoretic technique (Seniow, 1963; each component were recorded. Voris, 1967; Dessauer and Fox, 1956, 1958, 1964). Electrophoretic The different serum fractions were named according to the classifi- heterogeneity of some blood proteins (especially transferrins) has cation of human fractions applied by Tiselius (1973): albumin, been noted inindividuals of the same population, and inmembers of alphai, alpha>, alpha), betai, betai, gamma,, gammai globulin in a species from different geographic populations (Dessauer and Fox, order of decreasing mobility.Investigators using the mobility and 1958, 1964); however, the heterogeneity increased as the geographic names ofhuman fractions as a frame of reference indescribing blood range was expanded. Variation inthe number, mobility,and quantity proteins in snakes include Dessauer and Fox (1964), Dessauer (1974), of fractions parallels the degree of taxonomic separation of species and Seniow (1963). Writers have used letters (Voris, 1967) or Arabic and, thus, can be used for estimating degrees of divergence in numerals (Dessauer and Fox, 1958; Deutsch and McShan, 1949) in taxonomic categories. identifying protein fractions or have in some cases simply identified The purpose of the study was to describe and analyze the electro- the fastest migrating fraction as albumin and the slower ones as phoretic pattern and relative concentrations of serum proteins in globulins. Simultaneous separation of human and Nerodia sera three species of Nerodia, N. erythrogaster flavigaster (9 specimens), indicated that the mobilities ofalbumin, alpha, beta and gamma frac- N. fasciata confluens (5 specimens) and N. rhombifera rhombifera tions ofNerodia are within the same range as equally named human (15 specimens) from a localized population. Both males and females fractions. Thus, this nomenclature is appropriate for serum proteins were included inthe study. of Nerodia. Since the classification is based solely on mobility,one cannot assume that the serum fractions of snakes have the same physiological properties ofequally named fractions of human serum. MATERIALS AND METHODS However, Baril et al. (1961) identified the fastest migrating fraction of alligator serum as albumin and the major component as alpha Snakes were captured from minnow ponds near Lonoke, Lonoke globulin based on physiochemical comparison to mammalian sera. In County, Arkansas in June and transported to the University of Ar- a review of the literature, Dessauer (1974) reported that reptilian kansas at Little Rock where they were maintained ona minimum diet immunoglobulins are similar to antibodies of the G and Mclasses in of minnows. Starvation preceded collection of blood samples which mammals and that the physiochemical properties ofreptilian albumin was made from July through January. Snakes were anesthetized with are similar tohuman albumin.

32 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 36 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Phyllis J. Garnett

AND RESULTS DISCUSSION Table 2. Relative concentration of serum proteins in three species of Nerodia. The serum proteins ofNerodia separated into eight electrophoretic N. rhqmbifera (15)' N. erythroqtst«r (9) N. fascia ta (5) bands: albumin (Al)and alphai (a.), alphai (01), alphas (a,), betai (/},),beta, (Pi), gammai (yi), gamma, (y.) , , Relative globulins (Fig. 1). Gamma> Relative J Relative was absent from N.fasciata. and alpha, was absent inN. rhombifera Concentration' SD Concentration SD Concentration SD N. erythrogaster. The R and and r values relative concentration of gamma, 16.33 5.56 29.80 4.29 each fraction in the three species are given inTable 1and Table 2. No gamma. 5.82 42.71 7.10 distinct variations were noted among individuals of a species. Hemo- 30.19 4.91 12.73 11.50 2.00 11.94 4.04 globin, which was present insome samples due to hemolysis, added beta 2 10.75 1.98 an additional band which was the slowest inmigration. The mobility beta, 12.38 3.10 16.05 1.78 13.39 2.92 ofisolated fractions of hemoglobin verified that the band nearest the a!pha 5.91 0.89 origin due to hemoglobin study 3 was contamination. Further of this alpha, 27 1.75 12.30 1.60 protein was notpursued. 8.74 2.31 a. alpha, 5.96 1.69 3.56 1.02 4.29 0.47 Table 1.Relative mobility of seru. iproteins in three species of albumin 15.93 5.14 18.14 2.98 7.03 0.58 Nerodia. 1. Number of individuals. 1 N. rhojibifera (15) N. erythrooaster (9) M, fasclata (5) 2. Mean percentage of fraction to total serum proteins determined R ? by optical density of the bands. f SO3 R f SD ||f SO 3. Mean Standard Deviation. gamtna 2 .248 .024 .274 .014 gamma, .313 .031 .326 .015 .323 .031 The fastest migrating fraction, albumin, which is considered to beta .420 .029 .404 .023 .428 have equal mobility in all three species, migrates slightly faster than ? .023 human albumin. Seniow (1963) reported that the albumin of Natrix beta, .549 .031 .541 .029 .549 .029 natrix migrated slightly slower than human albumin. The relative alpha 3 .678 .014 concentrations of albumin inN. rhombifera and N. erythrogaster are (16-18%), alpha2 .749 .032 .685 .025 .773 .009 similar but the albumin concentration inN. fasciata is lower (7%), minor alpha, .842 .020 .B14 distinctly representing a component. .025 .855 .002 The concentration and R, values ofalphai and alphas inN. erythro- albumin .926 .015 .928 .009 .925 .008 gaster and N. rhombifera are very similar, the notable difference 1. Number ofindividuals. being that alphai and alphai fractions migrate slightly faster in N rhombifera, R value defined the ratio of the distance from thus serving as a distinguishable characteristic. Three 2. Mean ( as the origin alpha subtractions to the fraction peak to the total distance of the run. are present inN. fasciata with alphai and alphai 3. Mean Standard Deviation. having higher R, values than in the other species; the relative concentration ofalpha, was also higher. A fraction, named alphai due to its mobility alphai t, between and betai is unique for N. fasciata and serves as a clearly distinguishable trait for this species. The ranges ofRf values and relative concentration of the beta sub- fractions overlap between the species and thus are not considered to be distinguishing characteristics. Gamma globulin clearly spearates into two fractions with similar mobilities inN. erythrogaster and N. rhombifera. However, the relative concentration of the two gamma fractions inthese two species is approximately inversely proportional, gammai subtraction (30%) being predominant to gammai (16%) inN. rhombifera, and gammai (30%) being predominant to gammai (13%) in N. ervthrogaster. There is no distinct difference inrelative concentration of the total gamma fraction between these two species. Only one gamma fraction was observed inN. fasciata even when the time of electrophoretic separation was greatly increased. The mobility is similar to that of gammai, and the relative concentration (43%) of this one gamma fraction is not distinct from the total relative concentration of gamma globulin in the other two species. The three species resemble each other in that the major component is the slowest fraction, gamma globulin. The ratio of globulin/ albumin concentration is approximately 3:1 in N. rhombifera and slightly lower in N. erythrogaster but 6:1 inN. fasciata. A high ratio of globulinto albumin agrees with published reports forother species of snakes (Deutsch and McShan, 1949; Seniow. 1963). Kahil (1963 compared the concentration of albumin in several species of snakes and found that the blood of aquatic snakes had a lower albumin concentration than that found in semidesert or desert species Dessauer (1974) reported that albumin averaged 32% of the tota blood protein interrestrial snakes and only 11% inwater snakes. The number of electrophoretic studies ofserum proteins in snakes is limited, and most reports are of a survey nature comparing highe taxonomic groups or geographic variations. Some studies include species of water snakes but only within collective groups. Further Figure 1. Electrophoretic patterns ofserum proteins inN.r. (Nerodia more, rhombifera). itis difficult to compare the electrophoretic mobility and con N. e. (Nerodia erythrogaster). N. f. (Nerodia fasciata). centration of serum proteins of Nerodia in 10 (origin); (hemoglobin). Al(albumin).| described this study ti Hem. other reports of snakes due to differences inbuffers and supporting

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 37 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Electrophoretic Analysis of BloodSerum Proteins inThree Species of Water Snakes (Genus Nerodia)

media, nomenclature, and methods of reporting mobility. The best DESSAUER, H.C. 1974. Plasma proteins of reptilia. In, Chemical comparison can be made to the report of Seniow (1963) who com- Zoology (M. Florkin and B. T. Scheer, ed.) Academic Press, pared the globulin subtractions and albumin of the grass snake, N. N.Y.and London. 9:187-216. natrix to the mobility and concentration of human fractions. Using cellulose acetate, he described seven protein bands whichhe named DESSAUER, H.C. and WADE FOX. 1956. Characteristic electro- pre-albumin, albumin, and alpha,, alpha;. alphas, beta, and gamma phoretic patterns of plasma proteins of orders of Amphibia and globulins. The number of fractions corresponds to the number per Reptilia. Science 124:225-226. species reported in this study, but the naming differs. Without physiological descriptions itis difficult tomake comparisons. InN. natrix. DESSAUER, H. C. and WADE FOX. 1958. Geographic variation in beta globulin was the most prevalent with alpha globulin second in plasma protein patterns of snakes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. concentration, whereas gamma globulin was the fraction of highest 98:101-105. concentraton in each of the three species of Nerodia described. Gamma globulinis also the most prevalent globulininhuman serum. DESSAUER, H. C. and WADE FOX. 1964. Electrophoresis in taxo- The electrophoretic pattern and relative concentrations of serum nomic studies illustrated by analysis of blood proteins. In, Taxo- proteins inN. rhombifera. N. erythrogaster, and N. fasciata from a nomic Biochemistry and Serology (Charles Leone, ed.) Ronald localized population are distinct. The patterns of the first two species Press Company, N.Y. pp. 625-647. are more similar to each other than that of N. fasciata is to either of them. N. rhombifera and N. erythrogaster can be distinguished by DESSAUER, H.C. and F. HARVEY POUGH. 1975. Geographic differences in: (1) mobility of alpha, and alpha, which are faster in variation of blood proteins and the systematics of kingsnakes N. rhombifera and (2) concentration of gammai and gamma> frac- (Lampropeltis getulus). Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 50B:9-12. tions which are roughly inversely proportional. The uniqueness of the serum protein pattern inN. fasciata compared with the other two DEUTSCH, H. F.and W. H.MCSHAN. 1949. Biophysical studies of species isnoted: (1) there is only one gamma fraction, (2)there are blood plasma proteins. J.of BiolChem. 180:219. three alpha subtractions, (3) alpha, and alphai are faster migrating, and (4) the gamma globulin inrelative concentration is higher and the KHALIL,FOUAD and GUIRGUIS ABDEL-MESSEIH. 1963. albumin concentration is considerably lower. Tissue constituents of reptiles in relation to their mode of life - The three species of Nerodia have examples of electrophoretic III.Nitrogen content and serum proteins. Comp. Biochem. uniformity; however, the degree of electrophoretic variability allows Physiol. 9:75-79. identity of each species. Thus, the electrophoretic analysis of the serum proteins can be used forgrouping and measuring the degree of MCDERMID,E. M.. P. G. BOARDand N. S. -AGAR.1977. Studies taxonomic kinship between species of Nerodia from a given on the blood of Australian elpaid snakes III.Electrophoretic geographic location. analysis of serum proteins and red cell enzymes. Comp. Bio- The author gratefully acknowledges Dr.Dennis Baeyens forhis as- chem. Physiol. 56B:361-365. sistance in the collection of blood samples and caring for the snakes. SENIOW, ADAM.1963. Paper electrophoresis of serum proteins of LITERATURE CITED the grass snake Natrix natrix (L). Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 9:137-149. BARIL,E. F., J. L.PALMER and A. H. BARTEL. 1961. Electro- phoretic analysis of young alligator serum. Science 133:278-279. TISELIUS, A. 1937. Anew apparatus for electrophoresis: analysis of colloidal mixtures. Trans, Faraday Soc. 33:524. DESSAUER, H.C. 1970. Blood chemistry of reptiles: Physiological and evolutionary aspects. In,Biology ofthe Reptilia (Carl Gans, VORIS, HAROLD. 1967. Electrophoretic patterns of plasma ed.) Academic Press, N.Y.and London. 3:1-54. proteins inthe viperine snakes. Physiol. Zoology 40:238-247.

34 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 38 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Mollusca of the IllinoisRiver, Arkansas

M.E. GORDON, A.V. BROWN and L. RUSSERT KRAEMER Department of Zoology University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701

ABSTRACT The Illinois River is in the Ozark region of northwestern Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma. A survey of the Illinois River in Arkansas produced nine species and one morphological subspecies of gastropods, three species of sphaeriid clams, and 23 species of unionid mussels. Museum records resulted inanother two species and an ecophenotype of the Unionidae. This represents the first published survey ofmolluscan species from the Illinois Riverin Arkansas.

INTRODUCTION

The Illinois River is a southwestern Ozark stream. The Oklahoma portion is a component of the Oklahoma and National Scenic Rivers Systems. The Arkansas portion is presently under consideration for inclusion in the National Scenic Rivers System. The Northwest Ar- kansas Regional Water Quality Management Plan (Mitchell, 1974) has recommended addition of secondarily treated effluent into the Illinois.It has been noted that this may alter its environmental quality and biological composition (Kittleet al., 1974; Geihsler et al., 1975). Mollusks were collected by Kittleet al. (1974) but were not identified to species. Sublette (1956), Elick (1965), Kraemer (1970), and McCraw (1978) collected mollusks from the Illinois drainage in Ar- kansas. Iseley (1925) and Branson (1964, 1973) listed mollusk species from sites in Oklahoma. This paper reports mollusks from the Ar- kansas portion of the river.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The Illinois River is a major drainage of the southwestern Ozark Plateaus and a principle tributary of the Arkansas River.It originates inthe Boston Mountains and flows through this physiographic region for about 16 km. It then flows through the Springfield Plateau to Figure 1. Collecting sites (? )on the IllinoisRiver, Arkansas. Lake Francis on the Oklahoma-Arkansas border. Summer surface- flowbegins inthe vicinityof Hogeye, Washington County, Arkansas. The substrate is mainlychert gravel and rubble withareas ofexposed bedrock. Mud substrate occurs in some areas due to agricultural abuses of the watershed. tions at the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Harvard Sixteen sites were sampled between Hogeye and Siloam Springs, University Museum ofComparative Zoology, and the U. S. National Arkansas (Fig. 1). Qualitative collecting was done by gathering speci- Museum of Natural History confirm these findings. Headwater mens from the river and banks by hand and by kick-net methods species were Goniobasis potosiensis plebeius, Carunculina glans, and (Hynes and Hynes, 1975). Dead specimens were cleaned and stored Ligumiasubrostrata. Commonly encountered species include Gonio- dry.Live specimens were relaxed in Nembutal, fixed in formalin, and basis potosiensis plebeius, Quadrula pustulosa, Amblema plicata. preserved in 70% ethanol (Kraemer, 1970). Specimens were verified Actinonaias carinata. and Lampsilis radiata siliquoidea. Only a single by personal inspection and comparison (March 1979) with the collec- shell ofQuadrula cylindrica was collected. Personal data from other tions at the University ofMichigan Museum of Zoology, the Harvard nearby rivers suggests that Quadrula cylindrica is fairly rare in this University Museum of Comparative Zoology, and the National area. Museum of Natural History in Washington, D. C. Phytogeny and nomenclature follow a conservative system prescribed by Ortmann Class Bivalvia and Walker (1922), Clarke (1973), and Burch (1975). This is FamilyUnionidae Fleming augmented by Ortmann (1919), Baker (1945), and Basch (1963). Fusconaia flava(Rafinesque) Wabash Pig-toe Vernacular names were taken from a variety of sources (e. g., Meek Megalonaias gigantea (Barnes) (UAM76-173-2b) ...Washboard and Clark, 1912; Murray and Leonard, 1962; Sterki, 1910). A repre- Amblema plicata (Say) {—A.costata) Washboard, Rock sentative collection has been deposited in the University ofArkansas mussel, Three-ridge, Blue point at Fayetteville Museum. Quadrula pustulosa (Lea) Warty pig-toe, Pimple-back Quadrula quadrula (Rafinesque) (UAM76-173-3c). ..Maple-leaf Quadrula cylindrica (Say) Cob shell, Rabbit's foot, RESULTS Spectacle case Tritogonia verrucosa (Rafinesque) Fantail, Buckhorn, Nine species and one morphological subspecies of gastropods, Pistol-grip three species of sphaeriid clams, and 23 species of unionid mussels Pleurobema cordatum coccineum (Conrad) Round pig-toi were collected. Two species and an ecophenotype located in the Etliptiodilatatus (Rafinesque) Spike, Lady-finger University of Arkansas Museum (UAM) L. R. Kraemer collection Lasmigona costata (Rafinesque) Sand mussel, Fluted mussel were included. This makes a total of39 species and forms of aquatic Alasmidonta marginata Say Elk-Toe Mollusca from the Illinois River in Arkansas. Material in the collec- Anodonta grandis Say Floater Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 35

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 39 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Anodonta grandis corpulenta (Cooper) UAM76-173-2a) . This is a keeled form of M. dilatatus. Identification is based Stout Floater upon information from Wu (pers. coram.)comm.) and Winslow (1918). This is the slough form of A. grandis (van der Schalie, pers. Helisoma trivolvis (Say) comm.)comrn.) Family Ancylidae Rafinesque Anodonta imbecilis Say Paper pond shell, Floater Laevapex diaphanus (Haldeman) Strophitus undulatus (Say) Squaw-foot Ferrissia rivularis(Say) Some controversy surrounds the taxonomy of this species. Ort- mann and Walker (1922) distinguish S. undulatus from S. rugo- DISCUSSION sus (Swainson), the western form withS. endentulus (Say) as a synonym, coram.). as does van der Schalie (pers. comm.). Burch (1975) Previous papers dealing withthe entire aquatic molluscan fauna of (1970, pers. 1979) and Johnson comm. contend that S. rugosus is an Arkansas river do not exist. Wheeler (1914) studied the unionids a synonym of S. undulatus. Illinois River material may be S. of the Cache River,reporting 18 species, and conducted an in-depth rugosus. survey of the mollusks of Clark County, Arkansas (Wheeler, 1918), Ptychobranchus occidentalis (Conrad) Kidney-shell which included a large portion of the upper Ouachita River and its This species has often been misidentified as /' fasciolare tributaries. Meek and Clark (1912) collected 22 species of 1906; Leonard, 1962; unionids (Rafinesque) (Scammon, Murray and from the Buffalo River. Recent unpublished collections increase this Branson, 1967; Gordon, pers. obs. ofmuseum specimens). Ma- to 25 species. Inthe of these field studies, it observed Kraemer, course was that terialinthe collections of L.R. University of Arkansas not only were the Buffalo and Illinois rivers similar in physiographic Museum, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Harvard characteristics, but also that there were similarities in the unionid University Museum of Comparative Zoology, and the U. S. Na- assemblages (Gordon, unpubl. data). Branson (1967) reported 29 tional Museum of Natural History show that this is the only unionid species and several subspecific forms from the Spring—River in Ptychobranchus species that occurs west of the Mississippi River Missouri,Kansas, and Oklahoma (a portion of the Neosho [ Grand] and south of the Missouri River. River drainage basin, a principle tributary of the Arkansas River). In mucket, mucket, Actinonaias carinata (Barnes) Red Green addition to similar unionid species, he also identified 13 species of mucket, Grass Mucket sphaeriids and gastropods, eight of which are probably identical to Actinonaias ellipsiformis (Conrad) Ellipse species in the Illinois. Thus, regarding numbers of species, the Ar- purpurata (Lamarak) Red shell, Proptera purpurata kansas portion of the IllinoisRiver appears to be comparable to other Western heel-splitter,heel-splitter. Purple shell nearby Ozark streams. However, when species composition is Carunculina parva (Barnes) Lilliputmussel compared, there are interesting differences. Carunculina glans (Lea) Littlepurple The OzarkOzarkss region (including the Ouachita Mountains) has been Ina widely distributed publication, Burch (1975) evaluates the considered to have a distinct molluscan faunal assemblage with work of Johnson (1967) on this difficult genus and concludes that endemic species (van der Schalie and van der Schalie, 1950). Several Johnson (Ibid)recognizes only C. pulla and C. parva (see also of these endemic species occur indrainages adjacent to the Illinois: Johnson, 1970, 1972). Incontrast, Clarke, Johnson, and van der Goniobasis potosiensis plebeius, Ptychobranchus occidentalis, Schalie (pers. comms.) agree that C. glans is also a valid species Fusconaia ozarkensis, Lampsilis reeveiana (=L. brevicula), and and can be distinguished from other Carunculina by its purple Cyprogenia aberti. Of these, only Goniobasis and Ptychobranchus nacre. were found in the Illinois. The White River, to the east, contains all VillosaVillosa lienosa (Conrad) Spectacle case five species. The Elk River fauna in Missouri, a tributary of the Ligumiasubrostrata (Say) Common pond mussel Neosho River,includes F. ozarkensis and/., rafinesqueana, the latter Lampsilis radiata siliquoidea (Barnes) Fat mucket being apparently endemic to the Illinois and Neosho rivers drainages. Neosho mucket Lampsilis rafinesqueana Frierson These rivers are within 16 km of the Illinois. Frog Bayou, to the The shell of this species is very easy to confuse withActinonaias south, apparently holds none of these species (pers. data). Therefore, carinata; however, Oesch (pers. comm.) states that it possesses a the Illinois River may represent the southwestern limit of the Ozark- mantle flapflapsimilar to that ofL.ovata ventricosa. ian influence on the molluscan fauna north of the Arkansas River, Lampsilis ovata ventricosa (Barnes) Butterfly with adjacent rivers to the south and west characterized by the Plain pocketbook Mississippian fauna. The limited information from the Oklahoma portion of the Illinois River (Isely 1925; Branson 1964, 1973), the Family Sphaeriidae Jeffreys Fingernail and Pillclams situation in the Spring River (Branson, 1967), and Kansas records by Sphaerium striatinum (Lamarck) Murray and Leonard (1962) support this observation. Pisidium casertanum (Poli) Pisidium compressum Prime ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Class Gastropoda Subclass Prosobranchia Appreciation is expressed to the following for their Family Hydrobiidae Troschel help, advice, and use of facilities at their respective in- Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) stitutions: Dr. Henry van der Schalie, Professor and FamilyPleuroceridae Fisher Curator, Emeritus, and Dr. Alex S. Tompa, University Goniobasis potosiensis plebeius (Anthony) of Michigan Museum of Zoology; Mr.Richard I.John- son, Harvard University Museum of Comparative Subclass Pulmonata Zoology; Dr. ArthurH. Clarke, U.S. National Museum Family Lymnaeidae Rafinesque of Natural History; Dr.Nancy G. McCartney, Univer- Lymnaea columella (Say) sity of Arkansas Museum; Dr.Shi-Kuei Wu, University FamilyPhysidae Fitzinger of Colorado Museum; and Mr.Ronald Oesch, Glen- Physa gyrina (Say) dale, Missouri. A grant from the University ofArkansas This is a difficult group. It is very possible that the southwestern Foundation, Inc., financed a trip to the first three insti- form of P. virgata <(=P. anatina) may be found in the Illinois tutions listed above. The manuscript was typed byJudy River. Arkansas material from this area has been listed as Physa Zielinski. gyrina aurea var. albofilata (Ancey) by G. A.Te at the Univer- sity ofMichigan Museum of Zoology. FamilyPlanorbidae Rafinesque LITERATURE CITED Gyraulus parvus (Say) Menetus dilatatus (Gould) BAKER, F. C. 1945. The molluscan family Planorbidae. Univ. 111. Menetus dilatatus buchanensis (Lea) Press, Urbana. 53Op.

3636 Arkansas Academy of SciencScience Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 40 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 M.E. Gordon, A.V.Brown and L.Russert Kraemer

BASCH, P. F. 1963. Areview of the recent freshwater limpet snails KITTLE,P., E. SHORT, and R. RICE. 1974. Apreliminary study of of North America. Bull.Mus. Comp. Zool.Harvard 129(8):399- the water quality of the Illinois River inArkansas. Univ.Arkan- 461. sas. Fayetteville. 158p.

BRANSON, B. A.1964. List of the Sphaeriidae known from Okla- KRAEMER, L.R. 1970. The mantle flap in three species ofLampsilis homa. Sterkiana 13:19-21. (Pelecypoda:Unionidae). Malacologia 10(l):224-282. survey benthic macroin- BRANSON, B. A. 1966. Alasmidonta marginata and Ptvchohranchus MCCRAW,J. T. 1978. A limnological of the fasciolaris inKansas. Nautilus 80(11:21 -24. vertebrates of Clear Creek, Washington County, Arkansas. Ark. W. R. R. C. Thesis Diss. Ser. 9:1-77. BRANSON, B. A. 1967. A partial biological survey of the Spring MEEK, E., of the Big Kansas, Oklahoma, S. and H. W. CLARK. 1912. The mussels River drainage in and Missouri. Part 1. White River, Arkansas. U. S. Fish. Doc. Collecting sites, basic limnological data, Buffalo Fork of Bur. and mollusks. Trans. 759:1-20. Kans. Acad. Sci. 64(3-4):242-293. MITCHELL,D. T. 1974. Northwest Arkansas regional water quality BRANSON, B. A. 1973. Significant pelecypod records from Okla- management plan for Basin 3H and portions of Basin 4J. North- 87(l):8-10. homa. Nautilus west. Ark.Regional Planning Comm., Springdale. 50p.

BURCH, J. B. 1975. Freshwater unionacean clams (Mollusca: Pele- MURRAY, H. D., and A. B. LEONARD. 1962. Handbook of cypoda) of North America. Malacological Publications, Ham- unionid mussels inKansas. Univ. Kans. Mus. Nat. Hist. Misc. burg. 204p. Publ. 29:1-184.

CLARKE, A. H. 1973. The freshwater molluscs of the Canadian ORTMANN. A.E. 1919. Amonograph of the najades ofPennsylvan- Interior Basin. Malacologia 13(1-2):1-509. ia. III.Systematic account of the genera and species. Mem. Carnegie Mus. Pittsburg 8:1-384. ELICK, G.E. 1965. Heat tolerance in the fingernail clam Sphaerium striatinum (Lamarck). Unpubl. M.S. thesis, Univ. Arkansas. ORTMANN,A.E.. and B. WALKER. 1922. On the nomenclature of 65p. certain North American naiades. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 112:1-75. FRIERSON, L.A.1927. Aclassified and annotated checklist of the North American naiades. Baylor Univ.Press, Waco. 11lp. SCAMMON. R. E. 1906. The Unionidae of Kansas, part 1. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 3:279-273. GEIHSLER, M.R.. E. D.SHORT, and P. D.KITTLE.1975. Apre- liminary checklist of the fishes of the Illinois River, Arkansas. STERKI, V. 1910. Common or vernacular names for mussels. Nauti- Ark.Acad. Sci. 29:37-39. lus 14(2):15-16. HYNES, H. B. N., and M. E. HYNES. 1975. The life histories of SUBLETTE, J. E. 1956. Seasonal changes in bottom fauna of an many of the stoneflies (Plecoptera) of southeastern mainland Ozark headwater stream (Clear Creek, Washington County, Ar- Australia. Aust. J.Mar. Freshwat. Res. 26:113-153. kansas). Southwest. Natur. 1:148-156.

ISELY, F. B. 1925. The freshwater mussel fauna of eastern Okla- VAN DER SCHALIE, H. and A. VAN DER SCHALIE. 1950. The homa. Univ.Okla. Bull.n.s. 322:43-1 18. mussels of the Mississippi River. Amer. Midi. Nat. 44(2):448-466. River, JOHNSON, R.I.1967. Carunculina pulla (Conrad), an overlooked WHEELER. H. E. 1914. The unione fauna ofCache with de- Atlantic drainage unionid. Nautilus 80(4): 127-131 scriptions of a new Fusconaia from Arkansas. Nautilus 28(7):73- . 78. JOHNSON, R. I. 1970. The systematics and zoogeography of the WHEELER, H. E. 1918. The Mollusca of Clark County, Arkansas. Unionidae (Mollusca:Bivalvia) of the southern Atlantic slope re- Nautilus3l(4):109-125. gion. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 140:263-450. WINSLOW, M. L. 1918. Pleurobema clava (Lam.) and Planorbis JOHNSON, R. 1. 1972. The Unionidae of peninsular Florida. Bull. dilaiatux buchanensis (Lea) inMichigan. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Florida State Mus. Stud. 16(4):181-249. Univ.Mich. 51:1-7.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. XXXIII,1979 37

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 41 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Seasonal Abundance and Habitat Distribution OfBirds inNortheastern Arkansas

EARL L. HANEBRINK and ALANPOSEY Division of Biological Sciences Arkansas State University State University, Arkansas 72467

ABSTRACT Bird sighting records from 1964 through 1978 for 17 northeastern Arkansas counties were compiled according to the seasonal status, relative abundance and habitat distribution of each species. The five seasonal occurrence categories and their relative species composition were: transient visitant (46.6%), summer resident (20.3%), winter resident (14.8%), permanent resident (17.2%) and winter visitant (1.0%). The seven seasonal abundance categories and their relative species composition were: very rare (13.9%), rare 15.9%), uncommon (30.7%), fairly common (10.5%), common (25.6%), very common (1.7%) and abundant (1.7%). Eleven habitat categories were included: campestrian, abandoned fields, forest edge, lowland woods, upland woods, riparian woods, marshes, mud flats, flooded fields, lakes and ponds, and edificarian. Atotal of 268 species were recorded over the 15 year period.

INTRODUCTION the New Madrid Earthquake of 1811-1813. A full account of this event is given by Fuller (1912). The so-called "sunken lands" are When Cook (1888) began the study ofbird in the Missis- migration extensive areas of swamp and overflow bottom land occupying a sippiValley in 1882 only fragmentary notes on the birds of Arkansas large part ofMississippi County and portions of Clay, Greene, Craig- had appeared in the literature. Coues (1877), Hollister (1902) and head and Poinsett Counties. The largest "sunken" areas are those of Pindar (1924) published to eastern lists of birds based on a few visits BigLake near Manila, Wapanocca near Turrelland the extensive St. Arkansas. Francis River basin. There are other lakes and sloughs inMississippi natural Major ornithological works on the history and distribution County between Little River and the Mississippi River which were of birds throughout Arkansas have been presented by Howell (1911), formed after the New Madrid Earthquake. In late summer and fall Wheeler (1924) and Baerg (1931 and 1951). Smith (1915) published on many of these areas shrink greatly in size or become entirely dry. the birds of the Boston Mountains and Deaderick (1938) published a Extensive areas ofinundated bottom lands are found inthe valleys of preliminary list of the birds of the Hot Springs National Park area. the Black, White, Cache and St.Francis Rivers. Callahan and Young (1955) reported on population densities of the Habitat types found innortheastern Arkansas include: 1) camp- Ozark Plateau in Washington County in northwestern Arkansas and estrian (CA) which includes pastures, airports, plowed fields and Mattocks and (1962) list of birds for Shugart compiled a south-central stubble, 2) abandoned fields and fence rows (AF), 3) forest edges Arkansas. James (1960 and 1964) and James and James (1964) (FE), 4)lowland deciduous woods (LW), 5) upland woods summarized recent seasonal entire deciduous more occurrences of the Arkansas (UW), 6) riparian woodland (RI), 7) marshes (MA), 8) mud flats avifauna. (MF), 9) flooded fields inwinter (FF), 10) lakes and ponds (LA)and Detailed studies of the avifauna of northeastern Arkansas have 11) edificarian (ED) which includes residential areas, parks and all been limited. Collins (1960) and Hanebrink (1965) were first to study man made structures. habitats and birds inthis of state. species composition of section the Favorable bird habitats innortheastern Arkansas can be found at Later a check-list was prepared (Hanebrink, 1972) of 10 counties in sewage and catfish ponds and mud flats. Big Lake Wildlife Refuge. northeastern Itis of this to Arkansas. the purpose paper update the Wapanocca Wildlife Refuge, Claypool's Reservoir near Weiner. check-list of birds for the northeastern quarter of the state with Bayou deView Wildlife Management Area, Craighead Forest and information concerning the seasonal status, relative abundance and Lake near Jonesboro, Lake Poinsett, Crowley's Ridge State Park and habitat distribution of each species recorded and catalogued from Lake, Lake Hogue, Caney-Brake Wildlife Refuge, Village Creek Fulton, 1964 through 1978. The counties included in this study are State Park, Jonesboro airport, the Burdette Heronry and along the Randolph, Clay, Izard, Sharp, Lawrence, Greene, Independence, Mississippi River levee. Jackson, Craighead, Mississippi, Poinsett, White, Woodruff, Cross, St. Francis and Crittenden (Fig. 1 ). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

DESCRIPTION OF AREA A total of 268 avian species, 130 non-passerines and 138 passerines, were recorded and catalogued for northeastern Arkansas. Table 1 Allof eastern Arkansas is extensive delta with the exception of lists all species, their seasonal occurrence, relative abundance and Crowley's Ridge and the bordering Ozark counties (Fig. 1). The delta habitat distribution. extends to the base of the Ouachita hills at the edge of North Little Five seasonal categories were- used in this study. They were: Rock and then continues north into Missouri and south into Louisiana Transient Visitant (TV) species that migrate through. any (Holder 1951). - without natural break Crowley's Ridge runs a Summer Resident (SR)- here at breeding season only. distance of 200 miles from southeastern Missouri down the Mississip- Winter Resident (WR) here during winter only. Helena, - piRiver to Arkansas. Inplaces the ridge is 12 miles wide but Permanent Resident (PR)- here all year. becomes very narrow at others and has a natural break at Marianna. Winter Visitant (WV) irregular or occasional winter occurrence Arkansas, where the L'Anguille River flows through the ridge. An Anexample of this last category would be the Snowy Owl. excellent account of the geology of Crowley's Ridge is given by Call Seven abundance categories were employed in this paper. They (1891). and Magill(1958) summarized the theories concerning its were: - origin. Very Rare- (vr) recorded 5 times or less in 15 years. Another prominent topographical feature of northeastern Arkansas Rare (r) averaging- about one sighting per year. is the famous "sunken lands" which are thought tohave resulted from Uncommon (u) seen on less than 50% of the field trips.

38 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 42 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Table 1. (Oont'd.) 3aaaonal Status Habitat P* Bt r*bu.^°.g _ laion W 38 iffiH17 ;a af ran ma m. g ff liTB Egret, Snowy "Ttoit. thai.) r ... Heron, Louisiana (Bjdrajaaea tricolor) vr ... Heron, Black-crowned Night (Myc tocoraj aye tocoraj ) u Heron, Yellow-crowned night ...• • (NyctoqaBBa vlolacea) r • (Iiodrychua eillla) vr

Threaklornltnldae IblB,Gloasy (Plegadla falclnallua) vr Inaerlformea ... Inatldae Swan, *lotlln,-.

Mallard • • ( Anaa rubrlpeB) u ... GadwaTl t AnaB atrepera) c ..... TeaTf^reen-wlngad • • (inaa crecca) fc ... Teal, Blu«-vringed • • Figure 1.Map ofArkansas showing the general topographic features, (Anaa dlacora) cru by study (modified ... major forest types and the area covered this from 1974). • • Foti. (Anaa clypeata) c u ... Duck, rfood (Alx aponaa) c ... . - Avtha anerlcana) u FairlyCommon (fc) seen on 50-75% of the fieldtrips. t ... - (Aytna coll.iris) u ... Common (c) seen onevery fieldtrip. Canvaabaclc Common (vc)- often field ( Avtha vallalperla) u ... Very seen onevery trip. Scaup, Greater - Ay Abundant (a) in numbers every field ( tha aarlla) r ... seen large on trip. Scaup, LeBBer Table 2summarizes our findings onavian seasonal abundance and (Aytfiaalfinis) c u ... Goldeneye, Comxon • habitat innortheastern Arkansas. four most fre- f flucepnala clanKUla) r distribution The Buffleheal • quently occupied habitats were lowland woods, riparian woods, lakes (3ucephala albeola) u Oldaquaw • and ponds, and upland woods. Over 25% of the species were (ClanKUla hyeoalla) vr Scoter, ililte-wlnged • common while nearly 31% were uncommon, with only about 2% anltta deglandl) vr C-I«l • being abundant. Transient visitants were the most abundant species (01deala nlura) vr (46.6%) while breeding species (permanent residents and summer Duck, Oiddy (Otyura .laaalcenBla) c u residents) accounted for37.5% (Table 2). .

(Mergua mernaDBar) r « /erriunaer, Red-breasted . (.

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 43 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Seasonal Abundance and Habitat Distribution ofBirds inNortheastern Arkansas

fable 1. (Cont'd.) Table I.(Cont'd.) ipnal Statue Habitat 11Btrlbutlon itrlbutl an '.jr.3H .ilm IMPR IffW CAJl IFAJ FEf£ IKLHIIIMi)» HI V.kTOTTF.IT Ff LA Ef

(Fullca aaerlcana) Flicker, Charadrllformea Charadrlldae Woodpecker, Plleated Plover, Seml-palmated plleatua) to ( Jharadrlua Bealpalmatus) llryocopus Kllldeer • • • • • • • (Helacerpea carollnua) c (Charadrlua voclferua) o . • • (Pl'vlalls dominical"" • « « • (MelanerpeaerythrocephalUB) fo « Plover, Slack-bellied (Sphyrapicus fc • • • (Plurlall.aqu.tarol.) vr yurlus) Scolopacldae woodpecker, Hairy IPI coldee yUlosus) Woodcock, American Woodpecker, r.owny (Phllohela minor) u (Plcoldea pubeacena) fo Paaserlfories (Capella galllnago) Tyrannldae Sandpiper, Upland Kingbird, iaatern (Bartramla longlcauda) u ( ryrannua tyrannua) Flycatcher, Scissor- tailed (Actltlamacularla) fc (.luaclvora forflcata) c(0) Sandpiper, Solitary r(D) ITraCKa BOlltarla) c mrTet Flycatcner, Great Created r • (/.ylarcnua crlnltua) ( 5a.yorplB pnoebe) fc • • • • * Flycatcher, jicadlan ITranaa mel«noleucu») litepldotm vlreacena) fc lelioAegB, Leeaer Flycatcher, Allow (TriUi^a flavlpea) « « (Smpldonax trallll) Sandpiper, Pectoral Flycatcher, Least (Calldrla «elanotue) fo (Upldonai alnlaiB) Wood Pewee, iastcrn (Calldrla fueclcolllB) vr (Conotopua vlrens) Sandpiper, Least Flycatcher, Ollve-slded (Calldrla mlnutllla) [MuttalornlB borealla) DunTTn^ * Us (Calldrla alplna) r * Lark, .Horned • • l^re-ounllaalpeatrlB) c *

• * PIah (LaruB plplxcan) T Crow. Gull, Bonapart'B Parldae ILaniB Philadelphia) Chickadee, Carolina (Sterna foraterl) u1 * (Parua blcolor) (stema hlrundo) T:T Sltttlae * Nuthatch, ahlte-breasted (Sterna alblfrona) ft (31tta carollnensl8) Tern; Caa?HE Nuthatch, Hed-breasted (Hydropronna caapla) u Tern, Black « « Certnldae (ChlldonlaB nlger) uf Creeper, Brown Coluublformes (Certha faalllnrla) Jolumbldne Iroglodytldae Hove, Book (Columba llvla) C (IrotUoAytea aedon) Cove, Moumlng • • • (Zenalda macroura) o troKlodjtes) Dove, Srouno • • (IronlodvteB [IbrYoaanes bewlckll) CuculiformeB Ou Wren, Carolina 0U114M (Tbryothorus ludovlclapua) Cuckoo, Yellow-billed • • • (Coccy 2UB aaerlcanua) c (lelmatody tee palustrla) Cuckoo, Black-billed • • • rfren, iiort-bllled 5arah (Coccy zub erythrop t:.almu8) a IClatotnorua platensls) itoadrunner idmllas (Jeococcyx callfornlanua) <4ocElngblrd Strl^lformeB (Minus polyKlotioa) Tytonldae Catbird, Gray • Barn (Iu»«tella carollnen»ls) u Owl, • Thrasher, Brown (ljto ill_bu) t • • • • • • -l

40 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 44 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 fcsri l.HanebrinK and Alan posoy

Table 1. (Cont'd.) Table 1. (Cont'd.)

fe(0) Vlrto, »lte-8jod> ° (Oulraca caerulea) "t f..d.r.) Vlreo, philadel phia ...• Finch, Purple (Vlrso phllsd.lphlcus) u » (Carpodacua purpureus) fc Vlreo, Marbling Siskin, Pine " u • • (Inpine) « (Vlr.ohIItusT u vr « ( j??ue ls Pln a) joldflnch,f i: American * Farulldne . fc( ) * * (Carduella trl.tl.) ..rbl.r, Blaok-and-whlt. ,n,' " # * # ?fC(0 • -ssbUl. fl.d • • (Prothon»t«rt. cltrial r o loSSfi4 g^ffi^ • • • Varbler, SwainBon's • • • (Plpllo ery thropbthalam) fe (^lrnnottilyplb Bwalnamill) u Sparrow, javannan • Warbler,,*>rm-sating • (Paaaerculus aaiidnlcnenala) u (Helmlptharo> vermlvorus)" u • • iparrow, Grasahopper • Varbler, Golden-winged ' (Amnodramua auvannarup) u r) u • • • Sparrow, Henslow's • Warbler. Tennessee • • • • (Anaaodraaua henalowll) vr fVermlvora peregrlna) o dparrow, Sharp- tailed • o** iTrnnjo-frnwriBti (AmiDoapl za cuudacu ta) vr ¥"r^l r ... • u [Veralvora'ruflcapllla) fo iporrow, Lari^ • Warbler, horinern Parlla ...• • • (Cnondeatee r(0) can.) (£aria fa r ayB, ...ft • • • • JuncOi Barlc. p.tecal.) f0X « < ! 3 " " ?Dcndrolca' aayolla) fc ... . ppln'"' sparrow^ Chi " '" ' C O v^" re.n • • * iiSalSaL u ¦ l^L^J^ ¦iSfSMHP' * * ' u * liS^SS^. ' • • • ,iftffi?i».Sfift»i. " "' " %a.» T»Z&1*1 to ¦ir^fffffll^Jrcated • • • • iBI'ir^.,3parrow, *ilte-tnroateo • (Dendrolca domlnlca) u f Zonotrlctilu alblcollls) S • Varbler dheatnut-alded • • • • c rc * • • i^htsiw^' ' ¦ ¦ Smi&g»> - 1 * * * * ...(—I;"" ¦i^f^falffofF ° ,-i.«lan.) = igSl.rÎt.fât.' ' * " ' ILloscUa f ...(u.u,ll, near 11 U ' ' * tSlTko^) o « UsuallT-' ifiWlirfi ' "lPleotr.Ph.na, • • nlvall.) vr ¦^dl'JL""^"'Ealsaru.) L oigS^kca U ?°Scariu a S | a(l.o»llx" •(plowed fields) °LônlcuJ (a.lurua aurocaplllu.) c r(0) L , dllta, ...• °"jlcariuf plctua) loelurua noveboracensla) r(D) u(0) 1 rill • IS.lunn'aotacll'.?'"' Anerloan Birds trie ilrt second su leaent to ut ju chec«-llst (Oporornls formosua) u(D) (1973) Mti t.ie I.ilrty-tnlrdsuppleaent to the A.O.U. cneck-llst (1976). c o) ... 2 • Karbler, Mourning 0 Ozark counties (Oporornls Philadelphia) r 3 ... counties (Seothlrple'trlchas) 0 « llcter. vlrens) o * rfarbler, Hooded Ollsonla cltrlna) o(O) ... . Warbler, Ulson's « [WlBODla pu.llla) u Karbler, Sanaaa ... • (Ifll.onlacanaden.ls) u ... « c u Table 2. Summary of avian seasonal abundance and habitat distri- Pl ... bution innortheastern Arkansas. 3parro«,(Pass.i- House • * ict.Kin doio.tlcue) Bobolink • (Dollchouyi oryzlvorus) u Habitat Freq. Abundance Freq. Seasonal Preq. Headowlark, Eastern I^pe Dlat. Category Jl3t. Category Plat. .WoK'rJ' 3'n • Caipestrlan 9.H Very Saro 13.9* Transient »«.6)t tsturnslla neglecta) u Blackbird, Tellow-headed Abnndoneo Weld 5.3< itoro 15.9* Jumner rfes. 20.3* • • (Irelaluipho.alceu.) s Lowland Wods 16.9* Fairly Common 10.5.J Permanent Ses. 17.2* Oriole" ilrcharJ ...• * [Icterus arjurtm) o Upland .Voods 14.1* Common D5.6* flnter Vialtant 1.0* Oriole, Northern • (Icterus ealbula) .(Kiss, .aver counties) « rtlparlan Mod. 15.9* Ver/ Common 1.7* Blackbird, aiaty Harsh 3.6* Abundant 1.7* Blackbird! Brewer°«" .iudFlat 1.0* £jp_a us £tanocejj us 6 (srratlc) Flooded Field 4.1* Qrackle, Common " t.'on-pasBerlne species = 150 (ttilscalus qulsculs) Lajces and Ponds 15. B* Passerine species = ¦ ki a v, a , .... Iotal 2® oowblrd, Brown-headedt." • • • • Edlflcarlan 11.5* (Holothrus ater) B draupldue Tanajer, Scarlet • (PI ranga ollv«ce«) u vr » (flranâ rubra) a ... FrlnglUldae Cardinal (Cardloalle cardinal!.) vc ..... Srosbeak, Blue

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 41

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 45 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Seasonal Abundance and Habitat Distributionof Birds in Northeastern Arkansas

LITERATURE CITED HANEBRINK,E. L. 1965. A study of bird populations in selected habitats of northeast Arkansas. Ed.D. Dissertation, Okla. State AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS' UNION. 1957. Check-list of Univ. NorthAmerican Birds. 5th.ed. Port City Press, Inc.,Baltimore. HANEBRINK. E. L. 1972. Acheck-list of birds from northeastern AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS' UNION. 1973. Thirty-second Arkansas. Ark.State Univ.Press. supplement to the A.O.U. Check-list of North American Birds. The Auk 90:41 1-419. HOLDER, T. H. 1951. A survey of Arkansas game. Ark. Game and Fish Comm. LittleRock, Ark. AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS' UNION. 1976. Thirty-third supplement to the A.O.U. Check-list of North American Birds. HOLLISTER. N.1902. Notes on the winter birds of Arkansas. Wilson The Auk 93:875-879. Bull. 9:10-15. BAERG, W. J. 1931. Birds of Arkansas. Univ.of Ark.,College Agri. HOWELL, A. H. 1911. Birds of Arkansas. U. S. Dept. Agri., Biol. Bull. 232:1-197. Surv., Bull. 38:1-100. BAERG, Ark., W. J. 1951. Birds of Arkansas. Univ.of College Agri. JAMES, D. 1960. Some recent findings concerning the avifauna of Bull. 258:1-188. Arkansas. Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 14:8-13.

CALL,R.E. 1891. Crowley's Ridge. Ark. Geol. Surv. Ann. Report JAMES, D. 1964. Arkansas avifauna: some significant findings, 2:22. 1960-1964. Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 18:50-54.

CALLAHAN,P. S. and H. YOUNG. 1955. Observations on the avi- JAMES, D. and F. C. JAMES. 1964. The seasonal occurrence of fauna of the Ozark plateau. The Auk 72:267-27*. Arkansas birds. Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 18:20-30. COLLINS, K. 1960. Winter and breeding season populations of up- MAGILL,A. C. 1958. Geography and geology of the southeast land and bottom land forest birds innortheast Arkansas. M. S. Missouri lowlands. Ramfree Press, Cape Girardeau, Mo. thesis, Univ. of Ark.,Fayetteville. MATTOCKS,P., JR and H.SHUGART. 1962. Birds of south-central COOK, W. W. 1888. Report on bird migration in the Mississippi Arkansas. S. Ark. Audubon Soc, El Dorado, Ark. valleyin the years 1884 and 1885. U. S. Dept. Agri.,Div.Econ. Ornithology, Bull. 2:1-313. PINDAR. L.O. 1924. Winter birds ineastern Arkansas. Wilson Bull. 36:201-207. COUES, E. 1877. Winter birds ofArkansas. Am.Nat. 11:307-308. SMITH, A. P. 1915. Birds of the Boston Mountains, Arkansas. DEADRICK, W. H. 1938. A preliminary list of the birds of Hot Condor 17:41-57. Springs National Park and vicinity. Wilson Bull. 50:257-273. WETMORE, A. 1960. A classification for the birds of the world. FOTI, T. 1974. Natural divisions of Arkansas. In Arkansas Natural Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 139:1-37. Area Plan. Ark.Dept. of Planning, LittleRock. Ark.pp. 11-34.

FULLER, M. L. 1912. The New Madrid Earthquake. U.S. Dept. of WHEELER. H. E. 1924. The birds of Arkansas. Ark. Bureau of Interior,Bull. 394. Mines, Manuf. and Agri.,LittleRock, Ark.

42 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 46 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Status of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker Atthe Felsenthal National Wildlife Refuge inArkansas DOUGLAS JAMES and FRED L. BURNSIDE, JR. Department of Zoology University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701

ABSTRACT The Red-cockaded Woodpecker is an endangered species that is endemic to mature pine forests of the southeastern United States. InArkansas it presently occurs only inpinelands of the Ouachita Province and Gulf Coastal Plain. Cavity trees for nesting and roosting must be mature pines diseased withred-heart fungus. Due to recent forestry practices mature pine stands are disappearing thus reducing numbers of needed cavity trees. The Felsenthal Na- tional Wildlife Refuge in southeastern Arkansas contains high densities of Red-cockaded Woodpeckers and because of favorable management priorities there the survival of the woodpecker seems assured. Populations of the species in other areas in southern Arkansas undoubtedly willdecline.

INTRODUCTION

The Red-cockaded Woodpecker (Picoides borealix) inhabits southeastern pine forests and due to its status has been designated an endangered species by the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (U.S. Dept. Interior, 1973). In Arkansas, the Red-cockaded Wood- pecker originally occurred as far north as the Ozark Province (Howell, 1911) but now is limited to the pine forests of the Ouachita Province and the West GulfCoastal Plain (Jackson, 1971) as shown in Figure 1. Highest concentrations of the woodpecker occur in the pinelands of the southeastern part of the state. Figure 1 shows a preliminary appraisal of the present county occurrences of the Red-cockaded Woodpeckers in Arkansas. Itrepre- sents the findings of an ongoing comprehensive survey to determine the distribution of the woodpecker. Information concerning locations of cavity trees of the Red-cockaded Woodpeckers were received from timber companies, state and federal agencies, and several individuals inArkansas. The critical habitat factors of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker include adequate cavity trees for nesting and roosting and suitable forest conditions in the home range of the bird.The cavity trees must be live mature pine trees generally averaging 75 years inage or older with red-heart fungus (Fames pini)present in the heart wood (Jack- son, 1977a). Due to intensive forest management by wood products companies, mature stands of southern pines are diminishing thus reducing the availability of adequate cavity trees in the range of the woodpecker (Thompson, 1976). These and other practices account Figure 1. Counties in Arkansas (diagonal lines) where the Red- the present endangered status of Red-cockaded Woodpecker. for the cockaded Woodpecker recently has been reported. The arrow indi- Similarly, timber management practices inpinelands in Arkansas (in black) habitat, cates the location of the Felsenthal National Wildlife are causing a reduction of suitable especially the availability Refuge. of mature trees for roosting and nesting. In fact the federal endangered species statutes do notpertain to private holdings. There- fore, even in present centers of distribution, the future of the Red- parts of Union, Ashley and Bradley Counties in southeastern Arkan- cockaded Woodpecker on private lands is not bright. However, the sas. It lies within the Felsenthal Basin, a natural physiographic federal statutes state that endangered species will be protected and depression that once was a large lake extending southward to the site encouraged on federal lands and projects. Thus it is fortunate that a of Monroe, Louisiana. The refuge area totals 64,975 acres of which new federal refuge, the Felsenthal National Wildlife Refuge, has 9,482 are pine forests, mainly loblolly pines (Pinu.t taeda) with a been established in southeastern Arkansas. It is equally fortunate scattering of shortleaf pines (Pinus echinata). The remaining refuge lhat the Red-cockaded Woodpecker is abundant in the pine lands on acreage is primarilyvarious types of hardwood forests (50,493 acres) the refuge. The future existence of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker but also fields (271 acres) and open water (5,000 acres) in the form of •n southern Arkansas would seem to depend upon the continued an intricate system ofrivers, creeks, sloughs, bayous and lakes. presence of the refuge. The pineland habitat utilized by Red-cockaded Woodpeckers occurs on terrain that is higher than the 72 foot contour above mean sea level. This elevation is above the levelof the river floodplain and FELSENTHAL NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE is not subject to frequent flooding. Federal land acquisition for the Felsenthal National Wildlife The Felsenthal National Wildlife Refuge is located on the forested Refuge began in the early 1970s. It is an enhancement development Gulf Coastal Plain along the Ouachita and Saline Rivers comprising in conjunction withthe Ouachita and Black Rivers navigational pro-

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 43 I Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 47 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Status of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker at the Felsenthal National WildlifeRefuge in Arkansas

ject. Alock and dam facility on the Ouachita River is included that willcreate a permanent navigational pool in the refuge totalling 15,752 acres at the 65 foot contour line, and a seasonal waterfowl pool totalling37,686 acres of inundated land to the 70 foot contour level. The refuge lands were acquired from timber companies, private corporations, the State of Arkansas, and private landowners.

RED-COCKADED WOODPECKER POPULATIONS

Before refuge land acquisition began, pine timber was managed by private timber companies for use inproduction of forest products. Some of the sylvicultural practices resulted in mature pine forests with habitat suitable for the Red-cockaded Woodpecker. During federal land acquisition, provisions were made permitting timber companies toharvest 50 percent ofall standing timber on their lands. Under these provisions merchantable timber was harvested in alter- nating 40-acre blocks and understory trees were left. Special efforts were made to locate and mark all cavity trees of Red-cockaded Woodpeckers in timber harvest areas. Care was taken to insure that these cavity trees were left standing following timber harvest activities. Only the pinelands where refuge personnel have been active during preliminary refuge developmental activities, or areas where timber harvest has occurred, have been thoroughly searched forcavity trees of Red-cockaded Woodpeckers. Aconsiderable area still remains to be surveyed. A map was prepared by the resident refuge forester showing locations of cavity trees. Using this map, cavity sites were visited during the present project. Information was gathered concerning the presence or absence of recent woodpecker activity, number of Red-cockaded Woodpeckers in the area, and general habitat conditions at each site. The existence of current cavity use was determined by the presence of fresh cambial peckings around cavity openings (Jackson, 1977b). A total of 101 cavity trees were inspected. Of these, 42 (or 42%) were actively being used by Red-cockaded Woodpeckers as indicated by fresh cambial peckings. Only 15 birds actually were seen because they occur near cavity sites only at sunrise and sunset, and few Figure 2. Felsenthal National Wildlife Refuge showing land eleva- at rest tree birds were seen cavity sites through the of the day. Cavity tions and cavity tree sites of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker. Pine- locations the refuge shown inFigure 2.Considering the limited on are lands occur in the upland areas (stippled). area of pineland available on the Felsenthal National Wildlife Refuge, the population of the Red-cockaded Woodpeckers there is dense as the highest densities presently known elsewhere in Arkan- sas. The legal obligations stipulated in the Endangered Species Act of 3. To avoid harvest of cavity trees, such trees should be marked 1973 (U.S. Dept. Interior, 1973) and its amendments direct all federal conspicuously with a broad ring of bright color. Dead cavity agencies to use their authority to promote programs that willpre- trees should notbe harvested for several years to permit exca- serve, restore and enhance designated endangered species such as vation ofnew cavities byresident woodpeckers. the Red-cockaded Woodpecker. These agencies further are directed 4. Timber harvest operations should be terminated during the not to adopt policies that will jeopardize the existence of an en- breeding season of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker. This dangered species nor destroy or modify critical habitats for such applies to any area being managed forthe species. species. Therefore, the management of pinelands needed for the 5. Pineland management units should be at least 200 acres to con- Red-cockaded Woodpecker at the Felsenthal National Wildlife form to the known home range size of the woodpeckers. Refuge willreceive priority over all other considerations. 6. Toinsure an available supply oflarge trees for cavity construction,a 100-year cutting rotation of pines should be employed. 7. Timber cutting plans should be adopted that result in all age timber stands in woodpecker home ranges. Iftotal harvesting MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS of tracts of timber is unavoidable, the areas of harvest should be small, 30 acres or less, and adapted to the physiographic As stated previously, the future of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker contours of the area resulting inlongnarrow patches, not cir- in southern Arkansas is uncertain due to recent forestry practices. cular or square ones. Therefore, in areas where the bird can receive priority attention, 8. Cavity trees should be isolated in the center of 12-acre plots in forest management for the woodpecker should be carefully applied. which selective cutting should be practiced, and where hard- We recommend that this management policyinclude the following: wood understory should be controlled. Ground litter should be removed from the bases ofcavity trees before controlled burn- 1. Annual surveys should be conducted to locate new cavity trees ingto lessen the chance ofignitingthe cavity trees. and to determine the status of cavity trees found previously. 9. Timber cutting patterns should be designated so as not to force Special efforts should be made in areas designated for timber two clans touse the same foraging area. Thus each woodpeck- harvest. er clan should have its own 200-acre management unit. 2. The surveys should employ the standard procedure for deter- 10. To keep understory low and foraging space optimal, a 3 to 4 mining if cavities are actively inuse by Red-cockaded Wood- year cycle of controlled burning should be employed inwood- peckers. pecker territories. Proceedings, XXXIII, 44 Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 48 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 y jd ieb ana rrea L.ournsiae, jr.

11. Since most of the information concerning proper management LITERATURE CITED was obtained elsewhere, studies of the Red-cockaded Wood- pecker should be made at the Felsenthal National Wildlife Refuge to determine if special management policies are HOWELL, Office, needed there. This pertains particularly to studies of home A. H. 1911. Birds of Arkansas. Gov. Printing range size and habitat preference. Wash., D.C., pp. 1-100.

JACKSON, J. A. 1971. The evolution, taxonomy, distribution, past ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS populations and current status of the Red-cockaded Wood- pecker. IN: The Ecology and Management ofthe Red-cockaded This study was partially supported by the Arkansas Woodpecker, R. L.Thompson, Editor. Proceeding of a Sympos- Game and Fish Commission with grant-in-aid funds ad- ium on the Red-cockaded Woodpecker, Bur. Sport Fisheries ministered by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Wildl., U.S.D.I.and Tall Timbers Research Station, Talla- under hassee, Section 6 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (PL Fl.,pp.4-29. 93-205). A grant from Arkansas Audubon Society The JACKSON, Trust provided funds to initiate the field work. Inform- J. A. 1977a. Red-cockaded Woodpeckers and pine red tion concerning cavity tree locations off the refuge was heart disease. Auk94:160-163. provided by Georgia-Pacific Corporation, Internation- JACKSON, alPaper Company, Potlatch Lumber Company, the Ar- J. A. 1977b. Determination of the status of Red-cockaded kansas Natural Heritage Commission, and by H. H. Woodpecker colonies. J. Wildlf.Mgmt. 41:448-452. Shugart, Sr. and Tom Foti. Levi Davis of the Arkansas THOMPSON, Game and Fish Commission was especially helpful in R. L. 1976. Change in status of Red-cockaded Wood- this regard and thus merits particular notice. Personnel pecker colonies. Wilson Bull.88:491-492. at the Felsenthal National Wildlife Refuge deserve special recognition forprovidinginformation about the re- U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR. 1973. Threatened wildlife of the United States. Bur. Fisheries fuge and cavity tree locations there, and for Sport and Wildl., Re- assistance 14, inthe field invisitingand studying the cavity sites. source Publ. no. 1 pp. 1-289.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 45

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 49 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

ADistributional Survey of the Fishes of Ten MileCreek inSoutheastern Arkansas

CARL D. JEFFERS and EDMOND J. BACON Biology Department University of Arkansas Monticello, Arkansas 71655

ABSTRACT

Asurvey of the fishes of Ten Mile Creek was conducted during 1976 to 1979. The ichthyofauna of Ten Mile Creek is typical of lowland drainage systems in southeastern Arkansas. Fifty-three species representing 13 families and 23 genera were collected. Etheostoma parvipinne was locally abundant in the headwaters, and other vulnerable or rare species included Notropls maculatus, Fundulus notti, Fundulus chrysotus, Erimyzon sucetta, Moxostoma poecilurum, and Lepomis punctatus. Eight specimens of Notropis hubbsi were collected.

INTRODUCTION

During the past decade extensive surveys of the fishes of the lower Ouachita River system including its two principal tributaries, the Saline River and Bayou Bartholomew have been conducted. Reynolds (1971) conducted a survey of the fishes of the Saline River, and Thomas (1976) completed a study of the fishes of Bayou Barthol- omew. Investigations at Northeast Louisiana University and Southern Arkansas University of the fishes of the Ouachita River system are in the final stages of completion. Robison (1975) reported on new distributional records from the lower Ouachita River system. A survey of the fishes of the Saline River by Reynolds (1971) did not include any sampling within the Ten Mile Creek drainace. Dis- covery of the largest known population of goldstripe darters Etheos- toma parvipinne) in the headwaters in 1976, and designation of the Warren Prairie Site located within the drainage basin as a Natural Area by the Arkansas Natural Heritage Commission necessitated a more intensive survey of the fishes of Ten Mile Creek. Also, additional data on the distributions and abundances of rare or vulnerable species in Arkansas including Fundulus chrysotus, Fundulus notti, Figure 1. Map of TenMileCreek showing sampling stations Erimyzon sucetta, Lepomis punctatus, Lepomis marginatus, Lepomis symmetricus, Moxostoma poecilurum, Notropis maculatus, and above level (msl), Etheostoma parvipinne were needed to ascertain their status in Ar- mean sea and the elevation at the confluence of kansas. Ten MileCreek and the Saline River is 100 ft above msl, representing an average gradient change of about 20 ft per mile. Stream width varies from 4.0 to 30.0 ft, but it is typicallyless than MATERIALS AND METHODS 10.0 ft wide except insome of the larger pools in the lower sections which are periodically flooded by the Saline River. Water depth is typically Eleven sampling stations were established at representative areas less than 3.0 ft except in the larger pools at Station 9 and in along Ten Mile Creek (Fig. 1) and were designated as: Station 1 some other areas during the winter and spring floods. During late (S27, T12S, R7W), Station 2 (S13, T13S, R8W), Station 3 (S12, T13S, summer and early fall Ten Mile Creek is usually intermittent with the R8W), Station 4 (S16, T13S, R8W), Station 5 (S7, T13S, R8W), larger pools being found at Station 9. Sand is the predominant sub- Station 6 (S5, T13S, R8W), Station 7 (S12, T13S, R9W), Station 8 strate type in the headwaters, but silt and clay are more prevalent in (S32, T12S, R8W), Station 9 (SI, T13S, R9W), Station 10 (S14, T13S, the lower regions. Shallow and deep pools also contain substantial R9W), and Station 11 (S24, T13S, R9W). Twenty-eight amounts of leaves and decaying debris. There is a limited diversity of collections habitats were taken with 10-ft and 20-ft V* inch mesh seines, an 1100 watt throughout the drainage, and stream velocities approach zero during late winter and The generator, and aquatic dip nets. Specimens were identified with the except spring. typical riffle areas keys of Pflieger (1975), Miller and Robison (1973), Douglas (1974), characteristic of high stream gradient system are absent from Ten and Buchanan (1973). The use of common and scientific names is in Mile Creek. Numerous shallow pools with luxuriant growths ofaqua- tic vascular plants along accordance with Bailey et al. (1970). A total of 1,548 specimens was the Warren Prairie are habitats for uncom- retained and is housed in the UAMCollection of Vertebrates in the mon or rare species of Arkansas fishes. Turner Neal Museum of Natural History. Many specimens of the most abundant species were not retained. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Fifty-three species representing 13 families and 23 genera were col- DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAINAGE BASIN lected in TenMile Creek. A species list and the occurrence of each species at the sampling stations shown in Creek, River, are Table 1. The number of Ten Mile a small tributary to the Saline is located in individuals of the or species Drew and Bradley Counties, uncommon rare and endangered is Arkansas. The principal branch of fen included in the discussion of the ichthyofauna. The most common Mile Creek is 19 miles long, and 57.6 miles of tributaries dram species in Ten MileCreek included Gamhusia a/finis, Notropis ather- approximately 60 square miles of predominantly commercial pine inoides, Lepomis macrochirus, Notemigonus crvsoteucas. and hardwoods The headwaters located at 270 ft timberland. are Centrarchus macropterus. Lepomis gulosus, Elassoma zonatum.

46 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 50 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Cart D.Jeffers and Edmond J. Bacon

Lepomis marginatus. Fundulus olivaceus. Pomoxis nigromaculatus. has been collected. Lepomis punctatus was collected at Station 9 in and Aphredoderus sayanus. Vulnerable or rare species included Ten Mile Creek where three specimens were taken from a weed- Fundulus notti. Fundulus chrysotus, Etheostoma parvipinne. Erimy- choked pool. Twoadditional specimens were collected at Station 7. zon sucetta, Lepomis punctatus, Notropis maculatus, and Moxo- The spotted sunfish was considered an uncommon inhabitant of the stoma poecilurum. Relative abundance and distribution of each of TenMile Creek drainage. these unique species are discussed. Eight specimens of Notropis hubbsi were collected and represent a new distributional record for Lepomis marginatus (Holbrook). Dollar sunfish the Saline River. The dollar sunfish was one of the most common sunfishes in Ten MileCreek, and 46 individuals were collected at Stations 3, 5, 7, and Fundulus notti (Agassiz). Starhead topminnow 9. Lepomis marginatus was most common at Station 7. Reynolds Forty-two specimens were collected in the weed-choked pools (1971) did not report the dollar sunfish from the Saline River system. scattered throughout the Warren Prairie in the lower regions of Ten The authors also collected six specimens from a roadside pool along Mile Creek at Stations 7, 9, and 10. Reynolds (1971) reported only Hwy.8 approximately one mile east of Warren near the Saline River two specimens from the entire Saline River drainage. Buchanan bridge. Robison (1975) found Lepomis marginatus in Hazel Creek 11973) listed onlyfour localities in Arkansas. The Warren Prairie site and considered the species to be an uncommon inhabitant of the is one of the best known habitats for Fundulus notti. and it islocally lower Ouachita River system. Based on this study, the dollar sunfish abundant in the area. Robison (1975) collected 79 specimens from is much more common than previously recognized, probably because Hazel Creek on Hwy. 8, five miles south of the junction of State of the confusion withLepomis megalotis. Hwys. 8and 4. These data verify that Fundulus nottiis a common inhabitant of the Saline River drainage. Notropis maculatus (Hay). Taillightshiner Robison (1974) and Buchanan (1974) regarded the taillight shiner Fundulus chrysotus (Gunther) Golden topminnow tobe rare in Arkansas. Black (1940) reported two specimens from the Five specimens of Fundulus chrysotus were collected at Station 7. Saline River, but Reynolds (1971) did not collect any Notropis Reynolds (1971) did not report Fundulus chrysotus from the Saline maculatus ina more intensive survey of the fishes of the Saline River. River drainage, but Robison (1975) reported four specimens from One specimen was collected in the Saline River by the authors at Hazel Creek, a tributary to the Saline River that is approximately two Hwy.172 (S14, T14S, R9W) in 1976. Nine specimens were collected miles south of the Ten Mile Creek drainage basin. These are the only at Station 9 inTen MileCreek in a shallow pool beneath the Hwy.8 known specimens from the Saline River system and establish Fundu- bridge (SI, T13S, R9W). Notropis maculatus was an uncommon lus chrysotus as a rare inhabitant in the drainage. Buchanan (1973) inhabitant inTen MileCreek. listed five other localities in Arkansas, and Robison (1975) reported fiveother localities inthe Ouachita River system. Moxostoma poecilurum (Jordan). Blacktail redhorse Etheostoma parvipinne Gilbert and Swain. Goldstripe darter Five specimens of Moxostoma poecilurum were collected in the Prior to 1971 Etheostoma parvipinne was known in Arkansas only deep pools at Station 9inTen Mile Creek. Reynolds (1971) collected from tworecords reported by Black (1940). Robison (1977) described 20 individuals in the lower Saline River. The blacktail redhorse is the typical habitat as being small, spring-fed, shallow streams with common at Station 9 in Ten Mile Creek because numerous other low to moderate gradient surrounded by riparian vegetation and with individuals have been observed but were not collected. Buchanan sandy substrates. Twenty-six localities and 41 specimens have been (1974) considered Moxostoma poecilurum to be rare in Arkansas. reported for Arkansas (Robison 1977). Thirty-seven of these individuals were collected from the Ouachita River system. The goldstripe Notropis hubbsi Bailey and Robison. Bluehead shiner darter was locally abundant at Station 1 in Ten Mile Creek where 19 Bailey and Robison (1978) described the habitat and summarized specimens have been collected since 1976. One individual was col- the distribution of Notropis hubbsi. Numerous localities for the lected from a shallow pool in the Warren Prairie near Station 10. bluehead shiner were cited in the Ouachita River system, including Nine specimens have been collected from Clear Creek, a tributary to two localities from Bayou Bartholomew. Notropis hubbsi was not the Saline River,and Reynolds (1971) had reported a single specimen reported from the Saline River area, and Reynolds (1971) did not col- from Clear Creek inhis survey of fishes of the Saline River. Apopu- lect any specimens. Eight specimens were collected in the vicinityof lation of goldstripe darters was discovered in a shallow farm pond on Station 7 in Ten MileCreek. A single specimen was collected in the the UAM campus in 1979 by Tim Scott, John Loose, and Steve flooded backwaters along Hwy. 8 near the Hwy. 4 intersection in Shores. A total of 20 specimens was collected from the pond, and April1975. Seven additional specimens were collected inMarch 1979 several specimens were left in the pond for observations of the life at the first concrete bridge on Hwy. 8 (S12, T13S, R9W). These are history. The total population in the pond will probably exceed 50 the first known records of Notropis hubbsi from the Saline River individuals. This is the first record ofEtheostoma parvipinne from a drainage. pond, and specimens collected from the pond are more heavily pig- mented than those collected from Ten Mile Creek and Clear Creek. Astudy of meristic variations and temperature tolerances of the pond ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS population has been initiated. Itcan be concluded that Etheostoma parvipinne is locally abundant in Drew County where more specimens have been collected than in all other counties in Arkansas The authors are grateful to Greg Calaway and Tim combined. Scott forassistance withthe fieldcollections. Members of the Taxonomy and Natural History of Lower Verte- brates classes at UAMalso assisted in the collection of Erimyzon (Lacepede). cnubsucker sucetta Lake specimens. Henry Robison kindlyverifiedNotropis The lake chubsucker was a rare inhabitant inTen MileCreek, and Dr. hubbsi, Notropis maculatus. and Lepomis marginatus. only one specimen was reported at Station 9. Reynolds (1971 )did not find Erimyzon sucetta in the Saline River, but Robison (1975) reported two specimens from Hazel Creek. The authors collected six specimens from a roadside pool adjacent to the Saline River along LITERATURE CITED Hwy. 8one mile east of Warren. BAILEY,R. M.,J. E. FITCH, E. S. HERALD, E. A. LACHNER, Lepomis punctatus (Valenciennes). Spotted sunfish C. C. LINDSEY, C. R. ROBINS, and W. B. SCOTT. 1970. A Reynolds (1971) collected 35individuals in the Saline River system. list of common and scientific names of fishes from the United Buchanan (1973) cited 24 localities from which the spotted sunfish States and Canada. 3rd ed. Am. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 6:1-150.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 47 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 51 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

ADistributional Survey of the Fishes of Ten MileCreek inSoutheastern Arkansas

BAILEY,R. M.and H. W. ROBISON. 1978. Notropis hubbsi, anew PFLIEGER, W. L. 1975. The fishes of Missouri. Missouri Dept. cyprinid fish from the Mississippi River Basin, withcomments oh Conserv. ,Jefferson City, 342 pp. Notropis welaka. Occas. Pap. of the Mus. of Zool. No. 683, Univ.ofMich., 21 pp. REYNOLDS, J. T. 1975. Fishes of the Saline River south-central Arkansas. Unpubl. M. S. thesis, Northeast Louisiana Univ., BLACK,J. D. 1940. The distribution of the fishes of Arkansas. Un- Monroe, 36pp. publ.Ph.D thesis, Univ.ofMich., 243 pp. ROBISON, H. W. 1974. Threatened fishes of Arkansas. Ark. Acad. BUCHANAN,T. M. 1973. Key to the fishes of Arkansas. Arkansas Sci. Proc. 28:59-64. Game and Fish Commission, LittleRock, 68pp. ROBISON, H. W. 1975. New distributional records of fishes from the BUCHANAN,T. M. 1974. Threatened native fishes of Arkansas. In lower Ouachita River system in Arkansas. Ark. Acad. Sci.Proc. Akansas Natural Area Plan, Arkansas Planning Commission, 29:54-56. LittleRock, pp 67-92. ROBISON, H. W. 1977. Distribution, habitat, variation, and status of DOUGLAS, N. H. 1974. Freshwater fishes of Louisiana. Claitor's the goldstripe darter, Etheostoma parvipinne Gilbert and Swain, Publ. Div.,Baton Rouge, 443 pp. in Arkansas. The Southwestern Nat. 22(4):435-442. THOMAS,C. E. 1976. Fishes of Bayou Bartholomew of southeast MILLER,R.J. and H. W. ROBISON. 1973. The fishes of Oklahoma. Arkansas and northeast Louisiana. Unpubl.M.S. thesis, North- I, Okla. State Univ.Mus. Nat. Cult.Hist. Ser. No. 246 pp. east Louisiana Univ., Monroe, 44pp.

Table 1. Species list and distributions of the. fishes in Ten Mile Creek, Drew County, Arkansas. STATIONS Scientific Name 23456789 10 11 TOTALS Lepisosteus oculatus 1 1 Lepiso8teu8 osseus 1 5 6 Lepisoateus platostomus 1 1 Amia aalva 4 4 Dorosoma aepedianum 1 Esox americanus 112 1 5 Ebox nigev 4 4 Notemigonus aryaoleuaae 5 15 1 9 7 1 2 40 notropis atherinoides 2 42 112 1 157 Notropis hoops 16 7 Notropis emiliae 10 10 Notropis hubbsi 7 1 8 Notropis maculatit8 9 9 Notropis umbratilis 1 2 3 4 18 28 Notropis venustus 1 12 13 Notropis whipplei 2 14 16 SemotiluB atromaoulatus 6 6 Erimyzon oblongus 2 2 Erimyzon suoetta 1 1 Minytrema melanops 1 1 Moxostoma poeoilurum 5 5 Iatalurus melas 112 4 latalurus natalis 1 3 4 Notuvus gyrinus 11 2 Aphredoderus sayanus 1 4 2 5 22 34 Fundulus ahrysotus 5 5 Fundulus notatus 1 21 12 34 FunduluB notti 38 2 2 42 Fundulus olivaaeua 3 12 1 22 20 58 Gambusia affinis 47 49 16 1 2 11 91 61 65 343 Labidesthes siaaulus 8 4 12 Centrarahus maoropterus 15 50 65 Elassoma zonatum 4 1 1 16 17 2 41 Lepomis cyanellus 2 13 1 7 hepomia gulosus 1 11 16 26 45 Lepomis humilis 1 1 13 Lepomis .macrochirua 1 7 25 1 2 91 138 5 Lepomis marginatus 9 3 32 2 46 lepomia megalotie 3 19 1 23 Lepomia miarolophus 9 9 Lepomia punotatua 2 3 5 Miaropterus 8almoides 2 2 15 15 25 Pomoxia annularis 1 Pomoxia nigromaoulatus 1 11 37 49 Etheostoma asprigene 1 1 Etheostoma ahioroaomum 2 3 9 115 Etheostoma aollettei 7 1 8 Etheostoma graoile 3 115 13 2 25 EtheoBtoma parvipinne 19 1 20 Etheostoma proeliare 1 11 12 Etheostoma stigmaeum 1 1 Etheoetoma whipplei 1 1 10 12 Percina maoulata 1 1 1548

48 Arkansas Academy ofScience Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 52 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Lithostratigraphy of the Cane HillMember of the Hale Formation (Type Morrowan), Northwest Arkansas ROBERT T. LINER Department of Geology University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701

ABSTRACT The Hale Formation (lower Morrowan Series) is a sequence of sandstones and shales divided into the Cane Hill(lower) and Prairie Grove Members. In Washington County, Arkansas, the type Cane Hill consists predominantly of interbedded fine-grained, noncalcareous sandstones and siltyshales often with apebble conglomerate at its base. The member rests unconformably on Chesterian Strata of either the Pitkin Formation or underlying Fayetteville Forma- tion, and itis unconformably overlain by the Prairie Grove Member. InWashington County, the Cane Hill exhibits a slight thickening trend to the south and east. Interpretation of sedimentary structures indicates that the Cane Hillwas deposited in a near shore, tidal current- dominated environment throughout the type region. Eastward from Washington County, the Cane Hillthickens both southward and eastward to nearly 160 feet in southcentral Newton County. The sandstone content of the unit increases markedly in Madison County, then decreases again into eastern Newton County, where the Cane Hill is dominated by shales. Basal conglomerates are extremely rare in Madison County, but appear occasionally inNewton County. Thick linear sandstone bodies, apparently related to fluvial processes, occur in southeastern Carroll County and eastern Madison County, but the bulk of Cane Hilldeposits are still of tidal origin.

INTRODUCTION micaceous, supermature quartzarenites. The sandstones are dominated by siliceous cement in the form of quartz overgrowths, but Morrowan age sediments outcrop throughout northern Arkansas locally may contain one to two percent calcareous or limonitic ce- along the trend of the Boston Mountains. Lithostratigraphy of the ment. Chert and shale fragments generally compose about one to two units within the Morrowan Series is complex. The units are similar percent of the rock, and feldspars make up one percent of the grains. lithologically, boundaries are gradational or unconformable, and In cross section the sandstones are composed of small scale trough lateral changes in lithology are common. Although the lowermost cross-stratification often with siltyor muddy troughs. Shales found in Morrowan unit, the Hale Formation, has been recognized for nearly the type area occur as thin to thick beds that are micaceous and silty. 75 years (Taff, 1905, Adams and Ulrich, 1905), little progress has Siltstones are commonly thinly bedded and micaceous. Randomly been made toward understanding the lithostratigraphy of the unit. occurring carbonate units are found in the Cane Hill within Wash- In northwestern Arkansas the Hale Formation has been divided ington County. These carbonates are generally thin, lenticular, bio- into two members (Henbest, 1953, 1962): an upper Prairie Grove clastic limetones withas much as 50 percent quartz sand. Member and a lower Cane HillMember. The Prairie Grove Member Eastward from the type area in Washington County marked is commonly composed of medium grained calcareous sandstones changes take place in the sandstone and shale content of the Cane and bioclastic limestones, while the Cane HillMember is normally a Hill.Throughout Madison County the Cane Hillis dominated by a se- sequence of interbedded noncalcareous, fine-grained sandstones, quence of medium bedded sandstones as much as 70 feet thick (Fig. siltstones. and shales. 2, sections B and C). Typically this sequence of sandstones is bounded byshales above and below. The sandstones seen inMadison County show siltstone partings, lunate or asymmetrically ripple LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY marked upper surfaces and, incross section, small scale trough cross- stratification. Petrographic study by Wiggins (1978) indicates that the In northwestern Arkansas the Cane Hill Member of the Hale sandstones found in Madison County are very similar to those Formation unconformably overlies either the Pitkin Formation or the sampled in Washington County. The shales which bound this thick Fayetteville Formation both of upper Mississippian age. These vari- sandstone interval are silty and commonly contain thin lenticular or able positions reflect the amount of pre-Morrowan erosion on the wavy beds of siltstone or very fine-grained sandstone. Basal conglom- underlying Mississippian surface. Generally the member overlies the r erates analogous to those found inWashington County are extremely Pitkin Formation south of the latitude (36°04 ) of Fayetteville, Ar- rare inMadison County, but often siltstone pebble conglomerates are The kansas, and the Fayetteville Formation north of Fayetteville. present within bedded sandstone intervals well above the base of the Cane Hillis unconformably overlain by the Prairie Grove Member of member. the Hale Formation throughout northwest Arkansas. In the western half of Newton County the Cane HillMember is Aregional isopach (Fig. 1) of the Cane Hillshows general thicken- dominated by thick shale intervals (Fig. 2, sections E and F). These ing of the unit to the south and east. In outcrop the Cane Hill shales, though rarely well exposed, are silty and micaceous, often thickens from about 40 feet at its type section in southwestern Wash- containing thin lenticular beds ofsiltstone or very fine-grained sand- ington County to nearly 160 feet in southcentral Newton County. stone. Bedded sandstones analogous to those found in Madison Well data indicates that in the subsurface the unit continues to County are present inthe lower part of the member, but are reduced thicken southward to about 250 feet in southern Franklin and Pope in thickness. Limestone pebble basal conglomerates similar to those Counties. exposed in Washington County are commonly found in southwestern Throughout its typeregion, Washington County, the Cane Hill is a Newton County when the base of the unit is exposed. siltstones, sequence of interbedded sandstones, shales, and Thick linear sandstone bodies that rest on the Fayetteville Forma- B). commonly witha conglomerate at its base (Fig. 2, sections Aand tion are commonly present in southeast Carroll County, northeastern Inthe type area sandstones are present as both locally continuous Madison County, but less commonly in Washington County (Fig. 1). medium beds of ripple marked fine-grained quartzarenite, and as Thickness ranges from 20 feet to more than 100 feet of medium to very fine-grained quartzarenite thinly interbedded with flaser shale fine grained quartzarenite. Some of the sand bodies show a fining fine-grained, beds. Inthin section, these sandstones are fine to very upward sequence, and most are conglomeratic at their basal con-

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 49 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 53 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Lithostratigraphy of the Cane HillMember of the Hale Formation (Type Morrowan), Northwest Arkansas

tacts. The sandstone is sometimes calcareous and contains variable water periods and bipolar reversals of flow direction (Klein, 1977). amounts of carbonized wood. The sandstone bodies are generally Black (1975) reported the presence of mudcracks from the northern- massive in appearance, but occasionally show a variety of sedimen- most extremities of the outcrop belt. This occurrence of mudcracks tary structures including large scale tabular cross-stratification, small may indicate that a belt of intertidal sediment at one time existed to scale trough cross-stratification, and rarely herringbone cross- the north of the outcrop belt, but has subsequently been stripped off stratification (Black, 1975). by erosion. The thick sandstone bodies found associated with lower Cane Hill strata are apparently relic fluvial channels developed on the Mississippian surface prior to the initialMorrowan transgression. As the Morrowan Sea transgressed the Ozark Platform, these fluvial channels were still active but became tide dominated and reworked as evidenced by reports of bipolar dip directions for some of the cross-stratification (Black, 1975).

CONCLUSIONS Regional studies of the Cane Hill indicates that the member is a viable and recognizable unit throughout northwestern Arkansas. The consistant occurrence of fine-grained supermature sandstones, silty shales, and micaceous siltstones provide adequate criteria forrecog- nition of the unit and its separation from strata lyingabove and below it. Typically the unit is composed of interbedded sandstones and shales in Washington County, dominated by medium bedded sandstones in Madison County, and dominated by shales in western Newton County. The bulk of Cane Hillsediments were probably deposited in a shallow tidal current dominated environment as evidenced by sedimentary structures which indicate alteration of tidal current bedload transport with suspension settlement during slack water periods and bipolar reversals of flow direction. The relationship of the Cane Hill Member to units occupying the same stratigraphic interval innorthcentral Arkansas, such as the Imo Formation of Gordon (1965), is problematic. Units corresponding to those found in northcentral Arkansas do not occur within the study area with the possible exception of a thin shale and limestone interval found in southwestern Newton County (Fig. 2, section E). This thin interval may be the western-most extremity of late Mississippian Figure 1. Isopach map of the Cane HillMember of the Hale Forma- strata that unconformably wedge between presumed Cane Hillstrata tion, northwestern Arkansas. and the Mississippian Pitkin Limestone to the east. However, further studies to the east must be initiated in order to tie the two areas together.

LITERATURE CITED ADAMS,G.I.and E. O.ULRICH. 1905. Description of the Fayette- ville Quadrangle (Ark.-Mo.). U.S. Geol. Sur. Geol. Atlas, Folio 119. BLACK,R. B. 1975. Anomalous sandstone bodies ofMorrowan Age inNorthwest Arkansas. Unpublished M.S. Thesis, University of Arkansas, 91 p. GORDON, MCKENZIE, JR. (1964) 1965. Carboniferous cephalo- pods of Arkansas. U. S. Geol. Sur. Prof. Paper 460, 322 p. 32 pis. HENBEST, L.G. 1953. Morrow Group and lower Atoka Formation of Arkansas. Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 37, p. 1935-1953. HENBEST, L. G. 1962. Type sections for the Morrow Series of Pennsylvanian Age, and adjacent beds, Washington County, Ar- Figure 2. Lithostratigraphic sequence in selected measured sections kansas. U.S. Geol. Sur. Prof. Paper 450-D, p. D38-D41. Member, of the Cane Hill northwestern Arkansas. KLEIN,GEORGE DEVRIES. 1977. Clastic tidal facies. Continuing Education Publication Company, Champaign, Illinois,149 p. DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENTS REINECK, H.E. and FRIEDRICH WUNDERLICH. 1968. Classifi- Interpretation of sedimentary structures found withinthe Cane Hill cation and origin of flaser and lenticular bedding. Sedimentol- Member indicates that the bulk of Cane Hill sediments were ogy, v.11, p.99-104. deposited in a near-shore, tidal current-dominated environment. (Indian Flaser, wavy, and lenticular bedding, following the classification of TAFF, J. A. 1905. Description of the Tahlequah Quadrangle Terr.-Ark.). Atlas, Reineck and Wunderlich (1968), are common within the unit, and are U.S. Geol. Sur. Geol. Folio 122. associated with bipolar dip directions on small scale trough cross- WIGGINS, W. D.III.1978. Sedimentary petrology of the Hale For- strata (Wiggins, 1978). Such structures indicate alteration of tidal mation Madison County, Northwest Arkansas. Unpublished current bedload transport with suspension settlement during slack M.S. Thesis, Tulane University, 83 p.

50 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 54 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

The Effects of Channelization on Fish Populations Ofthe Cache River and Bayou DeView MORRIS MAUNEY Department of Fisheries Science Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Blacksburg, W. Va.24061 GEORGE L. HARP Department of Biological Sciences Arkansas State University State University, Ark. 72467

ABSTRACT

This study was designed to better understand the possible effects of channelization by comparing natural and previously channelized sections of the Cache River and Bayou DeView. Forty-five fishspecies were collected in natural reaches, but only 24 species were collected in channelized reaches. Cyprinus carpio and Dorosoma cepedianum constituted 40 and 20 percent of the total fish biomass in channelized reaches, respectively, but only22and 2 percent of the total biomass innatural reaches. The mean weight of total fishes and game fishes only per surface ha in natural sections were 276 and 46kg, respectively, but these values in channelized sections were only 88 and 2 kg, respectively. Mean species diversity indices for natural and channelized sections of the Cache River were 3.1 and 1.8, respectively, and mean redundancy values for these sections were .30 and .55, respectively. Species diversity indices and redundancy values for Bayou DeView followed this trend.

INTRODUCTION Corps asked for another report, which was submitted to them in 1970. Itrecommended water control structures foroxbow lakes and In recent years the public has become increasingly aware of the 30.000 A (12,000 ha) forpublic use. InOctober 1971, environmental multiple ramifications of projects resulting in environmental altera- groups filed a civil suit inU.S. District Court at Little Rock, and in on. The simplistic view that stream channelization will result in May 1972, the Court dismissed the case, ruling that the Government lood control and increased land productivity only, is not so readily of 1969 intheir environmental impact statement (EIS). This EIS and mbraced. Itis now more widelyrecognized that certain political, the Corps evaluation, which became known as the "mitigation re- ociological, economic, and aesthetic considerations may reduce or port", were forwarded to Congress in1972 (U.S. Army Corps of En- ompletely negate the immediately envisioned benefits of a given gineers, 1973). iroject. Assessment of the overall impact of stream channelization is Dredging on the lower Cache River was begun during July 1972. In tillhampered because the environmental interrelationships are not the fall of 1972 Senator John McClellan introduced a bill providing well understood. This is due primarily to a paucity ofdata and inade- 30,000 A (12,000 ha) of woodlands for public use with an additional uate methodology for obtaining it.The Cache River basin provides 40,000 A (16,000 ha) to be preserved by environmental easements, a unique opportunity for impact assessment because the opposing with or without public access. He introduced another bill which pro- forces of conservationists and developers have so clearly polarized vided $1 million for purchase of mitigation lands. Congressman Bill and because part of the basin has been channelized previously in the Alexander introduced similar legislation in the House. Congress interest of flood control. passed both bills. President Richard Nixon vetoed the Rivers and Initialchannelization of upper reaches of the Cache River and Harbors Omnibus Bill, which contained the authority to start the ayou DeView was done by local landowners in the 1920's. Efforts to mitigation program, but signed the appropriation billthat contained btain public funds forflood relief in this basin began in the 1930's. the $1 million for land acquisition (U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, 'wo studies addressing the feasibility and desirability of Federal 1973). articipation in major flood control works, the first completed on 4 Construction stopped on the lower Cache River inDecember 1972 )ecember 1941 and the second on 19 October 1945, recommended because of high water. Also at this time the 8th Circuit Court of o improvement. A third report was submitted to the Corps of Appeals ruled the 1972 EIS inadequate. InFebruary 1973, environ- engineers on 4February 1949 and recommended improvement of the mentalists filed a motion with the U. S. District Court at Little Rock main channels of the Cache River and Bayou DeView. This report foran injunction to stop construction. The Court ruled that construc- esulted inauthorization by the Flood Control Act of 17 May 1950. tion must stop but allowed for completion of the section which was Subsequent to authorization, the project was reviewed as a part of started. InMay 1973, the construction contract was terminated (U. he Mississippi River and Tributaries Project. That portion of the re- S. ArmyCorps of Engineers, 1973). )ort pertaining to the lower White and Cache River basin was for- Amore thorough EIS was released inNovember 1973, and a series warded to the Memphis District, Corps of Engineers on 11December of public hearings were held in the Cache River basin. Also during 959. Included was a report from USDI's Fish and Wildlife Service, 1973 several states and additional environmental groups joined the ated 2 September 1959. evaluating the effects of the proposed pro- original plaintiffs in the suit to block the Cache River Basin Project, ect and recommending adoption of specific mitigation measures. primarily because of alleged adverse impact on waterfowl popula- Their input was authorized by the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act tions. The various parties could not find an area of compromise, and f 1958. The Corps recommended against mitigation measures, as a special task force was appointed to this end. Based on their recom- hey were not considered economically feasible. Based on the 1959 mendations, in October 1978 Congress approved a $2.8 million ap- eport, the Flood Control Act of 27 October 1965 authorized im- propriation for work in the Cache River basin, with half of this provement measures (U. S. ArmyCorps ofEngineers, 1973). amount to be spent immediately for the purchase ofmitigation lands. In preparing a pre-construction report in 1966, the Corps found No channelization can take place until the Environmental Protection that woodlands in the basin were being cleared at such a rapid rate Agency approves, however. The current planrestricts channelization that they asked the Fish and Wildlife Service to reevaluate the Pro- to the lower 14 mi (22.5 km) of the Cache River. The upper 140 mi ject and submit another report. The reevaluation report was sub- (225 km) of the Cache River, channelized in the 1920's, would be mitted in 1969, but was deemed to be too general in nature. The cleared of silt, debris, and vegetation to improve flow, but the

XXXIII, Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. 1979 51 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 55 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

The Effects of Channelization on Fish Populations of the Cache River and Bayou DeView

channel would not be enlarged. Further, "green belt" strips would be acquired along the midsections of the Cache River and Bayou DeView. Several alternatives for dealing with this portion of the waterways would be considered, including constructing a leveed floodway, digging a bypass channel or clearing the channel without enlarging it.As of the summer of 1979, the Environmental Protection Agency has not approved channelization work.

STUDY AREA

The Cache River basin drains southward along the western edge of the Mississippi Embayment. Itextends fromButler County, Missouri, near the Arkansas line, to White River near Clarendon, Monroe County, Arkansas. With a length of about 229 km and a maximum width of29 km, the Cache River basin has a total area of about 5,227 sq km. Except fora portion of the headwaters draining off the western slope of Crowley's Ridge, the basin is a long, narrow alluvial plain. The recent alluvium overlays Tertiary sediments (Fisk, 1944) and consists of a substratum of about 4b m of coarse sands and gravels deposited in the early stages of valley fillby streams with heavy loads and finer-grained top layers deposited later when the carrying capacity of the streams decreased (Krinitsky and Wire, 1964). The surface layer consists of a very dense, relatively impervi- ous, dark reddish-brown clay one to three m thick interlayered between varicolored clays and silts. In some areas sand overlays the Figure 1 The River Basin. Study stations designated by C (Krinitsky Wire, . Cache are clay and 1964). (Cache River) or B (Bayou DeView). Dashes represent channelized Land use in the basin is withsoybeans, predominantly agricultural, stream sections. Solid perimeter line represents the watershed divide. cotton, and rice being the major crops. Natural vegetation in the basin includes such wetland types as Tupelo gum, cypress, cotton- woods, oaks, river birch, and willows. Annual rainfall is approximately 122 cm, with the heaviest amounts falling from December to punctulatus, salmoides, Pomoxis annularis, and P. nigromacula- June (U. S. ArmyCorps of Engineers, 1973). Because of the flat ter- M. tus. rain, streams in the area are sluggish, and runoff is slow, which aids Total number of individuals (n),number of per recharge of the ground water reservoir (Albinet al., 1967). individuals species (n), species (s) used to calculate diver- The upper reaches of the Cache River have been channelized by ( and number of present were sityper individual (d), and redundancy (R)(Wilhmand Dorris, 1966). local authorities or landowners to State Hwy 18 1.6 km E of Grubbs, Jackson County, Arkansas. Below this point it follows fairly well- Sterling's approximation for factorials was used in all calculations. a of defined course through the floodplain. The bank of the channel is Computations were made withan IBM360 computer. Coefficient top condition, ksl (Lagler, 1956), determined for Ictiobus bubalus 27-152 m wide with depths of 1-8 m. Bayou DeView, the main tribu- was tary of the Cache River, arises on Crowley's Ridge north of Jones- collected from the Cache River. They were divided into size classes boro, Arkansas. It parallels the Cache River joins it 17 km of 5.0 cmintervals. Coefficient of condition was equal to the weight until it of fish in g times 100,000 divided by the cube of the standard length upstream from the mouth of the Cache River. Its total length is 172 a inmm. Data to and numbers of fish at Station HI km. stream has been channelized bylocal people from its head- pertaining weights This not used in computations because of the bias introduced by waters to the U. S. Hwy 64 crossing. Areas adjacent to the channel- were a small dam and rock was not at any other ized portions are intensively farmed except for Bayou DeView State riprap, which present Game Area and lands owned by private hunting clubs. The lower 68 sampling station. km of Bayou DeView flow naturally through swamp areas such as the Dagmar Wildlife Management Area, having a rather poorly-defined channel. These areas contain dense stands of Tupelo gum and RESULTS cypress trees (U. S. ArmyCorps of Engineers, 1973). Forty-seven species of fishes were collected in the Cache River basin, 32 from the Cache River proper and 42 from Bayou DeView METHODS AND MATERIALS (Table 1). The channelized reaches of the tworivers yielded a total of 24 species, while a total of 45 species were taken from natural sec- Nine stations were established in the Cache River basin. Of the tions. Three species of fishes were taken only from channelized sec- three stations located on Bayou DeView, the headwater station was tions, but 23 species occurred onlyin the natural reaches. channelized, and the two lower stations were located in natural Large numbers of Cyprinus carpio and Dorosoma cepedianum reaches. Six stations were located on the Cache River; the upper were found inboth natural and channelized sections. C. carpio con- three were channelized, and the lower three stations were innatural stituted 40 and 22 percent and D.cepedianum constituted 20 and 1.5 sections (Fig. 1). Selected physicochemical determinations were percent by weight of the total fish biomass in channelized and natural made at each station, and values varied within comparable ranges in sections, respectively. The mean weight of total fishes per surface ha channelized and natural sections (Mauney, 1974). in channelized sections was 88 kg, and in natural sections the value During 22-30 June and 31 August fishes were collected from the was 276 kg. The mean weight of game fishes per surface ha inchan- nine stations by the use of various seines and rotenone. Classification nelized portions was 1.5 kg, or 3.3 percent of that found in natural was accomplished with the keys of Eddy (1957), Pflieger (1968), and reaches (46 kg). The mean weight of non-game fishes per surface ha Moore (1968). Nomenclature is in accordance with Bailey et al. was also greater in natural sections (230 kg) than in channelized (1970). Incalculating number and weight of game vs total fishes the sections (86 kg). The number of harvestable game fishes (15+ cm in following12 species were considered game fishes: Esox americanus total length) per surface ha was reduced by 99.5 percent in channel- vermiculatus, E. niger, Centrnrchus macropterus, Lepomis cyanellus. ized sections. The mean number ofall fishes per kg was 16 fornatural L.gulosus, L.humilis, L. macrochirus, L.microlophus, Micropterus sections and 197 forchannelized sections.

52 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 56 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Morris Mauney and George L.Harp

Table 1. Species list of the fishes of Cache River and Bayou Deview Table 3. Total number of species and species diversity indices for stations located on Bayou DeView, arranged in a downstream se- Common Name Scientific Name quence. Spotted Gar Lepisosleus oculalus (Winchelll( M" (Linnaeus) Longnose gar Lepisosleus osseus C Station i gar Ltpisosieus plaloslomus Rafinesque C KShortnoseBowtin Amta calva Linnaeus CB JB-1* Natural a 2.391*

Chain pickerel Esox nigerLesueur B JB-2 Natural 2.181

Silvery minnow Hvbognalhus nuchalis Agassiz C JB-3 Natural 10 2.161 olden shiner Natemigonus crvsoleucas (Milchill)CB Kii.-i.il.ishiner Nolropisalherinoides Rafinesque CB JB-lt Natural 10 2.078 Bigeye shiner Nolropis hoops Gilbert CB Pugnose minnow Nolropis emiliae (Hay)CB JB-5 Channelized 11 1.811 Blacklailshiner Nolropis venuslus (Girard) CB B-l Channelized 17 2.09l< Bullhead minnow Pimephales vigilax(Bairdand Girard) CB Smallmoulh buffalo Icliobusbubalus (Rafinesque) CB 2.8U6 Spotted sucker Minvlrema melanops (Rafinesque) B B-2 Natural 17 Golden redhorse Moxosloma ervlhrurum {Rafinesque) CB B-3 Natural 31* 3.702 Yellowbullhead /<-lalurui mifu/iiiLesueurl H Channel catfish Iclaluruspunctatus (Rafinesque) CB * Tadpole madlom Nolunsgyrinus (Mitchill)CB by Harp (1971), Flathead catfish Pylodictis olivaris(Rafinesque) CB JB denotes stations studied Jenkins and B denotes Pirate perch Aphredoderus savanus {GiMam%)CB stations utilizedin the present study. Northern sludfish Fundulus calenalus (Storer) B Blackspotted topminnow Fundulus olivaceus (Storer) CB Brooksilverside Labidesthex riccuhu(Cope) B Mosquitofish Cambusia affinis (Bairdand Girard)CB Flier Centrarchus macroplerus (Lacepede) B Green sunfish Lepomis cvanellus Rafinesque CB Table 4. Mean condition coefficient (ksl) of Ictiobus bubalus >n Waraiouth Lepomis gulosus (Cuvier)B Orangespotted sunfish Lepomis humilis (Girard)CB natural and channelized sections. Bluegill Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque CB Longear sunfish Lepomis microlophus (Gunther) CB Spotted bass Microplens punclulalus (Ralmesqac) C Channelized Natural Largemouth bass Microplerus salmoides (Lacepede) CB Whitecrappie Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque CB 2.683 .050 Black crappie Pomoxis nigromaculotus (Lesueur) C •n-k Muddarter Elheosloma asprigene (Forbes) CB Blunlnosc darter Etheostonta chiorosontum (Hay)CB Male 2.858 2.966 Slough darter Elheosloma gracile (Girard) CB n-12 ¦16 Harlequin darter Etheostorna hixlnoJordan and Gilbert CB Cypress darter Etheostoma proetiare (Hay)B Femal 2.80k 3.033 Logperch Percina caprodes (Rafinesque) B 1-7 Blsckside darter Percino tnacuioto (Girard)B Dusky darter Percina sciera (Swain)B Mem 2.812 99< n-27 Freshwater drum Aplodinolus grunniens Rafinesque CB = *C denotes Cache; B denotes Bayou DeView; CBdenotes both. •n sample size

Mean species diversity indices fornatural and channelized sections DISCUSSION of the Cache River were 3.1 and 1.8, respectively. Mean redundancy reaches, was 45 percent less innatural reaches than in channelized The greater diversity of fish species innatural reaches and the dif- 0.30 vs 0.55. These values were of comparable magnitude inBayou ferences in species composition in natural vs channelized reaches (Table 2). imposed experiment- DeView Due tolimitations caused by were apparently related to the greater degree of siltation in channel- al design, species diversity indices were calculated for Jenkins and ized sections, since other factors (e.g. stream order [Horton, 19451, (1971) Creek, headwaters of Bayou DeView Harp's data forBig the physicochemical characteristics) were basically comparable. (Table 3). Individual coefficients of conditions were determined for Siltation negatively affects the survival rate of eggs, spawning and 27 Ictiobus bubalus from natural sections and 22 from channelized nesting grounds, number of food organisms, visibilityof sight feeders, sections. The Student's t test showed no significant differences number of habitats, and substrate stability (Ritchie, 1972). Any one between mean condition coefficients of populations in natural vs or combination of these factors could cause the observed results. channelized reaches (Table 4). The marked reduction inmean weight per surface ha for total fishes, game fishes, and non-game fishes at channelized stations may Table 2. Community structure of channelized and natural stream be attributed in part to a reduction innumbers of macroinvertebrate sections ofCache River and Bayou DeView. organisms. Latimer (1975) reported that the numerical standing crop of benthic macroinvertebrates in this basin was reduced by 55 per- Statioi 3 R cent inchannelized sections. She also observed a reduction inmacro- invertebrate diversity in channelized sections. The resulting Channel!led* 16 367 2.093 .50 simplified food web could logicallyresult inless weight per individual inhigher trophic levels. Restricted nesting could further Natural 17 653 2.846 .31 areas contri- bute to reduced biomass of fishes in channelized reaches (Ritchie, Natural 35 645 3.702 .28 1972). The reduction inbiomass of all fish species in channelized Channelized 13 998 1.683 .56 sections of the Cache River basin was 68 percent. Other studies have reported reductions of 32-85 percent in channelized .59 stream sections Channelized 15 9951 1.606 (Congdon, 1971;Michalson, undated; Tarplee et al., 1971). Natural 19 548 J.517 .16 Channelization appears to affect game fishes, particularly those of size, severely Natural 17 309 2.316 .46 harvestable more than non-game fishes. Game species are characteristically less hardy, and they are sight feeders * primarily Denotes stations located on Bayou DeView. (e.g. Micropterus spp.) as opposed to taste or touch feeders (e.g. Cyprinus carpio). The mean weight reduction of game fishes inchan-

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 53 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 57 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

The Effects of Channelization onFish Population of the Cache River and Bayou DeView

nelized sections of the Cache River basin was 96.7 percent, and re- CONGDON, J. C. 1971.Fish populations of channelized and unchan- duction in the number of harvestable individuals (15+ cm inlength) nelized sections of the Chariton River, Missouri. Araer. Fish. was 99.5 percent. Other investigators have reported the numbers of Soc. Spec. Publ. 2. 83p. game fishes exceeding 15 cm inlength tobe reduced by77-99 percent in channelized environments (Bayless and Smith, 1962; Congdon, EDDY, S. 1957. How to know the freshwater fishes. W. C. Brown 1971;Tarpleeetal., 1971). Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 253 p. The negative effects of channelization on the Cache River basin are emphasized upon studying Gray's (1955) data. He collected Alosa FISK, H. N. 1944. Geological investigation of the alluvial valley of chrysochloris, Morone chrysops, M. mississippiensis and Lepomis the lower Mississippi River. War Dept. Corps ofEngineers. 65 p. gulosus from the Cache River and A. chrysochloris, Carpiodes cyprinus, M. mississippiensis and Micropterus punctulatus from GRAY,L. D. 1955. Arkansas Game and Fish Commission stream Bayou DeView. The absence of these species inour collections may survey records. Lonoke, Arkansas. Unpublished and pages un- be due in part to sampling bias, but the impact of channelization and numbered. subsequent siltation, as well as pesticides and other agriculturally oriented stresses, cannot be ignored. HORTON, R. E. 1945. Erosional development of streams and their Two important features ofgood game fish habitat are the presence drainage basins; hydrophysical approach to quantitative mor- ofdeep backwater areas withlittleor no current and the presence of phology. Bull. Geol. Sox. Amer. 56:275-370. adequate cover (Buchanan, 1976). Indeed presence of these features increases the total fish species diversity. Reduced environmental JENKINS, J. T.and G.L.HARP. 1971. Ichthyofaunal diversification heterogeneity in the channelized portions of the Cache River basin is and distribution in the Big Creek watershed, Craighead and indicated by the species diversity indices (mean 1.8 vs 3.1 in natural Greene Counties, Arkansas. Ark.Acad. Sci. Proc. 25:79-87. reaches) and redundancy values (0.55 vs 0.30 innatural reaches). High redundancy values reflect dominance by a few species, whereas KRINITZSKY,E. L.,and J. S. WIRE. 1964. Groundwater inalluv- low redundancy values indicate a more even distribution of fishes ium of the lower Mississippi valley. Waterways Experiment Sta- among species (Wilhm and Dorris, 1968). Channelization results ina tion T. R.No. 3-658. 90p. straight channel with near constant depth and width. This homogeneity contributes to reduced competition for some species LAGLER,K.F. 1956. Freshwater fishery biology. W. C. Brown Co., through extirpation of those species unable to cope. Dubuque, Iowa. 421 p. Due to imposed experimental design, effects of channelization vs longitudinal zonation were difficult to evaluate, because upper sta- LATIMER,C. J. 1975. The effects of channelization on the benthic tions were channelized and lower ones were not. Species diversity macro-invertebrates of Cache River and Bayou DeView. would be expected toincrease indown stream increments iflongitud- Unpub. M.S. Thesis, Ark.St. Univ.64p. inal zonation alone were operating. Analysis of species diversity indices for a natural, channelized, then natural section sequence MAUNEY,M.1974. Parameters for ascertaining the effects of chan- would best elucidate what effect, if any, channelization might have. nelization on fish populations as applied to (fishes of) Cache To this end, species diversity indices were calculated for Jenkins and River and Bayou DeView. Unpub. M. S. Thesis. Ark. St. Univ. Harp's (1971) data for Big Creek, the headwaters of Bayou DeView 65p. (Table 3). The reduction in species diversity indices at the two channelized stations, JB-5 and HI.clearly indicate the effect of channeli- MICHAELSON,S. M.Undated. Fish populations inchannelized and zation inthis stream. unchannelized sections of the Platte River, Missouri. Pages The lack of significant differences in mean condition coefficients unnumbered. of Ictiobus bubalus populations between channelized vs natural sections of the Cache River (Table 4) may reflect the migratory behavior MOORE, G. A. 1968. Fishes. In: BLAIR,W. F., A. P. BLAIR,P. of this species, extensive flooded conditions during this time (which BRODKORB, F. R. CAGLE, and G. A.MOORE (eds). Verte- may have provided ample detrital foods in all stream sections), brates of the United States. McGraw-Hill,New York.p. 31-218. sample size, or any combination of these phenomena. PFLEIGER, W. L.1968. Checklist of the fishes of Missouri withkeys foridentification. Mo.Dept. Cons. 64 p. LITERATURE CITED RITCHIE,J. C. 1972. Sediment, fish, and fish habitat. J. Soil Water ALBIN,D. R., M.S. HINES, and J. W. STEPHENS. 1967. Water re- Cons. 27:124-125. sources ofJackson and Independence Counties, Arkansas. U.S. Geol. Survey Water-Supply Paper 1839-G. 28p. TARPLEE, W. H., JR., D.E. LOUDER, and A. J. WEBER. 1971. Evaluation of the effects of channelization on fish populations in BAILEY,R. M., J. E. FITCH,E. S. HERALD,E. A. LACHNER, North Carolina's coastal plain streams. North Carolina Wildl. C.C. LINDSEY,C. R.ROBINS, and W.B. SCOTT. 1970. Alist Res. Comm. 13 p. of the common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 6. 150 p. U.S. ARMYCORPS OF ENGINEERS. 1973. Draft environmental impact statement Cache River basin project, Arkansas. Mem- BAYLESS, J. and W. B. SMITH. 1962. The effect of channelization phis District,U.S. ArmyCorps ofEngineers. upon the fish populations of lotic waters in eastern North Caro- lina. Div.Inland Fish. NorthCarolina Wildl.Res. Comm. 15 p. WILHM,J. L.and T.C. DORRIS. 1966. Species diversity of benthic macro-invertebrates in a stream receiving domestic and oilrefin- BUCHANAN,T. M.1976. An evaluation of the effects of dredging ery effluents. Amer. Midi.Natur. 76(2):427-499. within the Arkansas River navigational system: Vol.V.The effects upon the fish populations. Final Report to the U. S. Corps WILHM,J. L.and T. C. DORRIS. 1968. Biological parameters for ofEngineers. Contract No. DACW03-74-C-0146. 277 p. water quality criteria. Bioscience 18(6):477-481 .

54 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 58 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Hydrogeologic Investigation ofa Landfill Site in Washington Co., Arkansas

ALBERT E. OGDEN and CARLOS J. QUINTANA Department of Geology University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 ABSTRACT Aproposed landfill site near Wheeler, Washington Co., Arkansas, was investigated for its hydrogeologic suitability. The site is located on the highly fractured, cavernous, and cherty Boone Ls. The site is a small upland valley 4500 ft. north ofClear Creek. The valley containing the proposed site is a karst dry valley in which precipitation rapidly infiltrates, recharging the water table and local springs. The water table around the site was mapped to determine the hydraulic gradient and direction of ground-water movement. The water table slopes in a SE direction from the landfill towards Clear Creek witha steep hydraulic gradient of an average 200 ft/mile. Water levels in wells near the site are 17-80 ft. below the surface of the valley. Specific capacity values of0.54 and 0.94 gpm/ft. and transmissibility values of 257 and 301 gpd/ft were determined from two pumping tests in the unconfined and semi-confined Boone-St. Joe aquifer. These values indicate a relatively high permeability of the aquifer. The cherty soil to be used as a liner isinade- quate due to its highly variable permeability. Therefore, the site as designed, is judged unsuitable. One large spring and five wells inthe area were monitored forC\~ ,N0j~\ and SO- 2 and found uncontaminated according to health standards. Since the Arkansas DPCE has granted permission for the landfill, these same sites will be monitored through time to detect any leachate contamination.

INTRODUCTION

new landfill site for the Fayetteville area was chosen near the munity of Wheeler, Arkansas, as the old landfill at Johnson i.Controversy over the proposed new site began. The landfill at ison is on similar soils and rock types as the proposed new site, leaks leachate to the ground water. Therefore, concerned re- lts in the area requested that a hydrogeologic investigation be ormed around the proposed site to test its suitability for waste asal. The area was investigated by the authors, and a report was ented at a hearing of the Arkansas Department of Pollution Con- and Ecology in January 1978. This paper presents the data and Insic >ns of this investigation. I LOCATION,GEOLOGY, AND SOILS The Wheeler sanitary landfillsite is located in the northwest part of section 23, T17N, R31W (Figure 1) Washington Co., Arkansas. Topographically, the area consists ofa gently undulating uplands sur- that is dissected by ephemeral tributaries that lead to the flood- face Figure 1. Location of the study area. plainvalleys ofClear and Little Wildcat Creeks. The landfill site is at the head ofone of these tributaries. geology of the landfill is relatively simple. It is underlain by y fractured, cherty, and cavernous Boone Limestone ofMissip- age (Figure 2).The Boone is over 250 feet thick at the site, as in- ed bynearby water wells. Structurally, the site is along the axial of the "Wheeler Anticline" (Evans, 1952). Subsequent field lination has not demonstrated the existence of this structure ig,pers. comm.). The rocks have a regional dip ofless than one :e to the southeast. Solution enlarged joints are common inbed- exposures in the area. The residual soils covering the Boone Limestone are characteris- ietically red and are silty-clay and clay in texture, with a high content ofchert fragments. The site is primarily on the Baxter and Clarksville cherty siltloam of 12-60% slope (Harper et al., 1969). Borings made by McClelland Eng.Inc., (1977) at the landfill site were made up to a depth of 31 feet. The McClelland's (1977) report states the following about the soils at the site:

"Due to the nature of the weathering and the presence of broken and fractured chert and layers, mass seams Figure 2. Cross section showing the generalized stratigraphy of the vertical and horizontal permeabilities of the strata are highly variable". study area.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 55

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 59 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Hydrogeologic Investigation of a LandfillSite inWashington Co., Arkansas

This report further says that: GROUND-WATER CHEMISTRY

"due to the inherent variability ofthe residual deposits Five wells and one spring were monitored to determine the degree of the Boone Formation, it is not possible to pinpoint of contamination that existed in the ground water prior to the exact areas with high or low potential for leachate emplacement of the landfill (Figure 3). Figure 4 shows the concentra- seepage . .." tions ofchloride, nitrate, and sulfate that existed in the sampling sites during several sampling periods. Allconcentrations were found to The U.S. Soil Conservation Service at Fayetteville, Arkansas, fall within limits set by the U.S.E.P.A. (1976). This data will prove drilled several test holes at the site in April1976, These borings useful for later comparisons of water quality, now that the landfill is showed soils of moderate to high permeability and high percentages inoperation. of chert (Gaston, 1978). This report states:

"The alluvial layer ofgravelly siltloam inthe bottom of the narrow drains, transmits water too rapidly for good pollution control".

A study by Ransom et al., (1975) which characterized the Clarksville soils as to their suitability for septic tanks, found that the Clarksville Soil Series has amoderate torapid rate ofdye percolation from septic tanks.

HYDROGEOLOGY: DIRECTION AND RATE OF OF WATER MOVEMENT

Carbonate rocks are known by geologists tohave zones ofextreme- lyhigh permeability due to solution in favorable lithologies, jointed and faulted regions, and along bedding planes. Such factors have caused a variety of researchers to recommend that carbonate rock areas not be used as landfillsites (Lessing et al., 1971 ;Parizek et al., 1971). Three important questions that must be asked when constructing a potential producing leachate Figure 3. Location of the pumping tests and sampling sites inT17N, landfillthat has the for are: R31W 1) What is the lithologyof the underlying aquifer? and their proximityto the Wheeler Landfill. 2) How permeable is the aquifer? 3) What direction does the ground water move inthe area? Recent investigations in northwest Arkansas have shown that the Boone-St. Joe aquifer is primarily unconfined with local semi-con- finement by dense chert and limestone beds (Willis,1978; Rezaie et al., 1979; Ogden et al., 1979). Wells commonly intersect caves and enlarged fractures. This secondary permeability is found in wells 1 and 2 (Figure 3)located down slope from the landfillsite. The caves that were intersected by these wells are waterfilled primarily during the wet season, thereby supplying some water to the wells. Springs along Clear Creek (Figure 3)are believed to be the ultimate discharge points forthis water. The site is located in a karst dry valley that has flowing water only after very hard rains. This indicates the high permeability of the soil and rocks in the area. To further investigate the permeability, pumping tests were performed on two wells downslope from the site (Figure 3, wells 1 and 3). The wells were pumped for 30 min. and allowed torecover for 1hr. The coefficient of transmissibility (T) and specific capacity (C) were then calculated using the methods of Jacob (1963). Specific capacity values of0.54 and 0.94 gpm/ft and transmissibility values of 257 and 301 gpd/ft were found for wells 1 and 3, respectively. Acomparison of these values to the median C and T values (0.29 gpm/ft and 176 gpd/ft, respectively) from 32 pumping Figure 4. Concentrations of sulfate, chloride, and nitrate at the tests performed inthe Boone-St. Joe aquifer of Benton and Washing- sampling sites. ton Counties (Rezaie et al., 1979), indicates that the permeability at the landfill site is high. The direct implication of this is that the water, and thus the leachate that may be produced from the landfill, will SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS rapidly move through the soil and rocks with little chance for purification. This investigation was performed prior to construction of the Inan unconfined aquifer such as the Boone-St. Joe, it is expected Wheeler landfill at the request of concerned local residents. Soils are that the water table willconform somewhat to the topography. Water highly variable inpermeability and depth. The high chert content in levels were measured in wells in the area and the data used to con- the soil and soil liner, along with the moderate to high permeability, struct a water table map in order to determine the direction of suggests that any leachate produced willinfiltrate to the water table. ground-water flow and slope of the water table. Water levels in the Surface karst features and pumping tests, further substantiate the rel- wells range from 17-80 feet below the land surface with greater atively high permeability of the soil and cherty limestone beneath. A depths occurring inupland wells. The water level data indicate that relatively shallow depth to water exists, and the local water table map the water table slopes in a southeast direction from the landfill produced from collected data shows a southeast direction of move- towards Clear Creek with a steep hydraulic gradient of up to 200 ment, and discharge probably via springs along Clear Creek. The ft/mile. high transmissibility and specific capacity values and the steep hy-

56 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 60 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 AlbertE. Ogden and Carlos J. Quintana

draulic gradient of the water table indicate a rapid flow rate of the McCLELLAND ENGINEERS, INC. 1977. Subsurface investigation, ground water. Therefore, the site, as designed, is judged by the proposed sanitary landfill, Harmon, Ark.Report presented to authors to be unsuitable and likely to contaminate local wells, Carl Carpenter c/o McGoodwin, Williams, and Yates, Consult- springs, and ultimately.Clear Creek. ingEngineers, Fayetteville, Arkansas, 31 p. Monitoring of several wells and springs for water quality indicates that the ground water presently is not contaminated and falls within OGDEN, A.E., N.L. TAYLOR, and S. E. THOMPSON. 1979. A limits set byU.S. E.P.A. (1976) with respect to chloride, sulfate, and preliminary investigation of the rural-used aquifers of Boone, nitrate. Future monitoring of these samples sites will show if and Carroll, and Madison Counties, Arkansas. Proc. Ark. Acad. of when the leachate enters and moves into the ground water system. Sci. (inpress).

PARIZEK, R. R., W. B. WHITE and D.LANGMUIER. 1971. Land LITERATURE CITED use problems in carbonate terranes in Hydrogeology and geo- chemistry of folded and faulted rocks of the central Appalachian EVANS, N. 1952. Surface structure of portions of Washington, Ben- Type and related land use problems, Part FV, Mineral Conser. ton, and Madison Counties. Arkansas. Ark.Oiland Gas Report Series, Circular 82, PSU, pp. 135-180. #4303, 9p. RANSOM, M. D., W. W. PHILLIPS, E. M. RUTLEDGE and GASTON, J. L. 1978. District conservationists, U.S.S.C.S., written D. T. MITCHELL. 1975. Waste water disposal by septic tank communication toMcGoodwin, Williams, and Yates Consulting systems in selected soils of northwest Arkansas. NW Arkansas Engineer and Carl Carpenter. Regional Planning Commission Report No. 2, Springdale, Ar- kansas. HARPER. M.D., W. W. PHILLIPS, and G. J.HALEY.1969. survey of Washington Co., Ark. U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Soil Conser- REZAIE,M. N., A. E. OGDEN and W. H. WILLIS. 1979. Aquifer vation Service and Forest Service, 94p. characteristics of the Boone-St. Joe aquifer inNW Arkansas (abstract). Southcentral GSA abstracts. Vol. XI,No. 2p. 165. JACOB, E. E. 1963. The recovery method for determining the coefficient of transmissibility. U.S.G.S. Water Supply Paper 1536-1, WILLIS,III,W. H. 1978. Relationship of photo-lineaments to well pp. 283-292. yields and ground-water chemistry innorth central Benton Co., Ark.Unpubl.M.S. Thesis, University of Arkansas, 104 p. LESSING, P. and R. S. REPPERT. 1971. Geologic considerations of sanitary landfill site evaluations. W. VAGeol. Survey, Environ. U.S.E.P.A. 1976. Quality criteria for water. U.S. Government Geol. Bull., No. 1,33 p. Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 250 p.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 57 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 61 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

APreliminary Investigation ofRural-Use Aquifers OfBoone, Carroll, and Madison Counties, Arkansas

ALBERT E. OGDEN, NANCY L. TAYLOR, and STEVE D. THOMPSON Department of Geology University ofArkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 ABSTRACT Approximately 500 water wells having driller's lithologic logs were plottedin Boone, Carroll, and Madison Counties, Arkansas. Three aquifers were found to be used by the rural residents and smaller communities. The most shallow of these is the Mississippian Boone-St. Joe aquifer. This aquifer is generally the least productive having a range of .25 to60 gpm but amedian productivity of only 5gpm. Well depths for the Boone-St. Joe range from 46 to 464 ft. and have a median depth of 225 ft.The Boone-St. Joe aquifer is unconfined to semi-confined and yields sufficient quantities of water only when there is an adequate saturated thickness (generally>100 ft.)and/or a fracture or water-filled cave is intersected. The next aquifer is the first sand below the Chattanooga Shale which can be composed on one to three of the followingsandstones: upper Everton, Clifty,and/or Sylamore. The range in yield for this newly designated aquifer is 1 to 70 gpm with a median productivity of 10 gpm. Well depths for the aquifer range from 150 to 824 ft. with a median depth of 460 feet. An isopach map was prepared for this sandstone aquifer zone. There is a rapid thinning trend to the north from 250 ftin central Madison County to 0 ft near the Missouri border. Ifthere isinsuffic- iency or permeability of this aquifer, residents must drilldeeper to the Cotter Dolomite. The Cotter-Jefferson City Dolomite is the next aquifer below the Sylamore-Clifty-Everton aquifer. This aquifer zone has a range in yield of1.5 to 200 gpm and a median yield of15 gpm. Well depths range from 130 to1010 ft. with amedian depth of 475 feet. A statistical correlation procedure was made among well yield (gpm), photo-lineament proximity, and regolith thickness for all these aquifers inBoone County. The results indicate that more water can be obtained in areas of deep weathering and that deeper weathering is found closer to photo-lineaments. A strong relationship between lineament proximity and yield exists when the aquifers are combined but not foreach of the individual aquifers.

INTRODUCTION cian rocks are exposed at the surface. The generalized stratigraphy of the study area is shown inFigure 2. Unconformities are common in Ground water is extensively used by rural residents and communi- the stratigraphy, sometimes making itdifficult to determine the exact Carroll, Madison, Counties, ties of and Boone Arkansas. Few de- formations present ina well. tailed hydrogeologic reports have been written about the study area. The study area is composed of portions of several physiographic Purdue and Miser (1916) first mentioned ground water in Carroll and provinces. There are three dissected plateau surfaces, and two major Boone Counties, but only in a cursury manner. Ashort list of water escarpments separating the plateaus (Figure 2). The rocks in the well depths and estimated yields was made by Branner (1937) in the study area dip gently on the southeastern flank of the Ozark Dome study area. Isophachous and structural contour maps of some of the with little deformation. Normal faults are found, but they are not a formations discussed in this report were made by Caplan (1957). A common structural feature. There is extensive karst developed in the reconnaissance survey by Lamonds (1972) used sparse data to pro- carbonate rocks such as the Boone, St. Joe. Powell, Cotter, and Jef- duce apiezometric surface map for Roubidoux Formation and Gun- ferson City formations. Caves, springs, dolines, and losing streams ter Sandstone member of the Gasconade Formation. are common landforms. Joints have been enlarged by solution, thus Numerous hydrogeologic theses have been produced at the Uni- enhancing the permeability and increasing groundwater storage and versity of Arkansas, but none pertain directly to the study area of this movement within the carbonate formations. report. Water chemistry of the Boone-St. Joe aquifer has been investigated by Grubbs (1974), Coughlin (1975), and Brooks et al. (1979) in Washington and Benton Counties. A water table map of the METHODS Boone-St. Joe aquifer was produced along the western edge of Bea- ver Lake by Hunt (1974). Hanson (1973) and Gaines (1978) have per- Records of water wells were obtained from the Arkansas Geologic formed a fracture analysis of northern Arkansas and compared frac- Commission for Carroll, Madison, and Boone Counties. Approxi- ture proximity to well yield for the Boone-St. Joe and Roubidoux mately 500 wells were accurately plotted with the aid of county platt aquifers, respectively. Arecent detailed analysis of the Boone-St. Joe books and rural directories. From the gross lithologiclogreported on aquifer inBenton County by pumping tests, water analyses, and frac- each record, itwas possible to determine the aquifer(s) that supplied ture mapping has been performed by Brooks et al. (1979) and Rezaie water to each well. The occasional absence of formations due to un- etal. (1979). conformities generally did not significantly hamper determination of This investigation presents the results of a preliminary investiga- the studied aquifers since they are usually composed of more than tionof three important aquifers used by a large majority of the peo- one geologic formation that is easily distinguished by marker hori- pleofCarroll, Boone, and northern Madison Counties. zons. Other important information provided by each well record was: (1)the depth to water, (2) driller's estimate of yield(gpm), and (3)the depth tobedrock. Photo-lineaments were drawn from 1:20,000 BXW aerial photo- LOCATION AND GEOLOGY graphs of Boone County. The Spearman-Rank Correlation Coeffic- test (Siegel, 1956) then used to make preliminary tests The study is located in Carroll, Boone, ient was area and northern Madison among the following parameters: (1)wellyield, (2)photo-lineament Counties, Arkansas (Figure 1). Mississippian, Devonian, and Ordovi- proximity,and (3) depth tobedrock.

58 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 62 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 AlbertE. Ogden, Nancy L.Taylor and Steve D.Thompson

Table 1. Summary of measured hydrogeologic parameters in the study area.

Figure 1. Location of the study area.

Figure 2. Cross section showing the generalized stratigraphy and physiographic provinces of the study area.

RESULTS Figure 3. Isopachous map of the Sylamore-Clifty-upper Everton sandstone aquifer. important aquifers were found to be used by rural residents e study area. The most shallow aquifer is the Mississippian e-St. Joe Limestone aquifer. Although different formations, the (Suhm, 1970). East of the study area, the St. Peter Sandstone overlies e and St. Joe limestones behave collectively as an aquifer. This the Everton and becomes part of this aquifer zone. er is generally the least productive with a range in yield of 0.25 The range in yield for the Sylamore-Clifty-Everton aquifer is 1 to gpm, and a median productivity ofonly 5 gpm (Table 1). 70 gpm witha median productivity of 10 gpm (Table 1). Itshould be tree fordrilled wells in the Boone-St. Joe aquifer range from 40 noted that many of these yields include water contributed by the A feet and have a median depth of 235 feet (Table 1). These fi- overlying Boone-St. Joe aquifer. Generally, this contribution is slight s represent only wells inwhich drillingbegan in the Boone. Wells or else drillingwould have ceased in the overlying aquifer. Well ining in Pennsylvanian rocks and penetrating the entire thick depths for the aquifer range from 150 to 824 feet with a median depth of the Boone-St. Joe aquifer indicate that the aquifer achieves a of 460 feet (Table 1). These depths most commonly include thick- t:pthsmum thickness of 476 feet in southern Carroll and Boone Coun- nesses of the Boone-St. Joe formations since the Sylamore-Clifty- This aquifer is unconfined where exposed at the surface. Everton is only exposed as a thin band along the Eureka Springs Es- The second important aquifer zone is a group of sands below the carpment (Figure 2). Many of the wells drilled on the Boone covered Chattanooga Shale where the Chattanooga is present, or below the Springfield Plateau surface go into this second aquifer zone for suffi- St. Joe Limestone if the Chattanooga is not present. This aquifer can cient quantities of water. be composed of one to three of the following sandstones: Sylamore, An isopachous map was prepared for the Sylamore-Clifty-Everton Clifty,and upper Everton (Figure 2). Inthe western part of the study aquifer for Boone, Carroll, and northern Madison Counties (Figure area where the Chattanooga is present, ground water is obtained com- 3). There is a rapid thinning trend to the north from 250 feet incen- monly within the first 50 feet of the aquifer and is primarily from the tral Madison County to 0 feet near the Missouri border. The base of Clifty and/or Sylamore. In Boone County, the Clifty and Sylamore this aquifer zone was defined by the first carbonate unit (usually are absent, and the upper Everton sandstone beds becomes the within the Everton) encountered. Ifthere is insufficient thickness of dominant water bearing units. Locally, occasional thin beds of lime- the aquifer, and/or it is inadequately fractured, drilling must con- stone and dolomite are found within this upper section of the Everton tinue to the Cotter and Jefferson City formations. Asmall number of

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 59 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 63 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 APreliminary Investigation ofRural-Use Aquifers of Boone, Carroll, and Madison Counties, Arkansas

wells obtain water from carbonate units within the Everton and tures than along unfractured areas, often yielding an irregular re- Powell Formations. golith-bedrock contact of pinnicles and cutters (Sweeting, 1973). The Cotter and Jefferson City Formations make up the third major Therefore, a linear relationship between greater yield and thicker re- aquifer in the study area. This aquifer is primarily dolomite and is golithis expected since water can more easily move along the more used mostly where the Cotter Dolomite is exposed on the Salem weathered fracture zones. Plateau surface (Figure 2). The aquifer has a range in yield of 1.5 to Finally, a comparison was made between regolith thickness and 200 gpm with a median yield of 15 gpm (Table 1). Well range photo-lineament proximity. A significant relationship was depths = found at from 130 to 1010 feet with a median depth of 475 feet. The greater an a 0.005 significance level utilizingall the aquifer data. There depths represent the few wells that begin in the Boone. Yield values are two important implications of this significant relationship. The fora few wells contain water contributions from overlying aquifers, first is that most of the mapped photo-lineaments are accurately rep- but this is generally insignificant. resenting fracture zones along which deeper weathering has taken place compared with unfractured zones. The second is that by drill- GEOSTATISTICAL RELATIONSHIPS ing a well where regolith is thicker in a given area, the yield can be expected to be higher even if a photo-lineament cannot be found The relationships among yield,regolith thickness, and photo-linea- near a well site. Regolith thicknesses can be determined from ex- ment proximity were determined for the hydrologic data accumu- ploration drillingand seismic and resistivity techniques to utilize this lated for Boone County, Arkansas, as a means for better well site lo- wellsite selection method. cation. The Spearman-Rank Correlation Coefficient was used forthe comparisons with the aid of computer SAS (Barr et al., 1976) proce- SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION dures. The first relationship tested was between well yield (gpm), es- Three important aquifers representing combinations of pre- timated by drillers, and photo-lineament proximity. Parizek (1976) Pennsylvanian geologic formations exist in Boone, Carroll, and has found a relationship between these two for dolomites in central northern Madison Counties. Ranged from oldest to youngest, most Pennsylvanian which he attributes to photo-lineaments representing productive to least productive, and deepest to shallowest, they are: zones of fracturing that cause higher aquifer permeabilities and thus (1)Cotter-Jefferson City, (2) upper Everton-Clifty-Sylamore, and (31 greater well yields. Using the data from each aquifer individuallyin Boone-St. Joe aquifer zones. = Boone County, a relationship was not found at an alpha 0.1 The upper Everton-Clifty-Sylamore aquifer zone is commonly used probability level. This may be due to sparse data within an individual on the Springfield Plateau when the Boone-St. Joe aquifer lacks ade- data set. When grouped together, the aquifers showed arelationship, quate production. The Cotter-Jefferson City is used throughout the but the authors do not feel this is ofstrong geologic significance. Salem Plateau of Arkansas, and it is occasionally penetrated on the Acomparison between well yields for wells inbedrock and regolith Springfield Plateau where the Boone-St. Joe and Sylamore-Clifty- thickness was made. The regolith thickness ranged from 1 to 217 feet Everton are unproductive. with a median of 28 feet. One hundred and sixty-three yield and re- Geostatistical correlations show that greater yields can be found golith values from Boone County wells were used in this test. Arela- where there is thicker regolith. Increased regolith thickness along tionship indicating higher yields for wells drilled in thicker regolith photo-lineaments indicates that most of the photo-lineaments ac- was found at an a = 0.1 significance level for the Boone and Syla- curately represent fractures along which weathering is more exten- more-Clifty-Everton aquifers individually, and the combined well sive than inunfractured areas. Although not statistically confirmed, data. Incarbonate rocks, weathering takes place deeper along frae- an increase inyield is also expected along photo-lineaments.

LITERATURE CITED northwest Arkansas. Unpubl. M.S. Thesis, University of Arkansas. 72p. BARR, A.J., J. H.GOODNIGHT, J. P. SALL,and J. T. HELWIG. Auser's guide to SAS 76. Sparks Press, Raleigh, N.C., 329 p. HUNT, M.C. 1974. The geohydrology of an area near Beaver Reser- voirin Northwest Arkansas. Unpubl. M.S. Thesis, University of Ar- BRANNER, G. C. 1937. List of Arkansas water wells. Arkansas Geo- kansas, 100 p. logical Survey, Information Cir. 11, 142 p. LAMONDS, A. G. 1972. Water resources reconnaissance of the BROOKS, R.O., W. H. WILLISIII,and A. E. OGDEN. 1979. The Ozark Plateaus Province, Northern Arkansas. Hydrologic In- role of photo-lineaments and season on groundwater chemistry vestigation Atlas. HA-383. U.S.G.S., 2 plates. of the Boone-St. Joe Ls. aquifer, Benton Co., AR (abstract). Ab- stracts of the 1979 GSA South-central Meeting, Vol. XI,no. 2, PARIZEK, R.R. 1976. On the nature and significance of fracture p. 145. traces and lineaments in carbonate and other terranes. Karst Hy- drology and Water Resources, Vol. 1, Water Resources Publica- CAPLAN,W. M. 1957. Subsurface geology of Northwestern Arkan- tions, Fort Collins, Colorado, p.3-1 to 3-62. sas. Arkansas Geological and Conservation Commission, Infor- mation Circular 19, 17 plates, 14 p. PURDUE, A.H. and H.D. MISER. 1916. Eureka Springs-Harrison Folio, Ark.-Miss. U.S.G.S. Geologic Atlas,no. 202, 21 p. COUGHLIN, T.L. 1975. Geologic and environmental factors affecting groundwater in the Boone Limestone of northcentral REZAIE,M. N., A. E. OGDEN and W. H. WILLIS. 1979. Aquifer Washington Co., Arkansas. Unpubl. M.S. Thesis, University of characteristics of the Boone-St. Joe aquifer inNW Arkansas (ab- Arkansas, 98p. stract). 1979 Southcentral GSA abstracts. Vol. XI,no. 2, p.165. GAINES, D. 1978. LANDSAT linear trend analysis: A tool for SIEGEL, S. 1956. Nonparametric statistics. McGraw-Hill Book groundwater exploration in northern Arkansas. Unpubl. M.S. Company, Inc., 1st Edition. New York,312 p. Thesis, University of Arkansas, 114 p. SUHM, R. W. 1970. Stratigraphy of the Everton Formation (Early GRUBBS, R. S. 1974. Geology and water quality of the Prairie Medical Ordovician) along the Buffalo-White River traverse, Grove area in Arkansas. Unpubl. M.S. Thesis, University of northern, Arkansas. Unpubl. Ph.D. dissertation. University of Arkansas, 54 p. Nebraska. 452 p.

HANSON. B. C. 1973. A fracture pattern analysis employing small SWEETING. M. M. 1973. KARST landforms. Columbia University scale photography with emphasis on groundwater movement in Press. New York, 362 p.

60 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 64 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Time Course ofPR ofUV-Induced Chromosomal Aberrations and Lethal Damage inS and G2 Xenopus Cells

JAN PAYNE and GASTON GRIGGS Department of Biology, John Brown University Siloam Springs, Arkansas 72761 ABSTRACT

Sand G2 phase cells were exposed to 150 ergs mm~ 2UVand their abilityto photoreactivate the induced cell killing (loss of colony forming ability) and chromosomal aberrations was determined as a function of time following the UVexposure. InS phase cells, the lesions leading to cell death and those leading to aberrations were both converted to a non-photoreactivable state shortly after the UV exposure. A significant fraction of the lesions induced in G2 cells, that led to cell death, were converted to a non-photoreactivable state before the progeny of the exposed cells reached the next succeeding S phase. Few, ifany, lesions were induced in G2 cells that were expressed as aberrations at the first mitosis following exposure. Some of the lesions induced in G2 cells led to aberrations that were observable in the progeny that progressed to the second mitosis following exposure. These lesions were converted to a non- photoreactivable state as the progeny of the exposed G2 cells progressed through the first S phase following exposure.

INTRODUCTION lap of lesions by time course of PR techniques. Synchronous cultures of G, cells, which were progeny of the exposed G2 cells that pro- Due primarily to its unusually efficient photoreactivation (PR) gressed through Ml, were required in a number of experiments. mechanism, the A8W243 Xenopus tissue culture cell line has proven These cultures were obtained by the following technique. Half the to be a superior system for the study of many UV-induced effects in members of a set of vigorously growing logphase monolayers were vertebrate cells (Griggs and Bender, 1972, 1973; Orr and Griggs, labelled with "T-ITdR and, immediately afterwards, the entire set was 1976). Recently Payne and Griggs (1977) reported a study with G( exposed to 150 ergs mm UV. Periodic agitation of these mono- phase Xenopus cells in which this PR mechanism was used to layers with a mechanical agitator yielded suspensions of cells with examine the extent of overlap of UV-induced lesions that lead to mitotic indices ranging from 50-70 percent. Autoradiographs pre- chromosomal aberrations (aberrational lesions) and UV-induced le- pared from suspensions obtained from labelled monolayers indicated sions that lead to cell death (lethal lesions). Synchronous cultures of that 99 percent of the mitotic cells were devoid of label, and thus de- G, cells were irradiated with 120 ergs mm UV. As the cells pro- rived from exposed G2 cells. The suspensions that contained no gressed through the cycle to the first succeeding mitosis (Ml),the ex- labelled cells were seeded into a large glass petri plate which content of PR of induced lethal and aberrational damage was determined tained BSS and fetal calf serum (Ice serum / lOOcc BSS). At room as a function of time. A significant fraction of the lethal lesions was temperature the cells quickly settled to the bottom of the plate but converted to a non-photoreactivable state while the cells were in G, remained detached, and each cell which completed mitosis formed phase, but most of the aberrational lesions were converted to a non- two small Gi cells that remained in close proximity (double). These photoreactivable state as the cells entered S phase, indicating that doubles could be identified and separated from other components of many of the lethal lesions were notidentical to aberrational lesions the suspension with the aid of a stereomicroscope and micropipette. and that different intracellular mechanisms were responsible for their New suspensions of early G, cells which exhibited a high degree of expression. We report here two sets of experiments which constitute synchrony were thus obtained. an extension of these time course ofPR studies with Xenopus cells; the first set was performed to examine the overlap of UV-induced RESULTS AND DISCUSSION lethal and aberrational lesions in S phase cells, and the second set was performed to examine the overlap of UV-induced lethal and ab- Results of the time course of PR of lethal damage are shown in errational lesions inG2 phase cells. tional damage in early S phase cells are shown in Tables 1and 2, respectively. The data of Table 1 indicate that the intracellular mech- MATERIALS AND METHODS anism, which converts lethal lesions to a non-photoreactivable state, becomes functional shortly after the UV exposure, and the cells' A8W243 Xenopus line used by Payne and Griggs (1977) was ability to PR such lesions becomes negligible by the fivehour point. utilized in this study. Routine procedures such as incubations, ir- The data of Table 2 indicate that the mechanism which converts ab- itions, DNA labelling with tritiated thymidine ('HTdR). mitotic errational lesions to a non-photoreactivable state also becomes func- x determination, survival determinations, colcemid treatment, tional shortly after the UV exposure; however, the cells stillretain aration of metaphase spreads, and chromosome scoring were the ability toPR a significant levelof aberrational damage at the 12 hour :as described earlier (Griggs and Bender, 1972, 1973; Wolff, point. These kinetics are quite similar to those reported by Payne and ). Griggs (1977) in their study with G, cells. They indicate that a signifi- Iie performed to describe the degree of overlap of lethal cant fraction of the lethal and aberrational lesions induced in S cells aberrational damage induced in S cells byUV were carried out in is not identical, and they imply that different mechanisms are in- ntiallythe same manner as the time course of PR experiments volved in their expression. Kiperimentscells reported byPayne and Griggs, 1977. Results of the time of PR of lethal damage G! course are show in procedures used in experiments to examine overlap of lethal Table 3. Experiments 1-5 were performed to determine whether aberrational lesions induced in G2 cells by UV differed some- lethal damage was converted to a non-photoreactivable state during from those employed in experiments with S cells. Since no the first 3 hours following UVirradiation. No method was available lod was available for obtaining synchronous cultures of G2 cells, for obtaining suitable samples of G2 and mitotic cells for the survival tarting point of these experiments was UV irradiation of vigor- determinations in these experiments. However, the labelling and / growing logphase cultures. As the progeny of the G2 cells (in mitotic index data of Figure 1indicate that virtually all of the G2 cells :xposed logphase cultures) progressed through Mland the fol- in the UV exposed log phase cultures progress to Ml without signifi- ig cell cycle, attempts were made to describe the degree of over- cant delay.Furthermore, routine mitotic index determinations of cell

iie Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, 61 Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 65 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Time Course of PR of UV-lnduced Chromosomal Aberrations and Lethal Damage in S and G2 Xenopus Cells

Table 1. Time course of PR of lethal damage induced in early S phase cells by UV. UV was administered at a dose rate of 5 ergs mm"2 sec"' and PR light was administered at a dose rate of 100 ergs mm" sec"

Number

5 30 45 1.00 2000 9B0 0.49

Figure 1. Mitotic indices (circles) and labelling index, percent labelled mitotic cells, (triangles) as a function of time followingUV exposures to log phase cultures. Open circles represent cultures exposed to 0 ergs mm" 2 UV (control). Filled circles represent cultures exposed to 150 ergs mm" UV. Triangles represent cultures pulse labelled~ with 'illdK immediately before being exposed to 150 ergs mm UV. Table 2. Time course of PR of aberrational damage induced in early S phase cells by 150 ergs mm"' UV.PR light was administered "2 ~' at a dose rate of 100 ergs mm sec . reactivated in the progeny of the UV exposed G2 cells as these progeny progressed through the first G, phase followingMl,while the data of experiments 7-11 suggest that aberrational damage is converted to a non-photoreactivable state as the progeny progress through the first S phase followingMl. Asuitable forthe observation that G2 cells have little, 2 0.25 45 18-30 500 20 8 explanation - ifany, PR abilitycannot be deduced from the data presented here. 3 0.50 45 20 - 35 500 26 10 Further elucidation of the manner in which PR related to chromo- 4 1.00 45 40 - 55 500 31 12 some structure appears tobe required. One might conjecture at this 5 2.00 45 45 - 60 500 38 14 point, however, that the chromosome supercoiling and condensation 6 4.00 45 55 - 70 500 61 29 processes operating in G2 cells (Prescott, 1970) might significantly 7 B.00 45 60- 75 500 112 71 decrease PR ability by somehow preventing normal complexing of ¦ 12.00 45 70 85 500 241 214 PR enzyme withUV-induced dimers inDNA.

"Metaphase cells were collected by colcemid treatments that spanned the indicated time ranges. Table 3. Time course of PR of lethal damage' induced in G2 cells byUV.A UVdoserate of 5 ergs mm"' sec" and aPR dose rate of 100 ergs mm sec were used. suspensions obtained by agitation of UV exposed logphase cultures, coupled with stereomicroscopic determinations of the fractions of cells in these suspensions that form 'doubles,' indicated that more than 98 percent of the mitotic cells completed Ml.Thus, since prac- ticallyall the UVexposed G2 cells progressed through Ml,suitable sets of cells for the survival determinations in experiments 1-5 could be obtained from sets of early G, cells which were progeny of the treated G2 cells that progressed through Ml.Progeny of the treated G2 cells that completed Ml were also the source of sets of cells isolated forsurvival determinations in experiments 6-12. The data of experiments 1-5 and Figure 1 indicate that little, ifany, of the lethal damage can be phptoreactivated as cells progress through G2 phase and early Ml.The data of experiments 6-12 closely parallel results of the time course of PR of lethal damage inG, cells (Payne and Griggs, 1977), indicating that much of the lethal damage is converted to a non-photoreactivable state as progeny of the UVexposed G2 cells progress through the first Gtphase followingthe exposure. Results of the time course of PR ofaberrational damage induced in G2 cells byUVare shown inTable 4. The data ofexperiments 1and 2 indicate that the amount of aberrational damage expressed when the *Inexperiments 2-4, UV irradiated G2 photoreactivated UV exposed cells reach Ml is negligible, compared with the cells were as before they reached Ml, and the sets of cells isolated subsets of amount when the of the cells reach M2. were expressed progeny exposed the populations ofearly G, cells, which produced The data of experiments 3-11 closely parallel results of the similar were as the UV exposed completed Ml.In experiments 5-10, progeny (of UV cells and 1977). of cells study withG, phase (Payne Griggs, Data experi- exposed cells that progressed through Ml) photoreactivated ments strongly that damage be photo- G2 were 3-6 suggest aberrational could at the times indicated, and cells were isolated immediately after PR. Proceedings, XXXIII, 62 Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 66 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Jan Payne and Gaston Griggs

Table 4. Time course of PR ofaberrational damage induced in G2 LITERATURE CITED cells by 150 ergs mm"'UV. PR light was administered at a dose rate of 100 ergs mm~2 sec~'. GRIGGS, H.G. and M.A.BENDER, 1972. Ultraviolet and gamma ray induced reproductive death and photoreactivation in a Xenopus tissue culture cell line. Photochem. and Photobiol. 15:517-526.

GRIGGS, H. G. and M.A.BENDER, 1973. Photoreactivation of ul- - aberrations. Science. 179: 86- 0 65 BO 500 149 92 traviolet-induced chromosomal 88. ORR, T. and G. GRIGGS, 1976. The study of ultraviolet-induced of dose in 5 7.00 45 34-48- 500 12 5 chromatid and chromosome aberrations as a function 6 8.00 45 40 55 500 13 8 G, phase vertebrate -tissue cultures. Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 30: 64-66. PAYNE, J. and G. GRIGGS, 1977. Time course of PR of UV-induced chromosomal aberrations and lethal damage inGi Xeno- pus cells. Proc. Ark.Acad. Sci. 31:81-82. - 500 142 99 11 40.00 45 65 60 PRESCOTT, M., 1970. The structure and replication of eukaryotic chromosomes. Advances inCellBiology. 1: 57-115. "Ml metaphase cells were analyzed in experiments 1, while M2 met aphase cells were analyzed in experiments 2-10. WOLFF, S., 1961. Radiation genetics. Mechanisms inRadiobiology. "Metaphase cells were collected by colcemid treatments that Academic Press. New York. 1: 419-475. spanned the indicated time ranges.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 63

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 67 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Genie Variation inWhite-tailed Deer From Arkansas

PHYLLIS K. PRICE', MICHAEL CARTWRIGHT 2, and MITCHELLJ.ROGERS 3 ABSTRACT Liverand kidney samples of33 white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) representing three populations in Arkansas were examined withhorizontal starch gel electrophoresis. Of 17 loci examined, only PGM-1 and ES-2 exhibited polymorphism. Average individual heterozygosity, ranging from 2.3% to 4.7% witha mean of 3.1 %, was much lower than that reported for white- tailed deer in other parts of its range. The three populations examined in this study were highly similar based on Rogers' genetic similaritycoefficient.

INTRODUCTION MDH-2), malic enzyme (ME), 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase (6-PGD), phosphoglucotnutase (PGM-1), phosphoglucose isomerase Several investigators have used electrophoretic techniques to study (PGI), and sorbitol dehydrogenase (SDH). PGI was scored as a single the genetics of white-tailed deer, Odocoileus virginianus. Cowan and locus although Manlove et al. (1975) has hypothesized the presence Johnston (1962), Weisberger (1964), Milleret al. (1965), Harris et al. of two loci for this protein in white-tailed deer. Scoring of the re- (1973), and others have examined blood proteins with a major em- maining systems followed the method of Manlove et al. (1975). ME phasis on hemoglobin. Manlove et al. (1975), Baccus et al. (1977), and SDH were not consistently scorable and, thus, not included in Johns et al. (1977), and Ramsey et al. (1979) studied liver and kidney subsequent analysis. Allele frequencies and average = individual proteins in addition to blood proteins and extensibly examined rela- heterozygosity (H number of individuals x number of loci) were tionships between heterogeneity and age, sex, and/or reproductive determined from genotype counts. Comparisons of paired combina- rate; spatial subdivisions of populations based on single locus gene tions of populations were based on allele frequencies analyzed by frequencies were also examined. Rogers' (1972) coefficient of genetic similarity. The resulting matrix Harris et al. (1973) included deer from two Arkansas counties was subjected to the unweighted pair-group method using arithmetic (Stone and Desha) in an analysis of hemoglobin variation over the averages of cluster analysis from NT-SYS programs (Rohlf et al., southeastern United States. However, at this time, there is stillrela- 1969). tively no published genie information concerning white-tailed deer from (1976) Arkansas. Smith et al. have noted ihe use of such data in RESULTS AND DISCUSSION wildlife management practices. Since genie information may have important management application, the purpose of our study was to: Of 17 scorable loci, only ES-2 and PGM-1 exhibited (1) examine the genie composition of deer from Arkansas and (2) polymorphism (Table 1). Two alleles were at the ES-2 locus. The homozy- compare enclosed and non-enclosed populations. present gous state of the fast allele (designated a) appeared as a fast-migrating band, while the homozygous state of the slow allele (designated b)ap- MATERIALS AND METHODS peared as a slow-migrating band. The heterozygote was expressed as triple-banded Manlove et (1975) Two enclosures a pattern. al. noted three alleles al populations occupied Caney and Big Springs study, subbanding hectares, enclosures, ES-2. In their cathodal for homozygotes of two which encompass 243 and 273 respectively. The alleles and anodal subbanding for homozygotes located within the Sylamore District of the Ozark National Forest in of their slowest allele gave the appearance of an intense band and a light subband for north-central Arkansas, are separated by approximately 402 meters homozygotes. Heterozygotes expressed two intense bands and have been maintained since 1962. Background information on were as and one or two light subbands depending on allelic composition. In the enclosures has been given by Segelquist and Green (1968) and the present study, two ES-2 alleles expressed at equal fre- et al. (1969). Anon-enclosed population was represented were Segelquist quencies in the sample from Sylamore WMA at by deer in the Sylamore Wildlife Management Area (Sylamore and near equal frequencies in the sample from Caney enclosure. Animals from Big WMA)surrounding the enclosures. Springs enclosure showed predominance for Liver and kidney samples of 33 white-tailed deer obtained a the slower allele. were Variation at the PGM-1 was limited to single heterozygote from the enclosures the Sylamore WMA between locus a and surrounding in the Sylamore WMA sample. The heterozygote, two January and March to age and sex was available expressed as 1978. Information as bands, indicated the presence of a slow allele (designated b in Table to years, with for 29 of 33 animals. Ages ranged from 0.5 15.5 the 1). Homozygotes of the fast allele appeared single fast-migrating majority of animals between 1.5 and 5.5 years. Number of known as bands. This locus is probably the same as the PGM-2 locus of Man- males and females foreach sample given inTable 1 are . love et al. (1975). They noted the presence of three alleles at Tissues were subjected to horizontal starch gel electrophoresis. PGM-2 in homozygous and heterozygous states. Apparatus, tissue preparation, buffer systems, and staining proce- Although SDH was not consistently scorable, this locus did in- dures were similar to those of Selander et al. (1971) and Manlove et dicate polymorphism. Manlove et al. (1975), Baccus et al. (1977), al. (1975). The following14 protein encoded by 19 loci were systems Johns et al. (1977), and Ramsey et al. (1979) also noted variation at examined: albumin (ALB), esterases (ES-2, ES-4), glutamate de- GOT-2, LDH-2, and MDH-1 which were monomorphic in our hydrogenase (GDH), glutamate oxalate transaminase (GOT-1, GOT- samples from Arkansas. 2), o-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase (o-GPD), indophenol et al. (1965). Tets Cowans oxidase (IPO), isocitrate dehydrogenase (IDH-1, IDH-2), lactate de- Cowan and Johnston (1962). Miller and hydrogenase (LDH-1, LDH-2), malate dehydrogenase (MDH-1, (1966), and Seal and Erickson (1969) have noted very limited significant differences between sexes, age classes, or seasons in mobilityof blood proteins. Ramsey et al. (1979) have observed significant differences between herds, sexes, or age classes for gene frequencies at the Ecological Research Center, Department ofBiology,Memphis State hemoglobin and ES-2 loci using large samples of white-tailed deer. University, Memphis, TN38152. Also using large sample sizes, Johns et_al._(J977) noted a positive correlation between reproduction and H. H tended to be higher for Arkansas Game and Fish Commission, Game and Fish Commission females with two fetuses than for females with one fetus. Of 1*7 Building,LittleRock. AR 72201. known females in the present study, 11 had two fetuses, and three

64 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 68 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Genie Variation inWhite-tailed Deer from Arkansas

were not pregnant. No trend was apparent for the reproductive data tions (Smith et al., 1976). The significant genetic considerations for as wellas the age and sex data. stocking ofspecies is discussed bySmith et al. (1976). Values of H obtained in the present examination of white-tailed Additional work isneeded to better understand the genie structure deer were quite low in comparison to those from other areas. As seen ofArkansas deer. Future works may well show how genie studies can inTable 1,Hranged from 2.3% forthe Caney sample to4.7% forthe be of use in discriminating breeding units, assessing degree of in- Syalmore WMAsample witha mean of 3.1%. The low H values may breeding, and increasing herd productivity indeer. be partially accounted for by the kind of loci examined. Harris et al. (1973) observed beta-hemoglobin polymorphism in their samples of white-tailed deer from Arkansas. Hemoglobin and SDH loci may be includingkidney, liver, Tal additional sources of variation. Studies and (B blood proteins yieldedH values averaging 12.1% (Smith et al., 1976), 9.1% (Johns etal., 1977), and 12.7% (Ramsey et al., 1979) withSDH, hemoglobin, and ES-2 as major contributors. Polymorphic Loci n 13) The two enclosed population samples had similar H values which ES-2 K were lower than those forthe non-enclosed population sample (Table 1). The lower values could be indicative of inbreeding within the enclosures which reduces genetic variability (Smith et al., 1976). The Caney sample represents that entire population which has been terminated. Within such a small population, inbreeding would be ex- 0.50 0.50 0.90 pected. Smith et al. (1976) have noted that the effects of inbreeding in natural populations are not really known; however, unfavorable con- 0.5J 0.14? l.oc sequences of inbreeding have been well illustrated inlaboratory and i domestic animals. Genie variabilitymay also be reduced due to gene- i tic drift which would occur when only a few animals are introduced into a small population (Smith et al., 1976). After the cessation of restocking, Caney enclosure had very limited change in population size; such conditions would favor genetic drift (Smith et al., 1976). A similar situation was probably present forBig Springs enclosure. he biochemical matrix obtained from Rogers' genetic similarity ficient shows all samples to be highly similar (Table 2). These re- in the mships are depicted resulting dendrogram (Figure 1). The WU Big Springs Cl idegree of similarity forthe three population samples may be due leinitial stocking of the enclosures and subsequent restocking of enclosures until approximately 1969 from the surrounding Syla- 91 e WMA. Each enclosure may have had similar genetic input. 99; ey enclosure has suffered high fawn mortality at least in recent s with a similar situation probably present at Big Springs enclosure. Thus, similarity between the three population samples could be partially explained by the lack of opportunity for new combinations I ACKNOWLEDGEMENT of genes to occur. Since few fawns were reaching an age to become the effective breeding population and since the deer being ced into the enclosures were probably genetically similar to those We wish to thank Michael L. Kennedy for critically reading this dy present, little new genetic input into the population was manuscript. §ofrring. he current study has shown a reduction in genetic variability in LITERATURE CITED r probably due toinbreeding, genetic drift, and/or lack of change BACCUS,R., HILLESTAD, JOHNS, MANLOVE, le effective breeding structure of the populations. Since there was H. O. P. E. M. N. e new genetic input into the enclosed populations, opportunity R. L.MARCHINTONand M.H. SMITH.1977. Prenatal selec- tioninwhite-tailed deer. Proc. 31st genetic change was limited. Smith et al. (1976) pointed out that Ann. Conf. S. E. Game and ation is the only way new genetic material may be developed Fish Comm. InPress. a within a population but is an insignificant source of variation COWAN, ing time intervals that are meaningful in a management context, I.McT. and P. A.JOHNSTON. 1962. Bloodserum protein sction and emigration willalter gene frequencies of population variations at the species and subspecies levelindeer of the genus do not add new material. New genetic information must come Odocoileus. Syst. Zool. 11:131-138. a additional introductions orimmigrations. Therefore, inthe re- oduction of species into areas, the investigator should introduce HARRIS, M.J., T. H.J. HUISMANand F. A.HAYES. 1973. Geo- maximum number from a variety ofsources to found new popula- graphic distribution of hemoglobin variants in the white-tailed deer. J. Mamm. 54:270-274.

JOHNS, P. E., R.BACCUS, M.N. MANLOVE,J. E. PINDER, III I0,4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0,9 1.0 S and M. H.SMITH. 1977. Reproductive patterns, productivity, and genetic variabilityin adjacent white-tailed deer populations. Sylamor* WMA Proc. 31st Ann. Conf. S.E. Game and Fish InPress. ¦ 1.00 Comm. N., AVISE, C.n.y MANLOVE. M. J. C. H. O. HILLESTAD, P. R. RAMSEY, M. H. SMITHand D. O. STRANEY. 1975. Starch gel electrophoresis forthe study of population genetics inwhite- Big Sprmq tailed deer. Proc. 29th Ann. Conf. S.E. Game and Fish Comm., W. A.Rogers, ed., St.Louis, Missouri, p. 392-403. MILLER,W. J., A. O. HAUGENand D. J. ROSLIEN. Figure 1965. Natural 1. Genie similarity dendrogram based on Rogers' genetic variation in the blood proteins of white-tailed deer. J Wildl similarity coefficient. Manage. 29:717-723. Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979 65

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 69 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Phyllis K.Price, Michael Cartwright and MitchellJ. Rogers

RAMSEY, P. R., J.C. AVISE.M.H. SMITHand D.F. URBSTON. SELANDER, R. K.,M. H.SMITH, S. Y. YANG,W. E. JOHNSON 1979. Biochemical variation and genetic heterogeneity in South and J. B. GENTRY. 1971. Biochemical polymorphism and sys- Carolina deer populations. J. Wildl. Manage. 43:136-142. tcmatics in the genus Peromyscus. I.Variation in the old-field mouse (Peromyscus polionotus). Studies inGenetics VI,Univ.; ROGERS, J. S. 1972. Measures of genetic similarity and genetic dis- Texas Publ. 7103:49-90. tance. Studies in Genetics VII,Univ. Texas Publ. 7213:145-153. ROHLF, F. J., J. KISHPAUGH and R. BARTCHER. 1969. SMITH,M. H., H. O. HILLESTAD,M. N. MANLOVEand R. L. Numberical taxonomy system of multivariate statistical pro- MARCHINTON. 1976. Use of population genetics data for the grams. Version of September 1969, State Univ. New York, management of fish and wildlife populations. Transactions 41st Stony Brook. N.Amer. Wildl. and Nat. Resources Conf., K.Sabol, ed., Wash- ington,D.C,p. 119-133. SEAL, U.S. and A. W. ERICKSON. 1969. Hematology, blood chemistry protein polymorphisms and in the white-tailed deer TETS, (Odocoileus virginianus). Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 30:695-713. P. V. and I.McT.COWAN. 1966. Some sources of variation in the blood sera of deer (Odocoileus) as revealed by starch gel SEGELQUIST, C. A.and W. E. GREEN. 1968. Deer food yields in elect rophoresis. Canadian J. Zool. 44:631-647. four Ozark forest types. J. Wildl. Manage. 32:330-337. SEGELQUIST, C. A., F. D. WARD and R. G. LEONARD. 1969. WEISBERGER, A. S. 1964. The sickling phenomenon and hetero Habitat-deer relations in two Ozark enclosures. J. Wildl. geneity of deer hemoglobin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.Med. 117:276- Manage. 33:511-520. 280.

Arkansas Academy Proceedings, XXXIII,1979 66 of Science Vol. https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 70 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Abundance, Diversity and Distribution ofBenthic Macro- Invertebrates in the Flat Bayou Drainage Area, Jefferson County, Arkansas

JOHN D. RICKETT Biology Department University ofArkansas at Little Rock Little Rock, Arkansas 72204 ABSTRACT The main ditch of Flat Bayou Drainage innorth central Jefferson County carries water southward into Plum Bayou which then shortly empties into the Arkansas River. Flat Bayou proper flows northward into Wabbaseka Bayou which in turn flows into the Arkansas River innortheastern Lincoln County. Two sites on the main ditch were sampled for physico-chemical parameters and benthic macroin vertebrates on9September, 7October and 11November 1978. No visible detrimental effects were attributed to physico-chemical characteristics. Thirty-one below-family taxa and 19 families were found in abundance from zero at one site and date to 3580 per m 2 at one site and date. Corbicula was by far the most numerous taxon whereas several taxa (e.g. Placobdella, Piscicolarla, Lampsilis, Uniomerus, Campeloma, Berosus and Palpomyia) were represented by a per m3 density of 8.6 onone date at one site. Dominance indices were generally greater, and distribution values indicated stronger clumping at Site 1 whereas diversity values were generally greater at Site 2. These indicated the substrate at Site 2 was more suitable forcommunity development.

INTRODUCTION C. Benthos. Five benthic samples using a 6 x 6-inch (232 cm2 ) standard Ekman grab were taken at each site on each date. Each The main ditch of Flat Bayou is a small tributary of Plum Bayou, sample was rinsed in a sieving bucket having a mesh size of approxi- Jefferson County, Arkansas (Fig. 1). Both drainages originate in mately 0.5 mm, transferred to a wide-mouth glass jar and transported north central Jefferson County and flow generally southward to join to the lab. The first series (9 Sep) was frozen untilsorting and identifi- about 0.8 km (0.5 mi) before Plum Bayou joins the Arkansas River cation could be done, but this was unsuitable because a few about 4.9 km (3mi) upstream from Lock and Dam No. 4. Inthis area oligochaetes were apparently lost. Samples in the other two series much acreage is cultivated for commercial production of soybeans were preserved in 5% formalin immediately upon collection. After and cotton. Relatively thin strips of bottomland hardwoods line the sorting, the specimens were put into 70% Ethanol. Identifications to bayou tributaries and drainage ditches making suitable but sparse genus, except Oligochaeta and Chironomidae, were made using keys cover for wildlife.Aseries ofconstructed ditches lateral to the main inEdmondson (1959), Pennak (1953), Usinger (1956) and Merritt and ditch helps drain the farmland (Fig. 2). Flat Bayou proper originates Cummins (1978). Finally the specimens were counted, dried and near the town of Altheimer and flows northward about 11.3 km (7mi) weighed (EPA 1973). Not all the organisms in the family to Wabbaseka Bayou. However, because of the proximity of the main Chironomidae and the families of Oligochaeta were identified to ditch to the Flat Bayou, the former apparently handles most of the genus because these groups present serious taxonomic problems; area's drainage. This study was funded by the Soil Conservation Ser- they were labelled "A","B",etc. vice (SCS) and willbe used toplan methods ofreducing damage from Abundances of individual taxa were compared between the two flood water, drainage and erosion. sites using the Wilcoxon two-sample test of rank values. Single values forcommunity dominance were calculated according to the formula, MATERIALS AND METHODS = c X(—)' where niis the numerical importance value foreach taxon A. Description ol sites. Site 1 about 0.4 km (0.25 mi) above was in turn, and Nis the total of individual ni's (Odum 1971). Diversity (d) s confluence withPlum Bayou (T5S.R8W.S6). Alevee between the site and Plum and flood the nearby — mple Bayou gates help protect values were calculated by the formula, d = where ni armland. The substrate at Site 1included numerous large rocks and Zf"^)log(jy), fragments the end of large culvert. Beyond 6 m(20 ft) oncrete near a and Nare the same as in the previous calculation (Odum 1971). Dis- om the culvert's end, rigidclay with prominent longitudinal ridges ade approximately 80% of the bottom. The was soft up remainder tribution ofindividuals with respect to another judged by ob- pebbly" clay (when seived the clay would rollup into pebble-like one was >alls 3-10 mm diameter). Algae covered about 5% of the bottom. Site — — serving the variance, v = °' tne subsamples (Odum 1971). 2 was 2.4 km (1.5 mi) north of U.S. Highway 79 (T4S.R8W.S29) 0.4 BtTl km from the entrance of lateral no. 1. The substrate upstream ditch There is room for error because a few subsamples, but these should here contained much finely divided and very soft silt and organic matter. The organic matter evenly distributed mixture of was an notbe ignored. sticks and leaves. Algae covered about 95% of the bottom. B. Physico-chemical measurements. Weather data (percent oud cover, precipitation and air temperature), physical characteris- es of the water (temperature, flow, width, depth and turbidity) and RESULTS AND DISCUSSION lemical parameters (dissolved oxygen, pH, alkalinity, carbon dio- de, nitrate and phosphate) were recorded on 9 September, 7 A. Physico-chemical. Physico-chemical measurements were ctober and 11 November 1978. Stream flow was measured with a usually well within the range ofexpectation and caused no visible de- eneral Oceanics Model 2031 impeller-type flowmeter. Chemical trimental effects on the benthos within the study period (Table 1). intruders were measured in the field with a HACH DR-EL Stream flow was not measurable on 7 Oct and 11 Nov. dissolved -ngineer's Laboratory." oxygen was somewhat low at Site 1 on 9 Sep, and phosphate was XXXIII, Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. 1979 67 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 71 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Abundance, Diversityand Distribution ofBenthic Macro-Invertebrates in the Flat Bayou Drainage Area

Table 1. Physico-chemical Characteristics of Water, Sites 1 and 2,

site 1 site 2 site 1 site 2 Site 1 site~2 Time (hrs) 1030- l

Figure 1. Jefferson County, Arkansas showing sample Sites 1 and 2. teran. Several groups could be considered incidental, having oc- A= Pine Bluff;B =Arkansas River;C = Plum Bayou; D =Flat curred only once (Tubificidae, Placobdella, Piscicolaria, Lampsilis, Bayou; E =Wabbaseka Bayou; F =Bayou Meto. Campeloma, Berosus and Palpomyia). Branchiobdellidae, Naididae "C" and Unioments were found in two samples on the same date, whereas Ligumia and chironomid "B" were found twice on different dates, and chironomid "D"was found twice at different sites. The total benthic abundance was greater at Site 1 onall dates because of the large numbers ofCarbicula, but abundance of individual taxa was generally greater at Site 2. On 7 Oct the difference in abundance was significant at a = 0.02S but not significant at a = 0.10 on9 Sep and 11Nov. Dominance values range from zero to one, the larger indicating a greater degree of dominance in the community (Table 4). The dominant taxa appeared to be Naididae "B", Corbicula, Amnicola and Chironmidae "A". By number. Site 1 exhibited greater dominance on9Sep and 11 Nov.but by weight Site 1showed greater dominance on all dates. Dominance is generally stronger in communities subject to harsh climates, poor habitat or in subclimax stages ofecological succession (Odum 1971). Table 4 also gives diversity values. Lower values indicate lower diversity and generally greater dominance. Obviously these are rela- tiveand used onlyforcomparison of two ormore communities. Of 16 paired diversity values, 14 were larger at Site 2 indicating the environment was more suitable forcommunity development. AtSite 1 gastropods were more diverse than pelecypods and insects more then mollusks. At Site 2 pelecypods were more diverse than gastropods, while mollusks were more diverse than insects. Change in diversity with time was variable. Site 1 exhibiting a general increase forall benthos, while Site 2showed a decrease. Oligochaete diversity decreased at Site 1, while mollusk diversity decreased at both sites. Insect diversity at Site 2showed a sharp rise on 7 Oct but dropped again to near the initial value on 11Nov. There seems to be no clear distinction between the two sites regarding changes indiversity. Avariance ofone indicates random distribution, but ifgreater than one it tends to be clumped. Table 4shows that most of the groups are strongly clumped. Of the 13 paired values the variance was larger at Figure 2. Arrangement ofdrainage ditches withlocations ofsample Site 1 nine times, indicating the benthic substrate was more highly sites. Arrows mark direction of flow. variable causing clumped distributions (this varied substrate was also directly observed). Pelecypods were the most highlyclumped at Site 1 whereas oligochaetes were at Site 2. Dipterans were least clumped quite high at Site 2on 7Oct. Iwas not able to determine if the large at both sites. Change inclumping withtime was highly variable, both concentration of phosphate was correlated with the application of sites showing a general increase for all benthos, but within there was fertilizer. considerable variation. Pelecypods at Site 1exhibited reversal ending B BcBthot. Thirty-one species representing 19 families of inverte- with greater clumping and at Site 2 showed a uniform increase. brates were present (Table 2). Some taxonomic review ofPelecypoda Gastropods at Site 1exhibited reversal ending with less clumping but is currently inprogress but incomplete at the time of manuscript pre- at Site 2 showed a uniform increase. Diptera increased at Site 1 and paration (Mr.Mark Gordon, pers. comm.). Table 3gives a summary decreased at Site 2. This to indicate the substrate at Site 2 was 2 seems of numbers and weights per m , whereas Figure 3shows changes with more uniform and consistent with time (seasonal change). groups. time innumbers of the fivemost abundant While this drainage system is man-made and probably would not re- Oligochaeta and Hinidinea were more abundant at Site 2, while semble anatural southeastern Arkansas bayou inevery respect, there Mollusca were generally more abundant at Site 1.Diptera increased are similar characteristics because several years have elapsed since with time at Site 1 and decreased with time at Site 2. Naididae "B" the most recent maintenance effort. Year round sampling would was the most abundant oligochaete, Helobdella the most abundant probably yield additional taxa and possibly seasonally variable diver- leech, Corbicula the most abundant pelecypod, Amnicola the most sity and dominance. Also, different sampling techniques would abundant gastropod and chironomid "A" the most abundant dip- probably have yielded additional taxa, but SCS specifications called XXXIII, 68 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 72 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 John D.Rickett

1, Macroinvertebrates, Plat for Ekman sampling only. On 28 July 1978 Ivisited Site captured Table 2. Taxonomic list of Benthic Bayou simplicicollis Drainage area, 1978 Pan iala flavescens and Erythemis and observed Plathemis lydia, Libellula luctuosa and Pachydiplax longipennis. At L. and P. longipennis. Allof Schizodonta Site 21caught E. simplicicollis, luctuosa Turbellaria these were adult dragonflies (Odonata). Caither and Harp (1975) re- Triciadidi mayflies including Planariida. ported two species of Isopoda, numerous the genera Hexagenia and Stenonema and several species each in the Annelid; Gastropoda orders Odonata, Hemiptera, Trichoptera and Diptera inBigCreek, a Oligochaeta Ctenobranchia ta probably be found inFlat Prosopora Bulimidae typical delta stream. Many of these would Branchiobdellidi Bayou area upon further investigation. Plesiopora Viviparidi Naididae "A Campeloi Naididae "B Pulmonata Naididae "C Physida SUMMARY Tubificidae Hirudinea Planorbidi Pharyngobdellidi Heliosoi Both sites the main ditch of Plat Bayou appear to be marginally Erpobdellidae on Arthropod: suited forhealthy aquatic populations but possess a surprising variety Rhynchobdellida Insecta — Glossipharyngidi Ephemeropte ofbenthic invertebrates 31 species representing 19 families. Most Caenidae at Caenis of the invertebrates were herbivore or detritovores. Substrate Site Coleoptera 1 less uniform and as by and diversity Hydrophyllidae was suitable indicated clumping values. Itwas mostly rigid clay whereas at Site 2 itwas finely divided Mollu: Diptera silt with much embedded. Values for Pelecypoda Ceratopogonidae semidecomposed vegetation Heterodonti physico-chemical parameters were somewhat variable but apparently Corbiculidae Chironomidae "B" not detrimental during the study period. Diversity was greater at Site Chironomidae "C" 2, at Chironomidae "D" whereas abundance and clumping were greater Site 1. Changes ophaerium Chironomidae "E" in and clumping with time were variable with no trends Culicidi diversity Chaob. readily seen or correlated withseasonal change. Site 2appeared to be slightlymore suitable forcommunity development.

Table 3. Summary of Numbers (per m2)and Weights (g/m1)ofBenthos, Flat Bayou Drainage area, 1978

9 September 7 October 11 November site 1 site 2 site 1 site 2 site 1 site 2 No. Wt. No. Wt. No. Wt. No. Wt. No. Wt. No. Wt. Phagocata 25.8 .043 Branchiobdellidae 94.7 1.64 Naididae "A" 585 -516 318 .387 25-8 .043 Naididae "B" 120 .086 1730 14.8 379 .086 1713 9-47 Naididae "C" 68.8 .086 Tubificidae 8.6 .040 Dina 8.6 .172 4-3 .172 Helobdella 17.2 .170 68.9 .258 25.8 .129 112 .258 Placobdella 8.6 .086 Piscicolaria 8.6 .172 Corbicula 3365 144 344 313 2814 213 318 334 3580 411 258 284 Musculium 8.6 .430 94.7 3.18 43 2.32 112 15.2 17.2 .516 318 15.O Sphaerium 25.8 1.12 17.2 8.18 Crenodonta 17.2 5.16 25.8 32.9 17.2 .688 8.6 4.65 Lampsilis 8.6 16. 8 Ligumia 8.6 97.0 17.2 18.6 Uniomerus 25.8 29.3 Amnicola 577 7.49 120 3. 18 749 26.0 318 6.63 404 14.0 482 9.12 Physa 17.2 .430 43 .689 68.8 1.46 43 1.20 25.8 .258 215 4.73 Heliosoma 8.6 .043 34.4 1.29 25.8 .086 17.2 2.75 8.6 .040 Campeloma 8.6 .258 Caenis 17.2 .040 8.6 .040 Berosus 8.6 .040 Palpomyia 8.6 .040 Chironomidae "A" 284 .215 120 .129 60.2 .043 336 .301 94.7 .086 Chironomidae "B" 34.4 .040 8.6 .040 Chironomidae "C" 43 .043 8.6 .040 25.8 .043 Chironomidae "D" 8.6 .040 8.6 .040 Chironomidae "E" 103 .129 25.8 .040 25.8 .043 Chaoborus 17.2 .040 8.6 .040 8.6 .040 TOTALS 4036 158 1136 356 4647 246 2857 530 5164 427 3400 342

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 69 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 73 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Abundance, Diversity and Distribution of Benthic Macro-Invertebrates in the Flat Bayou Drainage Area

Table 4. Diversity indices. Variances and Dominance values, Flat Bayou Drainage area, 1978.

Diversity Indices Variances Dominance Values site 1 site 2 site 1 site 2 site 1 site 2 Oligochaeta 7 Oct .355 320 1340 11 Nov .299 .133 955 Pelecypoda 9 Sep .022 .380 5417 5-76 7 Oct .050 .478 4706 44 11 Nov .013 -299 9312 61 Gastropoda 9 Sep .089 .^08 112 14 7 Oct .181 .232 317 77 11 Nov .099 .318 62 190 All Mollusca 9 Sep .216 .649 7 Oct .312 .669 11 Nov .170 .631 Chironomidae — Diptera— 9 Sep .252 30 7 Oct .581 1.44 14 11 Nov .242 .317 23 3-61 All Insecta 9 Sep .301 .252 7 Oct .638 11 Nov .321 .398 All benthos 9 Sep .244 .852 6773 38 -715 -186 7 Oct .562 .653 9312 1170 .411 .395 11 Nov .502 .678 15252 1648 .500 .295

LITERATURE CITED

CAITHER, MARY R. and G. L.HARP. 1975. The aquatic marco- invertebrate fauna of an ozark and a deltiac stream. Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 29:30-35.

EDMONDSON, W. T., ed. 1959. Freshwater biology, 2nd ed. John Wiley&Sons, New York,1248 pp.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY,U.S. 1973. Biologi- cal field and laboratory methods. U.S. Govt.Ptg. Off.,Washing- ton.

MERRITT,R. W. and K.W. CUMMINS. 1978. Anintroduction to the aquatic insects of North America. Kendall/Hunt Publ. Co.. Dubuque, Iowa, 441 pp.

ODUM,E. P. 1971. Fundamentals of ecology, irded. W. B. Saun- dersCo., Philadelphia, 574 pp.

PENNAK, R. W. 1953. Freshwater invertebrates of the United States. Ronald Press, New York, 769 pp.

Figure 3. Changes in number (x 100/m 2) with time of benthos USINGER, R.L.,ed. 1956. Aquatic insects of California. University groups. Flat Bayou Drainage area, 1978. of California Press, Berkeley, 508 pp. Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, 70 Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 74 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

The Effect of Turf Fungicides on Earthworms 1

J.H. ROARKandJ.L. DALE Department of Plant Pathology University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 ABSTRACT Numerous turf fungicides were tested under various conditions for possible deleterious effects upon the earthworm Eisenla foetida. Earthworms treated by immersion for one minute in 0.1% solutions of10 different fungicides died in significant numbers after benomyl and thiophanate methyl treatments. After 1% fungicide treatments, there was significant mortality frombenomyl, ethazole, Kromad, and thiophanate methyl fungicides. With 2% fungicide solutions, significant numbers died after benomyl, cadmium succinate, ethazole, thiophanate methyl,and thiram treatments. Earthworms fed bermudagrass clippings treated with 10 different fungicides showed a significant decrease inlongevity from clippings treated withbenomyl, dinocap, ethazole, and thiophanate methyl. Earthworms reared for 84 days insoil treated with15 different turf fungicides showed a significant decrease inlongevity from soil treated with aniyaline, benomyl, chlorothalonil, Duo- son, ethazole, fenaminosulf, Kromad, mancozeb, PCNB, thiabendazole, thiophanate methyl, and thiram. Cadmium succinate, dinocap, and RP 26019 did not cause a decrease in longevity. There was no reproduction by worms in soil treated withDuosan, PCNB, thiophanate methyl, and thiram, and onlytrace amounts insoil treated withchlorothalonil, ethazole, and Kromad. The toxicity of benomyl, thiabendazole, and thiophanate methyl to earthworms was confirmed in the present study, and additional fungicides used for turfdisease control were also found to cause significant amounts ofmortality.

INTRODUCTION period following a single year's treatment with benomyl. Black and Neely (1975) similarly observed that soon after injection of soils with Certain pesticides are known to be toxic to earthworms, and the benomyl there was a significant reduction in earthworm populations. toxicity of some insecticides and herbicides is well-documented (Ed- Within months the populations increased substantially and inplots wards and Lofty, 1972). Information on fungicides is more limited, treated with benomyl one or more years previously the earthworm however, and the relative toxicities of many fungicides to earth- populations didnot differ significantly from untreated plots. worms are not fullyknown. A reduction in earthworm casts, an indirect measurement of de- fungicides were among the firstmaterials reported as being cline in earthworm activity, has been observed locally in bentgrass ! to earthworms (Raw and Lofty, 1960, 1962). Dinocap and plots treated with various turf fungicides (King and Dale, 1977). m were reported as causing 0 to 48% and 0 to 35% reductions in Some of these fungicides had not previously been tested or reported lworm populations, respectively, depending upon time of year as being harmful to earthworms. Since a wide range of fungicides are soil moisture content in field tests (van der Drift, 1963). Captan used on turf, and since the activity of many of these materials against been reported as being non-toxic (Edwards and Lofty, 1972, earthworms is unknown, research was conducted to determine ;van der Drift,1963; Kennel, 1972), and earthworm populations whether they might show differential toxicity to earthworms when enlucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis L.) turf treated with phenyl simultaneously tested under controlled conditions. The fungicides :ury acetate were not significantly different from those in un- which were tested are used for turfdisease control, but some ofthem |>pper:ed plots (Randell, et al. 1972). are increasingly being utilized or being considered for use on field . In tests which included systemic fungicides, Kennel (1972) re- crops where their effects onearthworm populations could possibly be ported that very littlegrass mulch was eaten by earthworms inplots of ecological importance. treated withbenomyl, thiophanate methyl, or thiabendazole. Under unspecified conditions he reported that dodine and steeped sulfur ap- MATERIALS AND METHODS parently had no illeffect on earthworm activity. Edwards and Lofty (1973) reported no significant effect upon earthworms in field tests in The earthworms used in the study were commercially grown which formaldehyde, captan, quintozene, thiram, or dicloran were Eisenia foetida Savigny (kindlyidentified by Dr. Walter J. Harman, cultivated into soil; benomyl, however, was very toxic. Stringer and Department of Zoology and Physiology, Louisiana State University). Wright (1973) and Wright and Stringer (1973) conducted extensive In the tests the earthworms were housed in946 mlplastic containers tests upon the toxic effects of benomyl, methyl benzimidazole-2-yl closed withlids containing a 33 mm hole covered with 50-mesh plas- carbamate (MBC), thiophanate methyl, and thiabendazole upon tic screening for ventilation. The containers were half-filled with a earthworms under various conditions. They recently reported that steam-sterilized soil mixture consisting of4 parts soil and 1part sand, benzimidazole and its 2-amino analogue were nontoxic to Lumbricus except where noted. Water was added periodically to maintain a tenestris when administered orally (Stringer and Wright, 1976). The moisture content of approximately 8.5%. The worms were normally fungicidal 2-substituted benzimidazoles (benomyl, carbendazim, fed a finelyground mixture of equal parts of corn and oats. Each 454 fuberidazole, and thiabendazole) and l-(benzimidazol-2-yl)-3 g of feed contained 11 g of bone meal. The surface feeding worms butylurea, however, were highlyand equally toxic. were usually fed every seven days by sprinkling a small amount of Stringer and Lyons (1974) reported a drastic reduction in ten resi- feed on the soil ineach container. This feeding schedule adequately dent earthworm species in orchard plots sprayed withbenomyl and maintained untreated worms during the experiments. Allworms were Ihiophanate methyl. Only L.terrestris and Allolobophora chlorotica held ina temperature controlled room maintained at 24°C. Alltreat- failed to recover to normal levels after a two-year non-treatment ments consisted of four replications of ten worms each. Mortality of

'Published withthe approval of the Director of the Arkansas Agricul- turalExperiment Station.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 71 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 75 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

The Effect of Turf Fungicides onEarthworms

the earthworms was determined from counts made at approximately RESULTS seven day intervals. The data were statistically analyzed as ran- — domized complete blocks. Earthworm immersion in fungicide solutions. With earthworms dipped fungicide for 1 min, at the 0.1% concentration, The turf fungicides used in the tests, with designated common in solutions onlybenomyl and thiophanate methyl caused a significant reduction names and trade names, were: 50% 2,4-dichloro-6-(o-chloroanilino)- s-triazine in longevity (Table 1). Treatment with 1% fungicide solutions re- (aniyaline) (Dyrene); 50% methyl l-(butulcarbamoyl)-2- significant earthworm mortality benomyl, ethazole, (benomyl) (Tersan 1991); cadmium sulted in from benzimidazolecarbamate suc- Kromad, and treatments. Ethazole was cinate containing (Cadminate 60W); thiophanate methyl most 29% total cadmium 75% tetra- all being within seven days. Treatment chloroisophthalonitrile (chlorothalonil) (Daconil 2787); 2,4- toxic with worms killed at the 18.25% 2% level resulted in significant mortality from treatments with dinitro-6-octyl phenyl crotonate and 2,6-dinitro-4-octyl phenyl cro- succinate, ethazole, tonate, benomyl, cadmium thiophanate methyl, and 1.25% nitrooctyl phenols (dinocap) (Karathane); 75% Duo- within days, san, Mallinckrodt experimental turf fungicide MF-598; thiram. Ethazole again killedall worms seven whereas 75 35% 5- days elapsed before benomyl and caused total ethoxy-3-trichloromethyl-l,2,4-thiadiazole (ethazole) (Koban); thiophanate methyl 70% Cadmium succinate and thiram caused lesser but signifi- sodium /4-(dimethylamino) phenyl/ diazene-sulfonate (fenamino- mortality. ofmortality after 101 days. sulf)(Dexon); 5% cadmium sebacate, 5% potassium chromate, 1% cant amounts malachite green, 16% thiram (Kromad); zinc ion and manganese, ethylenebisdithiocarbamate 80%, coordination product of 16% man- affected by 1minute of ganese, zinc, Table 1. Longevity of earthworms as immer- 2% 62% ethylene-bisdithiocarbamate (mancozeb) in different concentrations of aqueous of turf fungi- (Fore); pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) (Terraclor); sion solutions 75% 50% 1- cides. isopropylcarbamoyl-3 (3,5 dichlorophenyl) hydantoin, Rhodia, inc. experimental turffungicide RP 26019; 25% 2-(4-thiazolyl) benzimida- Funflii-idf nnpr.i.M tin.', in .jiiys zole, 1.5% malachite green (thiabendazole) (Tobaz); 50% dimethyl treatnent" 7 JO 5? 7J> 10J_ 4,4-o-phenylenebis (3-thioallophanate) (thiophanate methyl) 0.1* cone. (Fungo); and 75% bis (dimethylthiocarbamoyl) (thiram) Bennnyl 10. 0 8.5 7.8 6.5 6.2 disulfide 7hiophar,nte nethyl 10.0 9.0 5.5 b 5 k.O (.05) . (Thiramad). Allweights and concentrations intests are expressed in LSD 0.2 1.8 2.5 2.7 2.7 terms of the commercial preparations listed above, and not on the I.Of cone. basis of active ingredients. Benonyl 10. o 7.8 t.5 1.0 P..1 — Kthaznle 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Earthworm immersion infungicide solutions. For each treatment Krorr.ari 9.8 6.8 6.0 6.0 5.5 ten adult Thlr.pharmte methyl 9.8 6.2 2.2 1.5 l.n worms of similar size were placed into a cylindrical metal 1.SD (.05) 0.1 l.fl 1.6 2.1 1.9 container (7.5 cm x 6.5 cm diameter) having a bottom covered with 16-mesh galvanized screening. The container with worms was dipped Sanony] 10.0 U.o ?.2 o.o o.o and gently agitated for1 minin500 mlof0.1,1.0,or 2.0% concentra- bdmtum Eu.-t-inate 9.0 B.O 7.8 7.0 6.0 (w/v) Sthuola o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o tions of the aqueous fungicide solutions or suspensions held in rhi"phnnnte nethyl 10.0 3.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 a 600 ml glass beaker. After treatment, excess fungicide solution was rhiram 9.5 7.2 6.5 6.5 6..° LSI) (.05) ?.U 2.6 removed from the screened bottom of the container by blottingon 0.5 8.3 2.5 clean paper toweling and the worms were then placed into soil inin- \.r*.r 1, rui trentment 10.0 9.fi 9.? 9*2 9.0 dividualcontainers. — "Fungicides tested at the three concentrations included aniyaline, Earthworms fed fungicide-treated grass clippings. Since turf benomyl, cadmium succinate, chlorothalonil, ethazole, Kromad, thatch is a component of the diet ofsome earthworms innature, this mancozeb, PCNB, thiophanate methyl, and thiram; only those mate- test was conducted to determine whether the ingestion of fungicide- rials which caused a significant increase inmortality are shown in the treated grass clippings was deleterious to earthworms. Clippings from table. a pesticide-free plot of Bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon (L.) cv. 'Common') were air dried and finely ground in a Wiley mill with a figures represent average earthworm survivalintrialof fourreplica- sieve of 1mm porosity (approximately 25 mesh). For fungicide treat- tions, ten worms per treatment. ments, 15 g samples of this bermudagrass feed were stirred into 100 ml of 0.1% concentration solutions of fungicides. Control bermudagrass was treated with water. After 16 hr saturation, excess fungicide Earthworms fed fungicide treated grass clippings. —Earthworm solution or water was removed from the bermudagrass by vacuum fil- populations which were fed bermudagrass clippings treated with tration on Whatman No. 2 filterpaper using a 9cm diameter Buchner several fungicides showed a significant increase in mortality from funnel. The worm's diet consisted of onlythe bermudagrass feed. benomyl, ethazole, and thiophanate methyl treatments (Table 2). — Worms fed grass clippings treated with thiophanate methyl were Earthworms in soil containing fungicides. The fungicides tested most severely affected and died in significant numbers nine 3 within were mixed with 4719 cm to the dosage applied to days. benomyl clippings in 2 of soil simulate Worms fed the and ethazole treated died 929 cm with an assumed uniform distribution to a 5.08 cm depth. significant amounts within 34 and 84 days, respectively. After 101 The amount of fungicide mixed inthe soil was the cumulative amount days the mortality from benomyl, ethazole, and thiophanate methyl 2 which would be applied to 929 cm of turf from five applications at treatments was similar. Worms fed grass clippings treated withcad- the recommended dosages, except forPCNB where the amount was mium succinate showed a significantly greater longevity than control comparable to the amount applied from three applications. The earthworms fed untreated (,rass clippings. In a second test, which fungicide dosages normally recommended in g/92.9 m of turf, and lasted only 59 days and the results of whichare not shown, a signifi- the amounts mixed in the soil were: aniyaline, 170.10 g, 0.849 g; cant amount of mortality also occurred when worms were fed dino- benomyl, 28.35 g, 0.142 g; cadmium succinate, 14.18 g, 0.071 g; cap-treated grass clippings. chlorothalonil, 170.10 g, 0.849 g; dinocap, 7.09 g, 0.035 g; Duosan, Visual observations indicated that worms fed benomyl, dinocap, 113.40 g, 0.566 g; ethazole, 113.40g, 0.566 g; fenaminosulf , 113.40 g, and thiophanate methyl treated grass clippings ate moderate to small 0.566 g; Kromad, 113.40 g, 0.566 g; mancozeb, 170.10 g, 0.849 g; amounts of the clippings at the beginning of the tests, and after 2-3 PCNB 226.80 g, 0.679 g; RP 26019, 28.35 g, 0.142 g; thiabendazole, weeks consumed only trace amounts. Worms fed the clippings 56.70 g, 0.283 g; thiophanate methyl, 28.35 g, 0.142 g; and thiram, treated withthe other fungicides ate amounts comparable to that eat- 85.05 g, 0.426 g. The fungicide used in each treatment was mixed en bycontrol worms feduntreated grass clippings.— with 10 g of talc to aid in thorough dispersal in the soil mixture. Earthworms in soil containing fungicides. There was a significant Worms were added to the surface of the fungicide-treated soil; con- increase inmortality from all fungicide treatments except cadmium trol treatment consisted of worms added to soil treated with 10 g of succinate, dinocap, and RP 26019 (Table 3) when earthworms were talc. reared in soil. Duosan and PCNB soil treatments caused total earth- Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, 72 Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 76 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

J. H.Roark and J. L.Dale

Longevity of earthworms fed diets consistins of finely toxic or of variable toricity, depending upon test conditions. Inthe d bermudagrass clippings treated with0.1% aqueous solutions present study using E. foetida, the earthworm toxicity of benomyl, erent turf fungicides. thiabendazole, and thiophanate methyl was confirmed, and addition- El. were also found to cause al fungicides used for turf disease control significant amounts of mortality. With the two testing procedures most closely resembling conditions which could occur in nature, rearing of earthworms in fungicide-treated soil generally affected worms more adversely than when they were fed fungicide-treated feed. Since the tests were conducted withonly one earthworm species, it can onlybe speculated whether ornot the results might be representative of the activity of the tested fungicides against other earthworms found innature. Por example, a comparison of the toxicity ofbenomyl mixedinsoil in the present study and the toxicityob- served by Stringer and Wright (1973) when benomyl was used as soil drench treatments indicates benomyl was more toxic to L. terrestris in their tests than it was to E. foetida in the present work. The 'Figures represent average earthworm survival in trial consisting of amount ofbenomyl mixedinsoil inthe present study was comparable fourreplications, ten worms per treatment. to the 7.75 kg ai/ha rate of benomyl they used as one of their soil drench treatments. Atthis concentration 100% mortality of L.terrestris occurred within 14 days, which was the length of their experi- Table 3. Longevity of earthworms when reared in soil containing ment. Although not shown in the condensed data in Table 3, only a different turf fungicides. 65% mortalityof E. foetida was observed after 19 days inthe present study; after 52 days and also at termination of the test after 84 days, approximately 10% of the worms stillsurvived. The results from the soil treatments, however, indicate that accumulations of various turf fungicides in soil possibly could affect other earthworms by direct toxicity,by affecting their feeding habits, orby causing a decrease in their reproduction. The toxicityof turffungicides to earthworms creates an anomolous situation withregard to turf culture. On golfcourse greens and fine playing surfaces, earthworms are undesirable due to roughness caused bycasts formed on the surface by some species. Since earthworms are usually eliminated fromgreens by applications of insecticides, the toxicityof fungicides to earthworms ingreens isusually not noticeable. The general elimination of earthworms from grass- covered soil,however, results in the accumulation ofa layer of unde- composed plant material known as thatch which is undesirable in turfgrass culture (Beard, 1973). Although thatch on putting greens is normally removed by mechanical means, this procedure isnot prac- tical on large areas of turf.Ithas been reported that applications of 'Amounts of fungicide mixedin the soil are given in the text. certain insecticides and herbicides to Kentucky bluegrass turf reduced or eliminated earthworms and resulted in thatch accumulation Tigures represent average earthworm survivalin two trials consist- withaccompanying deterioration of turfgrass quality (Randell, et al., ing of fourreplications per trial, ten worms per treatment. 1972; Turgeon, et al., 1975). The presence of earthworms could be considered a desirable attribute inmaintaining turf quality with turf worm mortality within29 days, and thiram caused death of all worms areas that are not closely mowed and where earthworm casts and ac- within64 days. The other fungicides which caused significant de- tivityare not objectionable. creases in earthworm numbers didso after varying periods of time. The results of this and other studies suggest that some fungicides Although not shown in the condensed data inTable 3,all fungicides used on turfcause a reduction in earthworm numbers, especially on which caused significant amounts of mortality didso within37 days putting greens where fungicides are applied repeatedly during a after initiation of the tests. growing season. Fortunately, on an average golf course only about Earthworms in soil treated with Duosan, PCNB, and Thiram 4% of the grass area is composed of putting greens which receive showed littlefeeding activityin the tests. Worms in soil treated with regular and numerous applications of fungicides. On golfcourse fair- benomyl and thiophanate methyl fed only slightly throughout the ways, home lawns, or areas that are not closely mowed, it is tests. Worms in soil containing fenaminosulf fed normally and then problematical whether occasional applications of turf fungicides stopped feeding near the end of the tests. Worms insoil treated with have along term effect onearthworm populations. Even though oc- the other fungicides consumed feed amounts similar to that eaten by casional applications of fungicides may not have apronounced effect control worms inuntreated soil. on earthworm numbers in turf or a crop area, ifsuch areas are also There was noreproduction by worms in soil treated withDuosan, subjected to treatment withinsecticides and herbicides, the fungi- PCNB, thiophanate methyl, and thiram, and only trace amounts by cides would constitute an additional factor of stress in the earthworms insoil containing benomyl, fenaminosulf, and thiabendazole. worm's environment. The ecological effects of different fungicides There was an intermediate amount of reproduction by earthworms upon earthworms invarious environments merit additional consider- subjected to chlorothalonil, ethazole, and Kromad treatments. ation. Worms insoil treated with the other fungicides reproduced innumbers comparable to the worms inuntreated soil. LITERATURE CITED DISCUSSION BEARD, J.B. 1973. Turfgrass: Science and culture. Prentice-Hall, Inc.Englewood Cliffs,N.J. 658 pp. Of various fungicides which have previously been tested for pos- deleterious effects upon earthworms, benomyl, thiabendazole, BLACK, W. M.. and D. NEELY. 1975. Effect of soil-injected thiophanate methylrather consistently have been demonstrated benomyl on resident earthworm populations. Pestic. Sci. 6:543- Eing toxic. Other fungicides have been reported as being non- 545.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 73 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 77 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 The Effect of Turf Fungicides on Earthworms

DRIFT, J. VANDER. 1963. De invloed van biociden op de boden- RAW. F.. and J. R.LOFTY.1962. The effect of chemical control on fauna. Neth. J. Plant Path. 69:188-199. pests and other arthropods and worms in the soil. Rept. Rotham- stedExpt. Sta. for 1961, p. 146. EDWARDS, C. A.,and J. R. LOFTY. 1972. Biology of earthworms. Chapman and Hall, Ltd.London. 283 pp. STRINGER. A.,and C. H.LYONS. 1974. The effect of benomyl and thiophanatemethyl on earthworm populations inapple orchards EDWARDS. C. A., and J. R. LOFTY. 1973. Pesticides and earth- Pestic. Sci. 5:189-196. worms. Rept. Rothamsted Expt. Sta. for 1972, part 1, p. 211- 212. STRINGER, A.,and M.A. WRIGHT. 1973. The effect of benomyl and some related compounds on Lumbricus lerrestris and other KENNEL, W. 1972. Schadpilze als Objeckte intergrierter Pflanzen- earthworms. Pestic. Sci. 4:165-170. schutsnassahmen in Obstau. Z. PflKrankh. PflSchutz. 79:400- 406. STRINGER. A.,and M.A.WRIGHT. 1976. The toxicityofbenomyl and some related 2-substituted benzimidazoles to the earthworm KING.J. W. and J. L.DALE. 1977. Reduction ofearthworm activity Lumbricus terrestris. Pestic. Sci. 7:459-464. by fungicides applied to putting green turf. Ark. Farm Res. 26:12. TURGEON, A. J.. R. P. FREEBORG, and W. N. BRUCE. 1975. Thatch development and other effects of preemergence herbi- RANDELL,R., J. D.BUTLER, and T.D. HUGHES. 1972. The ef- cides inKentucky bluegrass turf. Agron. J. 67:563-565. fect of pesticides on thatch accumulation and earthworm populations in 'Kentucky' bluegrass turf. HortScience 7:64-65. WRIGHT, M. A. and A. STRINGER. 1973. The toxicity of thiabendazole, benomyl, methyl benzimidazol-2-yl-carbamate and RAW, F., and J. R. LOFTY. 1960. Earthworm populations in or- thiophanate-methyl to the earthworm, Lumbricus terrestris chards. Rept. Rothamsted Expt.Sta. for 1959, p. 134-135. Pestic. Sci. 4:431-432.

74 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol. XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 78 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

GENERAL NOTES

THE GOLDEYE IN THE BLACK RIVER

The goldeye, Hiodon alo.soides (Rafinesque) has previously been abundant in the Hudson Bay drainage of Manitoba and is distributed from the Mississippi Valley as far west as Yellowstone and as far south as Mississippi and Alabama (Moore, George A., 1968, Fishes. In Blair, W. Frank, Albert P. Blair,Pierce Brodkorb, Fred R. Cagle, and George A. Moore, Vertebrates of the United States, McGraw-HillBook Company, Inc., New York. IX+616 pp. Part II.p. 53). On2 November 1978, a single specimen was collected on an artificialspinner near Lynn,Arkansas (T15N R2W S3), by Charles Clark, and was deposited in the Arkansas State University Fish Collection (No. 8688). The specimen was an adult female, 33. 1 cm in total length, 26.7 cm instandard length; it possessed 9principal dorsal fin rays, 33 anal finrays, 12 pectoral finrays, 7 pelvic fin raw and 58 scales in the lateral line. This female specimen represents the first definite record ofH. alosoides occurring in the Black River.Buchanan (Buchanan, Thomas M., 1973, Key to the Fishes of Arkansas. Arkansas Game and Fish Commission, LittleRock, Arkansas 72201) reported past collection sites inArkansas at fourplaces on the Arkansas River and one on the White and LittleRed Rivers, respectively. Yeager and Beadles (Yeager, Bruce E. and John K. Beadles, 1976., Fishes of the Cane Creek Watershed inSoutheast Missouri and Northeast Arkansas, Proceedings Arkansas Academy ofSciences XXX:100-104) reported catching a single specimen in the channelized portion of Cane Creek, over a sandy bottom, which represented the first record forthe goldeye inthe Black River System. JOHN K. BEADLES, Department ofBiologicalSciences. Arkansas State University. State University. Arkansas 72467.

NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE ORNATE BOX TURTLE(Terrapene ornata ornata) W ARKANSAS

The ornate box turtle, Terrapene ornata ornata. is found in the grasslands of the Great Plains of North America, ranging from southern Wis- consin, to southeast Wyoming, southward to the Gulf Coast of west Louisiana and Texas and westward to south Arizona and southeast Sonora (Ward. 1978). In Arkansas, there are few records ofoccurrence forthe ornate box turtle, and those which do exist are inconsistent and confusing. The first rd of the ornate box turtle in the state was Columbia County (Hurter and Strecker, 1909). Schwardt (1938) listed Garland, Lafayette, Perry, rie, and Washington Counties; however Dellinger and Black (1938) recorded only Fulton County. Dowling(1957) felt that further confirma- was needed before the turtle was included as anative species, thus he did not include the ornate box turtle inhis listing of reptiles forArkan- Legler (1960) mapped onlyone location in Arkansas where the ornate box turtle occurred and the exact location was not given inhis account. l\mi (1974) included onlyBoone, Benton, and Prairie Counties inhis discussion of the ornate box turtle inArkansas. He did notinclude earlier ibutional records because he felt they were not representative of the turtle's distribution at the time ofhis writing(Pers. comm.. 1979). Ward's Imap illustrating the distribution of the ornate box turtle noted seven known and two uncertain localities where the turtle occurred inArkan- However, no specific locations were given for these occurrences. Unpublished records for the ornate box turtle include sightings inPrairie nty(Tom Foti, 1972 and David Hunter, 1974). Inan effort tobetter delineate the turtle's range in Arkansas, various prairie areas were visited by the Arkansas Natural Heritage Commission staff from early spring to late summer in 1978. Counties and approximate acreage studied included Arkansas (40), Benton (15), Boone (65), and I(3000). place to Special Franklin Searches for the turtle took on these areas from sunrise noon. emphasis was placed on areas near natural breaks in vegetation as populations are found to be higher in these areas (Legler, 1960). When captured, identification of the turtles was made using Cagle (1957), Conant (1975), and Legler (1960). Specimens were captured, examined, photographed, and released at the point of their capture.

Fiture 1: Arkansas counties in which occurrences of the ornate box turtle were reported from 1909 to 1978.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 75 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 79 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Arkansas Academy of Science

This survey resulted inthe finding of three specimens. Twospecimens were captured inMay on a 65-acre prairie inBoone County (Marsh, 1978), and the other specimen was captured in July on a 40-acre prairie inFranklin County, representing the first record for this county. Thus from 1909 to 1978 there are reports of the ornate box turtle inten Arkansas counties: Benton, Boone, Fulton, Washington, Franklin, Perry, Gar- land, Prairie, Lafayette, and Columbia (Figure I).Being a species which is restricted by habitat availability, the ornate box turtle has been greatly affected by the changes inland use practices occurring in Arkansas, and has been considered a rare species (Reagen, 1974). Conversion tomore productive agricultural use has reduced the amount of native prairie and undisturbed grassland available to the ornate box turtle, and this may be the most important factor limitingthe ornate box turtle, and this may be the most important factor limiting the ornate box turtle's range in Arkan- sas. Inaddition, the Arkansas highway system has taken a tollbecause the turtle seems to exhibit a certain affinity for roadways and a great number are killed bymotor vehicles (Legler, 1960 and Reagan, 1974). Toproperly assess the status of the ornate box turtle (Terrapene ornata ornatal and to eliminate confusion concerning its distribution inArkansas a detailed studyis obviously needed.

The author expresses appreciation to the following forvarious types of assistance during the course of this project: Dr.R.Baldauf, Dr.R. V.McDaniel, and Valerie Thwing. Dr.M.V. Plummer is gratefully acknowledged for his assistance with literature and for his confirmation of species. Special thanks is extended to the Arkansas Natural Heritage Commission and staff, for continued support and cooperation.

LITERATURE CITED

CAGLE,F. R. 1957. Reptiles. In:Vertebrates of the United States. MARSH, M. A. 1978. Baker prairie. The Ozark Soc. Bull. 12(1): McGraw-HillBook Company, New York.pp. 213-268. 10-11.

CONANT,R. 1975. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians of east- REAGAN,D. P. 1974. Threatened native reptiles of Arkansas. In° ern and central North America. Houghton Mifflin Company, Arkansas natural area plan. Arkansas Department of Planning, Boston. 429 pp. LittleRock. pp. 101-105.

DELLINGER, S. C. and J. D.BLACK.1938. Herpetology of Arkan- SCHWARDT, H. H. 1938. Reptiles of Arkansas. Univ. Ark. Agri sas: part 1, the reptiles. Occ. Papers Univ. Ark.Mus. no. 1. 47 Exper. Stat. Bull.357:1-47. pp. WARD,J. P. 1978. Terrapene ornata. In: Catalog of American am- DOWLING,H.G. 1957. Areview of the amphibians and reptiles of phibians and reptiles. Society for the Study of Amphibians and Arkansas. Occ. Papers Univ.Ark.Mus. no.3. 51 pp. Reptiles, pp. 217.1-217.4.

LEGLER, J.M. 1960. Natural history of the ornate box turtle, Terra- pene ornata ornata, Agassiz. Univ. Ka. Mus. Nat. Hist. Pub. ll(10):527-669.

LAWANA ENGLAND, Arkansas Natural Heritage Commission, Suite 500, Continental Building, Main and Markham, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201.

MODIFICATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS INTHE FORMAX METHOD OF PREPARING SMALL AVIANSTUDY SPECIMENS Traditional methods of preparing study skins of small avian specimens are often not feasible due to time and expertise required. This may be especially true when large numbers of specimens, as in the case of tower kills,need to be prepared. Sheridan (Am.Biol. Teacher, January, 1978) reported a method of preparing small avian specimens which entailed injecting formaldehyde saturated with sodium borate (Formax) into the specimen. However, he didnot present the proportions of the mixture, pinning procedure, or injection amounts in the different areas of the specimens. Thispaper describes improvements and standardization ofSheridan's technique. The Formax used in our laboratory consists of 1 gram of sodium borate to 125 mlof standard (37%) formaldehyde. This mixture is easily injected into the muscles and internal organs where it diffuses throughout the tissues, drying and preserving them in place. Materials needed for preserving the specimen are minimal, requiring only syringe, needles, pins, pinning board, ruler and specimen tags. Thus, the preparation of specimens is as easy in the field as in the laboratory. Prior to injection, standard measurements of the specimen should be taken (e.g. see Pettingill, Ornithology inlaboratory and field, p.447, 1970). Formax is then injected into the flightmuscles on each side of the keel, into the abdominal cavity, and into the cranial cavity next to the eye. Larger birds require additional injections in the nape, feet, wings, and/or other parts of the body depending upon specimen size. Table 1 summarizes the amounts of Formax injected into various areas forbirds of representative sizes. For additional support of the head, an elongated S-shaped wire hook isinserted down the mouth and throat (Fig. 1). The use of this wireand the dryingfactor of Formax increases the usefulness of the teaching specimen as itis not as fragile as one prepared by the traditional skinning method. To prevent seepage of Formax from the mouth, withmatted feathers as a result, a small piece of cotton is inserted inthe mouth. The cotton is usually placed inthe mouth prior to injection of the cranial cavity and then replaced by a fresh piece after injection. Figure 1illustrates proper positioning and pinning of the specimen for drying. Insome cases, additional support for the wings may be necessary. During the pinning process, feathers, especially on the dorsal side, may be moved out of place. This can be corrected bypushing a pin under the specimen from the anterior to posterior, several times. By modifying the pinning procedure, mounted specimens may also be prepared using this method. Formax-prepared specimens have been particularly useful for teaching purposes. Birds dissected after a one year period still retain excellent preservation properties, and the Formax-prepared specimens appear to be much more durable than traditional bird skins. This last factor is particularly important inthe classroom where the specimen is handled a great deal by alarge number ofstudents.

76 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 80 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

Table 1. Approximate Amounts of Formax Required for Birds of Various Sizes Cranial Cavity Each Pectoral Muscle Abdominal Cavi^ Short-billed Marsh Wren 0.05cc 0.15cc 0.25cc Purple Finch 0.10 0.40 0.60

Sharp-shinned Hawk 0.30 1.30 1.60 Bobwhite Quail 0.30 1.40 1.90 Figure 1. Positioning and pinningof a Formax preserved specimen. Roadrunner 0.50 Z.00 3.50 Note position of S-shaped support inmouth and throat.

MARTIND.FLOYDand GARYA.HEIDT, Dept. ofBiology,University ofArkansas at Little Rock, LittleRock, AR 72204.

TRICHOMES OF SOME MEMBERS OF THE LOASACEAE, A SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE STUDY .The plant familyLoasaceae contains herbs, shrubs, and some woody vines. The leaves are alternate or opposite, entire or variously divided, and generally covered with rough bristly or barbed hairs. Fifteen genera of about 250 species are native to the Americas, and one species to Southwest Africa. Metcalfe and Chaulk (1950) have presented a summary of the known trichome types; however, most of this seems tohave been from the work of Solereder (1908). Thurston and Lersten (1969) and Thurston (1969, 1974) provided data on the stinging emergences of Loasa tricolor. Thomp- son (1963) and his co-workers (Davis and Thompson, 1967; Ernst and Thompson, 1963; Thompson and Roberts, 1971 ;and Thompson and Zavor- tink, 1968) have supplied taxonomic data on species ofLoasa of the United States; they have done onlylimited work with trichome morphology. They worked with trichomes onall parts of the plant, and provided an illustration of the dendritic or candelabra type as described by Payne (1978). Hill(1975, 1976, 1977) worked with the seeds, and Jensen et al(1978) have recently worked with protein chemistry and chromosome numbers of the group. This report provides some new morphological data concerning the types of trichomes, employing the scanning electron microscope. species of Mentzelia was examined from live material, four species of Mentzelia and one of Loasa were rehydrated from herbarium rial, and all other specimens were frompressed herbarium materials. The livingleaf samples were fixedinCRAF Vsolution, dehydrated with fied DMP,and critical point dried from CO2. The rehydrated specimens were prepared byplacing them inwater which was then heated until ample dropped to the bottom of the container. After soaking there forone week, they were dehydrated withDMP and critical point dried COi. Allspecimens were then mounted onto stubs and coated with approximately 50 A of carbon and 50 A of 40/60 gold palladium by urnevaporation. They were then examined and photographed in a Cambridge S-600 using Polaroid 665 P/N film. tOne trichomes observed during this study which appear to be different from those described in the literature are numerically listed below ITheg withthe genus from which they were observed: 1. Ananchor trichome withelongated, downwardlydirected barbs alternately arranged on the stalk. Eucnide. Fig. 1. 2. Very elongated, pointed trichome covered withsmall, oppositely or whorled upwardly directed spines. Mentzelia. Fig. 2. 3. Short conical-shaped withstraight barbs inwhorls, and anchor-like cap, and a raised, apparently multicellular base. Mentzelia. Fig. 3. 4. Long tapering trichome with spines pointing straight out and seemingly randomly arranged. Petalonyx. Fig. 4. There may be two different sizes withinthis group. 5. Long tapering trichome withelongated horizontal protuberances randomly arranged. Loasa. Fig. 5. 6. Thin tapering trichome withoutward pointing spines which do not extend to the apical end. This typeis attached to a large, flat basal or accessory cell. Mentzelia. Fig.6. These types give onlyapartial presentation of the data gathered. Figures 7-10illustrate apicalportions of trichomes seen onotherwise similar trichomes. Further investigation must be completed before a clear understanding of these observations can be achieved. Although Loasaceae trichome morphology has been organized into groups ofsix unicellular forms and one multicellular form, this examina- 1using the scanning electron microscope has revealed trichome morphology that does not satisfy previous criterion. Several other modifications not presented here also have been observed, but it is not yet known whether these are developmental stages or distinct forms. A study utilizing livingspecimens is inprogress from which it is anticipated that the developmental stages of some of these trichomes can be determined. From current morphological data, it appears that a classification system dividingLoasaceae trichomes into at least the followingfour (4) majorcategories wouldbe more appropriate: 1. Stinging emergences 2. Simple acerate to attenuate, of variable length, withor without tuberous swelling 3. Branching or candelabra type 4. Attenuate anchor hairs, with categorization based upon: a. Apex form b. Barb type and arrangement on shaft c. Length ofshaft d. Base type

Arkansas Academy ofScience Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 77 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 81 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Arkansas Academy of Science

Figures 1-10. Trichome types. Fig. 1. Anchor type withalternate downward pointing barbs fromEucnide (X300). Fig. 2. Very elongated type with small upward barbs fromMentzelia (X500). Fig. 3.Conical capped form with straight barbs and raised base from Mentzelia (X500). Fig. 4. Long tapering trichome withstraight spines from Petalonyx (X500). Fig. 5. Elongate trichome withhorizontal protuberances from Loasa (X500). Fig- f>. Tapering barbed trichome and flatbasal cell fromMentzelia (X200). Fig. 7. Smooth anchor type apex. Mentzelia (X2000). Fig. 8. Sunken anchor type apex. Mentzelia (X2000). Fig. 9. Pointed anchor type apex. Mentzelia (X2000). Fig. 10. Hooked type apex. Mentzelia (X2000).

Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, 78 Arkansas of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 82 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

LITERATURE CITED

DAVIS,W. S. and H.J. THOMPSON. 1967. Arevision ofPetatonyx PAYNE, W. W. 1978. A glossary ofplant hair terminology. Brittonia (Loasaceae) with consideration of affinities in subfamily Gron- 30:239-255. ovioideae. Madrono 19:1-18. SOLEREDER, H. 1908. Systematic anatomy of the dicotyledons. ERNST, W. R. and H.J. THOMPSON. 1963. The Loasaceae inthe Trans. L.S. Boodle. Oxford, Clarendon Press. southeastern United States. J. ArnoldArbor. 44:138-142. THURSTON, E. L. 1974. Morphology, fine structure, and ontogeny HILL,ROBERT J. 1975. A biosystematic study of the genus Ment- stinginghairs insome members of the Urticacea; Euphorbiaceae zelia (Loasaceae) inWyoming and adjacent states. M.A.Thesis. and Loasaceae. Ph.D. Diss., Iowa State University. Original not Originalnot available: cited inHill1976 below. seen: cited inThurston 1974. HILL,ROBERT J. 1976. Taxonomic and phylogenetic significance of THURSTON, E. L.1974. Morphology, fine structure, and ontongeny seed coat microsculpturing in Mentzelia (Loasaceae) in Wyom- of the stinging emergence ofUrtica Dioica. Am.J. Bot. 61:809- ingand adjacent western states. Brittonia 28:86-112. 817. HILL, ROBERT J. 1977. Variability of soluble seed proteins in THURSTON. E. L.and N.R.LERSTEN. 1969. The morphology and populations of Mentzelia L. (Loasaceae) from Wyoming and ad- toxicology ofplant stinging hairs. Bot. Rev. 35:393-412. jacent states. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 104:93-101. THOMPSON, H.J. 1963. Cytotaxonomic observations onMentzelia JENSEN, S. R.ET AL.1978. Iridoidcompounds, chromosome num- Sect. Bartonia (Loasaceae). Madrono 17:16-22. bers and relationships inLoasaceae. Abstract of Papers. Bot. Soc. Am. Misc. Series Publ. 156. 71 p. THOMPSON, H. J. and J. ROBERTS. 1971. Observations on Mentzelia in southern California. Phytologia 21:279-288. METCALFE,C. R. and L.CHAULK.1950. Anatomy of the dicotyledons. Oxford, Clarendon Press. THOMPSON, H. J. and J. E. ZAVORTINK.1968. Twonew species ofMentzelia in Texas. Wrightia 4:21-24.

RACHEL GOSS and CLARENCEB. SINCLAIR,Dept. ofBiology, University ofArkansas at LittleRock. Little Rock. AR 72204.

A NOTE ON THE FOOD HABITSOF SELECTED RAPTORS FROM NORTHEASTERN ARKANSAS

Early work inornithology was, by necessity, almost entirely observations on the natural histories of species. During the first third of this century many studies were devoted to the food habits of avian species with special emphasis on the dietary constituents of raptors (Allen, 1924; Bailey, 1905;Brodkorb, 1928; Cahn and Theodore, 1930; Errington, 1930, 1932a and 1932b; Steidl, 1928; Sutton, 1929; and others). Although in recent years ornithological emphasis has been focused on the more quantitative aspects of avian biology such as energy budgets, competition, habitat structure and niche relationships, there still is a need toupdate and augment our knowledge of the feeding habits ofraptors. This is particularly true as the amount of suitable habitat dwindles, due to expanded agricultural practices, and more emphasis is placed on biological control inagriculture. This report is based on the stomach contents from 10 species and 38individual raptors found dead innortheastern Arkansas during the past years. Table 1 lists the raptor species and the fooditems collected from each. Three of the species require further comment. ¦ most (Otus asio) insectivorous, The numerous species collected was the Screech Owl which was primarily with insects constituting 84% of all food items, followed by small mammals (6%), birds (6%) and amphibians (3%) (Table 1). This agrees closely with Pearson et al. (1936) who reported insects tobe the major fooditem forthe species, withbirds accounting for 17% of the diet. Allen (1924), however, reported birds tobe the most abundant food brought to young in the nest, with insects ranking second. Allofour specimens were collected in the fall and winter which possibly accounts forthe discrepancy. Inaddition, Allen's samples consisted of food remnants (feathers, etc.) left in the nest which would under- estimate insects since most would be swallowed whole. This species is clearly the most beneficial to agriculture since all arthropods recovered were phytophagus insects except two, a wasp (Hymenoptera) and a spider (Arachnida). second most abundant raptor collected was the Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo jamaicensis) (Table 1). Small mammals comprised 93% of the KThewith the remainder being amphibians. Lowery (1955) also reported small mammals to be the most abundant food taken by the Red-tail 'M.3%), followed bybirds (17.6%), insects (10.5%), amphibians and reptiles (6.1%) and aquatic forms (1.5%). A third species, the Cooper's Hawk (Accipiter cooperii), although represented by only3 specimens, displayed a large variety of food items 'Table 1). Amphibians and reptiles made up 50% of the diet followed byinsects (37.5%), birds (6.25%) and mammals (6.25%). The low number °fbirds and the high number ofinsects is surprising since this species is commonly thought to feed primarily on birds. Our findings, infact, are the averse of that reported byLowery (1955) who listed the diet of this species to be birds (77.0% ),mammals (18.7% ),insects (3.3% )and amphibians 110%). This discrepancy either could be related to our small sample size or could represent a more opportunistic nature of the hawk, which,perhaps in the absence of"preferred" fooditems, willtake whatever is available. Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 79 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 83 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Arkansas Academy of Science

Table 1. Stomach contents ofraptor species found dead on the road innortheastern Arkansas.

»1 j| | -S-g In t i1 iis ? I? O ifId ilMlisi H ilIS P%i 85 OS

FOOD CATEGORY

Odonata (Anisoptera) 1 Orthoptera (Acritidae) 5 Orthoptera (Gryllidae) 1 2 Orthoptera (Gryllacritidae) 2 Homoptera (Cicadidae) 2 Hymenoptera spp. 1 Coleoptera spp. 2 4 Lepidoptera spp. 2 6 Arachnida spp. 1 Decapoda (Crayfish) 1 3 Notropis spp. 1 Bufospp. 1 1 Rana spp. 1 Plethodon glutinosus 1 Lygosoma laterale 4 Storeria occipitomaculata \ Diadophis punctatus 2 Colinus virginianus \ Gallus gallus \ Turdus migratorius \ Spinus tristis \ Passerine spp. 1 12 Didelphis marsupialis 1 Blarina spp. 1 3 1 Sylvilagus floridanus \ Peromyscus spp. 4 I Neotoma spp. \ Oryzomys palustris 3 Sigmodon hispidus 2 Microtus spp. 2 1 1 Pitymys pinetorum \ Mux musculus 2 Canis familiaris (puppy) 1 TotalFood Items 1 16 14 3 1 2 2 34 6 i 'Number ofspecimens

LITERATURE CITED

ALLEN,A.A. 1924. Acontribution to the lifehistory and economic ERRINGTON, P. L.1932b. Food habits of southern Wisconsin r,u>- slalus of the Screech Owl(Otusasin). Auk 41:1-16. tors. Part 1:Owls. Condor 34:176-186. BAILEY,V. 1905. Scraps from an owltable. Condor 7:97. LOWERY, G. H. 1955. Louisiana birds. Louisiana State University BRODKORB, P. 1928. Notes on the food of some hawks and owls. Prcss Auk 45:212-213. PEARSON, G. T., J. BURROUGHS and E. H. FORBUSH, eds.. CAHN, A.R. andK. J. THEODORE. 1930. On the food of certain 1936. Birds of America. Doubleday & Company, Inc., New owls in east-central Illinois. Auk: 323-328. York. ERRINGTON, P. L. 1930. The pellet analysis method of raptor food STEIDL,J. 1928. Sparrow Hawk killingyoung chickens. Auk 45:503. habits study. Condor 32:292-2%. ERRINGTON, P. L. 193a. Technique of raptor food habit study. SUTTON, G. M. 1929. Insect catching techniques of the Screech Condor 34:75-86. Owl (Otusasio). Auk 46:545-546. EARLL. HANEBRINK,ALANF. POSEY and KEITHSUTTON. Division ofBiologicalScience. Arkansas State University, State University. Arkansas 72467.

80 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 84 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

STATUS OF THE ENDANGERED BATS, Myotissodalis, M.grisescens. and Plecotus townsendii ingens. IN ARKANSAS

TwoArkansas bat species, the Indiana myotis Myotis sodalis) and the gray myotis (M. grisescens), are listed by the U.S.Fish and Wildlife Serv- ice and the Arkansas Game and Fish Commission as endangered. Anadditional taxon, the Ozark big-eared bat (Plecotus townsendii ingens), will be added to the endangered list pending final legislation. The distribution, status, and certain aspects of the ecology of these bats in Arkansas are currently under study. The following accounts brieflysummarize knowledge concerning current status ofendangered bats inthe state and contain data obtained through- March 1979. Myotis sodalis The Indiana myotis ranges in the United States from Oklahoma, Iowa, and Wisconsin east to Vermont and south to northwestern Florida (Barbour and Davis 1969). Itisknown primarilyfrom caves in which it hibernates; summers are spent singly or in small groups in hollow trees or beneath loose bark (Humphrey et al. 1977). The total population is estimated tonumber approximately 460,000 (Humphrey 1978). InArkansas, the species is known primarilyfrom the Ozark Mountain region. Large M.sodalis hibernating colonies, such as those reported by Myers (1964) and LaVal et al. (1977) from the Missouri O/.arks. are notknown loexist in Arkansas. However, smaller Indiana myotis colonies hibernate in several caves scattered throughout northwestern and north central Arkansas. The largest known of these is located inNewton County and numbers less than 2,000 individuals. The colony has decreased in size duringrecent years, quite likelybecause of human disturbance. Inearly March 1979, only a single Indiana myotis was found inthe cave, although more than 1,000 were present in late October 1978. The cave, located on privately owned land, is well known, easily accessible, and frequently visited. It is, however, within the boundaries ofBuffalo National River, and the National Park Service hopes to acquire the property and gate the enirance to protect the colony. The U.S. Forest Service also plans to gate certain caves in the Ozark National Forest to protect smaller M. sodalis hibernating colonies. In- summer, only small groups ofmale Indiana myotishave been found in a few Arkansas caves. Myotisgrisescens The range of the gray myotis is concentrated in the cave regions of Kentucky, Tennessee, Alabama, Missouri, and Arkan- sas (Barbour and Davis 1969, Harvey 1975). Gray myotis are cave residents throughout the year, although different caves are usually used in summer and winter; few roost outside of caves. The total population is estimated tonumber approximately 2,275,000 (Harvey 1975). The greatest threat to their survival is that a verylarge proportion of the entire known population hibernates in only a few caves. Like M.sodalis, gray myotis are found in Arkansas primarily inthe Ozark region. Prior to 1970, only four large M.grisescens hibernating colonies were known to occur inthe Ozark region, all inMissouri (Myers 1964, Elder and Gunier 1978). In 1970. an additional Ozark M.grisescens hibernaculum was discovered in a Baxter County, Arkansas, cave (Harvey 1975, 1976, 1978). The colony has been estimated tonumber from 175,000 to 250,000 individuals, the latter being the most recent estimate (17February 1979). The cave, located on Ozark National Forest land, was gated in 1975 to protect the colony. Banding recoveries demonstrate that gray myotis hibernating in the cave disperse in summer over a large area of Arkansas, Missouri, Oklahoma, and Kansas. Several smaller hibernating colonies, numbering from 5,000 toless than 100 M.grisescens, are scattered throughout northwestern and north central Arkansas. Summer M. grisescens maternity colonies occur inseveral caves throughout the Arkansas Ozarks. Because of the presence of one of these colonies, reportedly numbering approximately 100,000 bats (as well as half the known population of arare troglobitic fish), the Arkansas Highway Department has agreed to modify the proposed route of a highway originally planned for the immediate vicinity of the cave inBenton County. Gray myotis maternity colonies are- verysusceptible tohuman disturbance, and gating may be necessary to protect important colony sites. Plecotus townsendii ingens The Ozark big-eared bat is known from onlya few caves innorthwestern and north central Arkansas, southwestern Missouri, and eastern Oklahoma (Harvey et al. 1978). Ozark big-earert bats inhabit caves throughout the year. Harvey et al. (1978) reported on the status ofP. t. ingens in Arkansas. Since that time, however, additional relevant data have been obtained. Until recently, the largest known hibernating colony of Ozark big-eared bats ever reported numbered 60 individuals, and maternity colonies were completely unknown. During the summer of 1978 we discovered a maternity colony numbering approximately 120 individuals in a Marion County, Arkansas, cave. In early March 1979 we discovered 257 P. t. ingens hibernating in another Marion County cave. Thus, the total number of this taxon known to exist has increased from less than 100 (U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service 1973), to over 300 individuals. Continuing efforts tolocate additional Ozark big- eared bat colonies, as well as those of M. sodalis and M.grisescens. are being made so that management plans can be formulated and imple- mented for the protection and recovery of these taxa. - This study is supported by the Arkansas Game and Fish Commission (withFederal AidFunds forEndangered Species project number E-l), U. S. Forest Service, and U.S. National Park Service.

LITERATURE CITED BARBOUR, W., R. and W. H.DAVIS. 1969. Bats of America. Univ. HUMPHREY, S. A. RICHTER, and J. B. Sum- Press R.. R. COPE. 1977. ofKentucky, Lexington. 286 p. mer habitat and ecology of the endangered Indiana bat, Myotis ELDER, W. H., and W. J. GUNIER. 1978. Sex ratios and seasonal sodalis. J. Mamm. 58:334-346. movements of gray bats (Myotis grisescens) insouthwestern Mis- HUMPHREY,S. R.1978. Status, winter habitat, and of souri and adjacent states. Amer. Midi. Natur. 99:463-472. management ¦ the endangered Indiana bat, Myotis sodalis. Florida Sci. 41:65- M. J. 1975. Endangered Chiroptera of the southeastern 76. United States. Proc. 29th Annu. Conf. S. E. Assoc. Game and rlVEY,Fish Comm. 29:429-433. LaVAL,R. K., R. L.CLAWSON, M. L. LaVAL. and W. CAIRE. 1977. Foraging behavior and nocturnal activity patterns of M. J. 1976. Status of endangered bats in the eastern Missouri bats, with emphasis on the endangered species Myotis United States. Proc. 1976 Nat. Speleol. Soc. Convention 1976: grisescens and Myotissodalis. J. Mamm. 58:592-599. rlVEY,21-24. M.J. 1978. Status of the endangered bats, Myotis sodalis. MYERS. R. F. 1964. Ecology of three species of myotine bats in the Plateau. Ph.D. Dissertation, Univ. Missouri, grisescens. and Plecotus townsendii ingens. in the southern Ozark Columbia. Ml 210p. r!VEY,Ozarks. Proc. 5th Int.Bat Res. Conf., inpress. M. J., M. L. KENNEDY,and V. R. McDANIEL. 1978. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, FISH AND WILDLIFE Status of the endangered Ozark big-eared bat (Plecotus town- SERVICE. 1973. Threatened wildlife of the United States. U. S. r:VEY,sendii ingens) in Arkansas. Arkansas Acad. Sci. Proc. 32:89-90. Dep. Interior, Resource Pub. 114. 280 p.

MICHAEL J. HARVEY, JOHN J. CASSIDY. and GARY G. OHAGAN. Ecological Research Center. Department ofBiology, Memphis State University, Memphis. Tennessee 38152.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 81 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 85 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Arkansas Academy of Science

OCCURRENCE OF THE PLAINS HARVEST MOUSE. Reithrodontomvs montanus (Baird). IN ARKANSAS

Inthe five-year period from 1969 to 1973. three specimens of the plains harvest mouse, Reithrodontomvs montanus (Baird). were obtained near Fayetteville, Washington County, Arkansas. An adult male was collected on 7 March 1969 in the sparse vegetation of a closely grazed pasture, and an adult female was obtained on 26 January 1973 in the dense grasses of a hay field. Both were hand captured. The thirdspecimen, an adult female, was live-trapped in the hay field on 12 March 1973. None of the mice were in reproductive condition. These specimens represent the easternmost known locality forthe plains harvest mouse and the firstrecords for Arkansas. Fayetteville is approximately 40 miles due east of the range limit estimated by Halland Kelson (1959. The Mammals ofNorth America, Ronald Press, N. Y.)and about 80miles east-northeast of the easternmost Oklahoma record inMuskogee Counly (Blair. 1939. Am. Midi. Nat., 22:85-133) shown byHall and Kelson (1959). However, since these publications the plains harvest mouse has been found in Ottawa County in extreme northeastern Oklahoma and further east in nearby McDonald County, Missouri, 7 miles northwest of Jane (Long, 1961, J. Mammal., 42:417-418). The Arkansas records are approximately 40miles south and 10 miles east of the Missouri site. The plains harvest mouse occurs in prairie habitats, and the earliest habitat descriptions in the mid-1800's mentioned extensive areas of original prairie innorthwestern Arkansas (D.D. Owen, 1885, First Report of a Geological Reconnoissance (sic]of the Northern Counties of Ar- kansas, Johnson &Yerkes, State Printers, Little Rock; M.L. Lesquereux, 1860, Botanical and Palaeontological Report of the Geological State Survey of Arkansas, p. 295-400 inD. D. Owen. Second Report of a Geological Reconnoissance [sic/ of the Middle and Southern Counties of Arkansas. C. Sherman & Son, Philadelphia). Most of the prairie has long been cultivated, yet numerous small but isolated prairie patches remain. This prairie country always could have been inhabited by plains harvest mice despite the long standing high intensity of small mammal trapping near Fayetteville. Hooper (1952. Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool., Misc. Publ. No. 77, p. 1-255) found that in parts of its range the plains harvest mouse is rare and seldom trapped. Furthermore, trapping near Fayetteville has been mainly in forests, or in old field successional stages dominated by broom-sedge grass (Andropogon virginicus). rather than in true prairie grasslands. Managed hay fields and overgrazed pastures where the present specimens were obtained largely have been ignored. Plains harvest mice usually occupy dry uplands sparsely covered with short grasses (Blair1939; Hooper 1952; Hall and Kelson 1959; Goertz. 1963, Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci., 43:123-125). Thismatches conditions in the heavily grazed, nearly denuded, pasture of fescue grass (Festuca elatinrl where the first Arkansas specimen was obtained, but is totallyunlike the dense growth ofgrasses in they hay field where the other two were found. Probably the hay field was formerly a managed pasture because fescue and Bermuda grass (Cynodon dactvlon) dominated. However, grazing had been discontinued and the resulting growth was invaded by other grasses: primarily broom-sedge, Johnson grass (Sorghum halepense), fox-tail grass ISelaria) and others. The population of plains harvest mice in Muskogee County, Oklahoma, inhabited the usual xeric prairie situation (Blair,1939). The Missouri site was described simply as a "grassy area" (Long. 1961 ). The Arkansas specimens of Reithrodontomvs montanus are deposited in the collection of the Department of Zoology at the University of Arkansas (Study Skins UADZM69-31, M73-35 and M73-37). The existence of these records are acknowledged by Sealander and Gipson (1974, Threatened Native Mammals of Arkansas, p. 123-127 in C. T. Crow, Arkansas Area Plan. Ark. Dept. Planning, Little Rock) by McDaniel, Huggins, Huggins and Hinson (1978, Proc. Ark.Acad. Sci., 32:63-64) and bySealander (1979, AGuide to Arkansas Mammals, River Road Press, Conway, Ark.).

DOUGLASJAMES. JOHN A SEALANDER and JEFFREY R. SHORT. Department ofZoology. University ofArkansas. Favetteville. Arkansas 72701.

THREE SPECIES OF Trypethelium NEW TO ARKANSAS*

Stromatic pyrenocarp lichens whose perithecia open by an apical pore have been assigned to the familyTrypetheliaceae. These lichens grow in the bark of trees, but they appear to do no damage to their host. Trypethelium is the type genus of the family;it is characterized by hyaline. longitudinally three- to many-septate ascospores. This paper reports the first collections of three species (Trypethelium mastoideum Ach.. T. tropicum (Ach.)Mull.Arg., and T. virenjTuck. |in the state of Arkansas. Trypethelium mastoideum Ach. is the most abundant of the three species found. It is relatively inconspicuous, with light- to dark-brown pseudostromata of medium height, perithecia withsmall ostioles, and medium-sized (18-28 x 6-9 u), hyaline, three-septate spores. Itis most frequent on Quercus inArkansas, but it has also been collected onAcer. Carya and Ilex. Collected from: Bradley. Clark, Cleveland, Columbia, Dallas, Grant, Hempstead, Jefferson, Montgomery, Pike. Polk, and Union Counties Specimens cited: G. T. Johnson. Nos. 4086, 4966, 4971, 4974, 4978, 4983. 4985. 4988, 4990, 4994, 4995. 4999, 5004, 5116, 5121. 5124, 5135 5140, 5145. 5151. 5156, 5167, 5448, 5452, 5458, 5461, 5467, 5474, 5509. 5515, 5522, 5526, 5531. 5540, 5544. 5548, 5551, 5713. 5746, 5750. 5733 5758. 5761, 5764. 5769, 5772, 5775, 5778. 5781, 5784. 5787. 5792, 5799, 5803, 5810, 5816. Trypethelium tropicum (Ach.) Mull. Arg. has jetblack perithecia and pseudostromata. The pseudostromata of the Arkansas specimens of this species are not so well developed as in other species of Trypethelium. tempting one to assign them to Pseudopyrenula. where Miiller-Argau (Flora, 66:248, 1883) did place this species at one time. The pseudostromata in T. tropicum are formed from the fusion of adjacent perithecia' walls, the perithecia have conspicuous ostioles, usually with pruinose margins, and the asci contain medium-sized (20-26 x 6-8 u), hyaline, three- septate spores. Thisis a comparatively rare species; ithas been collected sparingly in the river valleys of southwestern Arkansas. Acer is the only host on which this species has been collected in the state. Collecied from: Clark. Garland, and Polk Counties. Specimens cited: G. T.Johnson. Nos. 5500, 5504, 5512, 5518, 5748, 5751, 5754, 5759 Arkansas Academy Proceedings, XXXIII, 82 of Science Vol. 1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 86 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

Trypethelium virens Tuck, has yellow-brown to orange-brown pseudostromata. The ostioles appear as small black dots and the asci have quite large (38-52 x7-10 yi),hyaline, seven- tonine-septate spores. This species ismost frequent onIlexinArkansas, but ishas also been collected on Quercus, Fagus, Carya, Nyssa, and Prunus. Itis found inthe Ouachita and Red River Valley areas inthe southern portion of the state. Collected from: Bradley, Calhoun, Clark, Cleveland, Columbia, Dallas, Garland, Grant, Hempstead. Lafayette, Montgomery, Pike, Polk, Sevier, and Union Counties. Specimens cited: G. T.Johnson, Nos. 4936, 4940, 4944, 4949, 4953, 4957, 4961, 4964, 4968, 4972, 4975, 4979, 5106, 5110, 5114, 5117, 5122, 5125, 5133, 5139, 5143, 5146, 5438, 5444, 5449, 5453, 5456, 5459, 5494, 5498, 5502, 5507, 5514, 5520, 5528, 5712, 5747, 5755. 5762, 5770, 5777, 5788, 5798. - The known Arkansas distributions of Trypethelium spp. are presented inFigs. 1 3. Dots on the maps identify counties inArkansas inwhich collections of each species have been made. These distribution maps have significance due to the relatively large number of collections at hand and the fact that there has been also considerable fieldexperience inregions where the species have not yet been found. Trypethelium mastoideum (Fig- 1)and Trypethelium virens (Fig. 3) are widely distributed insouthern Arkansas. Trypethelium tropicum (Fig. 2)has been collected only inthe southwestern portion of the state. Apparently these species do not occur north of the Arkansas River, ornorth of the approximate latitude ofHot Springs, Garland County, Arkansas. Itis hoped this note willstimulate other collectors to look for these lichens; the writer believes new county and new host records can be obtained inthe southern portion of the state.

Figure 1. Arkansas distribution map of Trypethelium mastoideum Figure 2. Arkansas distribution map of Trypethelium tropicum Ach. (Ach.)Mull.Arg.

Figure 3. Arkansas distribution map ofTrypethelium virens Tuck

The study was supported inpart by agrant from the National Science Foundation.

EORGET. JOHNSON. Department ofBotany and Bacteriology, University ofArkansas, Fayetteville 72701

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 83 LPublished by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 87 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Arkansas Academy of Science

HOVERING FLIGHT INRED-TAILED HAWKS (Buteo jamaicensis)

"Hovering" is defined as wing-flapping flight which has the purpose of holding a bird stationary in the air. Itis commonly used by those species of raptors which hunt over open country where no perches exist, such as kestreis {Falco spp.) over field or moor. Rough-legged Hawks (Buteo lagopus) or Snowy Owls (Nyctia scandiacat over tundra, Ospreys (Pandion haliaetus) over water. The Red-tailed Hawk (B. iamaicensi.il which hunts by preference from a perch at the edge of a field, or sometimes soaring on thermals, hovers only rarely. Red-tails which hunt in mountains or along coasts, regularly take advantage of the up-draft over cliffs to hang in one position, with wings spread and motionless, while they survey the cliff for prey. This does not, however, constitute true hovering. The general lack of hovering in the Red-tail, and the presence of hovering inthe Rough-legged, is so regular that it is often used as a diagnostic character to separate these two species (see, e.g., Peterson, R. T. 1947. A field guide to the birds. Houghton MifflinCo., Boston; or Robbins, C.S. et al. 1966. Birds of North America. Golden Press, N.Y.).The followingobservation is therefore of interest as itdescribes what could be considered aberrant behavior ina large number of birds. On 22 December 1977, Cheryl Lavers and Iwent to the vicinityof the Craighead/Poinsett County, Arkansas line on Highway 49 toinvestigate the report ofa Rough-legged Hawk. Four Rough-leggeds were seen within amile (perhaps a record concentration for Arkansas), all persistently hovering at distances of ten to forty feet from the ground over stubble fields. A10-15 mph wind from the south no doubt gave the birds more lift, but they still flapped their wings rapidly to maintain their position. These birds were loosely associated with about 15 Red-tailed Hawks, four or fiveof which were also persistently hovering, at the same heights as the Rough-leggeds. Although onrare occasions Red-tails have been observed hovering, it is usuallyat a much higher altitude (150-200 feet). The area where these birds were congregated, one known to be particularly richin small rodents (Van Rick McDaniel, pers. comm.), consisted of fields lined with tall trees (chiefly Quercus spp.), interspersed with patches of deciduous woodland. Therefore, it does not seem that competition forscarce prey items, or an absence ofperches, occasioned this unusual behavior in the Red-tails.

NORMANLAVERS. DivisionofEnglish, Philosophy, and Languages, Arkansas State University, State University, Arkansas 72467.

CAVE FAUNA OF ARKANSAS: ADDITIONALINVERTEBRATE AND VERTEBRATE RECORDS

This report represents the third in a series of papers describing the fauna of Arkansas caves. The first paper included records of selected invertebrate taxa (McDaniel and Smith, 1976); the second included a summary of vertebrate records (McDaniel and Gardner, 1977). Inthis paper, we bring previous records up to date withregard to collections and/or identifications made during the past 2years. The number of troglobites (obligate cavernicoles) known toinhabit any one cave continues to increase, as does the total number of troglobitic- taxa reported from the caves ofArkansas. Certainly the cave fauna ofArkansas represents a unique and fragile element of Arkansas heritage an element inneed of accurate definition and description, and subsequent protection. Methodology was as reported earlier (McDaniel and Smith, 1976) in which collection of specimens was minimal and usually for the purpose ofidentification only. Allforms collected by the authors are represented by voucher specimens in the collections at Arkansas State University, or in the taxonomic collections of other recognized researchers. Taxa and localities reported are the result of collection efforts by the authors or their agents. Related literature was reviewed in earlier papers (McDaniel and Smith, 1976; McDaniel and Gardner, 1977), with the exception of a recent paper (Youngsteadt and Youngsteadt, 1978) containing notable invertebrate records from northwestern and northcentral Arkansas. Insome cases, our records overlapped theirs, and were therefore omitted from this paper. For newly reported taxa, we have again included probable ecological position inthe cave environment, and we continue toutilize the lerms "troglobite," "troglophile," "trogloxene," and "accidental" to describe this position (Barr. 1963). Furthermore, to emphasize the cavernicole status of organisms, we have limited our ecological notation to the cave environment (e.g., Stygobromus a. alabamensis is actually a phreato- bite/troglobite, but is herein considered a troglobite). Records of taxa notpreviously recorded from Arkansas caves are included in the following annotated list;new records forpreviously recorded taxa are included in Table 1. PHYLUM ARTHROPODA Class Crustacea Order Amphipoda FamilyCrangonyctidae Stygobromus alabamensis alabamensis (Stout), Troglobite. Jackson Co.: Mason's Cave. Earlier records of this species are listed under Sly- gonectes, now included in Stygobromus (Bousfield, 1973; Peck and Lewis, 1978). The significance of this record lies in the location of this cave at the extreme eastern edge of the Ozark uplands in Arkansas. The Mississippi Embayment is within 300-400 meters of the cave. Stygobromus clantoni (Creaser), Troglobite. Izard Co.: Clay Cave. An intriguingspecimen, since according to Holsinger (pers. comm.) "ifthis population is in fact conspecific with5. clantoni s. str., it extends the range of the species some 150 miles south from central Missouri tonor- thern Arkansas." A single female only was found ina stream having a dense population ofS. a. alabamensis. Class Arachnida Order Pseudoscopionida FamilyChernetidae Hesperochernes sp., Troglophile or Trogloxene. Marion Co.: Summit Cave. Adense population of these arachnids was found associated »i|n several decaying bat carcasses. Order Phalangida FamilyIschyropsalidae Sabacon cavicolens (Packard), Trogloxene. Stone Co.: Roasting Ear Cave, unnamed cave. Acommon opilionid throughout much of the eastern U.S., but not often found in caves (Shear, 1975). FamilyPhalangodidae Phalangodes spinturnix Crosby and Bishop, Trogloxene. Independence Co. Cushman Cave; Izard Co.: Clay Cave: Sharp Co.: Center Cave. All our records are from the front 200 mof these caves. Order Araneae FamilyTheridiidae Achaearanea tepidariorum (Koch), Trogloxene. Randolph Co.: Ravenden Springs Cave. An extremely common spider often associated »> ln human habitations. FamilyAgelenidae

84 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 88 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

Cicurina sp., Troglophile (?). Independence Co.: Dodd Cave. A juvenile was removed from the anterior chamber of this cave. The genus includes several cave species. Family Araneidae Meta menardi (Latreille), Troglophile. Izard Co.: Needles Cave. The cave orb weaver is found in caves, mines, and similar habitats throughout the eastern U.S. Family Ctenidae Ctenus n. sp., Troglophile. Stone Co.: Roasting Ear Cave. Ctenids are foraging spiders, and our specimen was found inthe dry front chamber of this cave. Family Linyphiidae Meioneta sp., Troglophile. Independence Co.:Dodd Cave. Collected from a dry guano pilenear the center of the cave. Porrhomma cavernicolum Keyserling, Troglophile. Searcy Co.: Davis Pit. Awidespread cave inhabitant. Family Lycosidae Lvcosa sp., Trogloxene. Searcy Co.: Davis Pit; Sharp Co.: Center Cave. Wolf spiders were found associated with leaf litter on the floor of the cave. FamilyNesticidae Eidmannella pallida (Emerton), Troglophile. IzardCo.: VickeryCave. Formerly Nesticus, This spider is widespread and a common cave inhabitant. Class Diplopoda Order Chordeumida Family Conotylidae Trichopetalum sp., Troglophile. Searcy Co.: Davis Pit. T. uncum was previously reported from Sharp Co. (McDaniel and Smith, 1976). Class Insecta Order Diplura Family Campodeidae Plusiocampa n. sp., Troglophile. Fulton Co.: Richardson Cave; Izard Co.: Clay Cave; Stone Co.: Hell Creek Cave, Roasting Ear Cave, Roland Cave. Although a verycommon cave inhabitant, diplurans are taxonomically verypoorly known. Order Diptera Family Heleomyzidae Amoebaleria defessa (Osten Sacken), Trogloxene. Independence Co.: Cushman Cave; Stone Co.: Roasting Ear Cave. Allspecimens of this common cave inhabitant were found inthe front chamber of caves. Aecothea specus (Aldrich),Trogloxene. IzardCo.:Clay Cave. Found onlyin the front chamber of the cave. Heleomyza brachypterna Loew, Trogloxene. Sharp Co. :Center Cave. Another of the flies that overwinters inArkansas caves PHYLUM CHORDATA Class Amphibia Order Anura Family Hylidae Hyla versicolor versicolor LeConte, Accidental. Stone Co.:Hell Creek Cave. Asingle specimen of this frog was found at the bottom of a shaft into the cave. Assistance in collecting specimens is gratefully acknowledged from S. Clark, G. Gardner, T.Gardner, D.Saugey, and K.Sutton. We especially acknowledge and appreciate the contributions of each of the following systematists inidentification of specimens: T.C. Barr, carabids; N. B.Causey, millipedes; J.C. Cokendolpher, arachnids; W.R. Elliot,arachnids and records forDavis Pit; W. R.Gertsch, aranids; C. J. Goodnight, opilionids; J. R. Holsinger, amphipods; J. M. Kingsolver, leiodids; L. Knutson, insects; W. M. Muchmore, pseudoscorpions; J. R. Reddell, arachnids; G. Steyskal, heleomyzids.

LITERATURE CITED

T. C. 1963. Ecological classification of cavernicoles. Cave PECK, S. B.and J. J. LEWIS. 1978. Zoogeography and evolution of rR,Notes 5(2):9-12. the subterranean invertebrate faunas of Illinoisand southeastern Missouri. Bull.Nat. Speleol. Soc. 40:39-63. E. L. 1973. Shallow-water gammaridean Amphipoda r'SFIELD,of New England. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca. 312 pp. SHEAR, W. A. 1975. The opilionid genera Sabacon and Tomi- comerus in America (Opiliones, Troguloidea, Ischyropsalidae). V. R., and J. E. GARDNER. 1977. Cave fauna of J.Arachnol. 3:5-29. r'ANIEL,Arkansas: vertebrate taxa. Proc. Ark.Acad. Sci. 31: 68-71. YOUNGSTEADT, N. W. and J. O. YOUNGSTEADT. 1978. A sur- V.R., and K.L. SMITH. 1976. Cave fauna of Arkan- vey ofsome cave invertebrates from northern Arkansas. Arkan- r'ANIEL,sas: selected invertebrate taxa. Proc. Ark.Acad. Sci. 30:57-60. sas Cave Studies 1:1-13.

McDANIEL,KENNETHN. PAIGE, and C. RENN TUMLISON. Dept. ofBiologicalSciences. Arkansas State University. State Uni- tRICKity.Arkansas 72467.

LICHENS OF ARKANSAS I:A SUMMARY OF CURRENT INFORMATION

earliest publications onlichens inthis country included only a few references to these plants from Arkansas. The earliest of these, writ- by the "Father ofAmerican Lichenology," Edward Tuckerman (1882), listed three species from Arkansas which were collected by Dr.Peters. :hlater, Bruce Fink (1935) listed a total of fivespecies from the state, including those mentioned by Tuckerman. Edward C. Berry (1941) listed pecimens from Arkansas inhis monograph of the genus Parmelia. Thisincluded twonew species ofParmelia whichhe had collected about 11 tThe:s south of Harrison inNewton County. The type specimen for Parmelia erecta Berry was placed in the Missouri Botanical Garden herbarium

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 85 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 89 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1 Arkansas Academy of Science

(#154724, collected by Dodge, Berry, and Johnson); the type specimen for Parmelia hypotropoides Nyl.was also filed in that herbarium. Alexan- der W. Evans included references to collections of Cladonia from Arkansas (1944, 1947) inhis publications on this genus and was most helpful to me inidentification ofCladonia (Moore, 165). Even with these references to Arkansas lichens, however, very little was definitely known of the general lichen flora of the state until Albert W. C. T.Herre (1945) made a checklist including 54 species. These collections had been sent to him byDelzie Demaree, primarilyfrom Petit Jean Mountain inConway County and from Pulaski and Drew Counties. Herre predicted that this number was perhaps an eighth of the lichen flora of the state. This may prove to be a correct prediction, as extensive collecting usually has resulted in many additional state records. For example, when Mason E. Hale (1957a) gathered corticolous lichens from 98 sampling stations in the 22 northwest counties of the state, he listed 62 species. Twenty-one of these species were issued inHale's exsiccate and distributed to a number of the larger herbaria. Other publications by Hale (1955a. 1955b, 1956a, 1956b, 1957a, 1957b, 1958a, 1958b, 1959, 1962, 1964, 1967) have dealt primarilywith clarification of taxa and lichen chemistry, but these papers have included references to Arkansas plants. Hale also has been responsible forthe identification oflichens for many field botanists (Moore, 1959, 1975). Hale collected the type specimen forParmelia hypomelaena Hale from novaculite rocks near Malvern and has filedit in the National Herbarium inWashington. Monographs of the lichen flora have included citations ofplants from Arkansas: Leptogium (Sierk. 1964), Physcia (Thomson, 1963), Loharia (Jordon, 1973), and Ochrolechia (Howard, 1970). Chemotaxonomic work also often included references to Arkansas lichens (Almeda and Dey, 1973; Bowler, 1972; Culberson, 1969, 1973; Hale, 1962, 1965, 1966). Other publications dealing primarily with distribution patterns of various lichens have included Arkansas in the lichen ranges (Culberson and Hale, 1965, 1966; Ohlsson, 1973; Thomson, 1956). Hale (1969, 1979), inhis two keys to the foliose and fruticose lichens of the United States, added perhaps a hundred species to the Arkansas checklist based on the distribution maps inthese publications. The present checklist of perhaps 250 lichens, obtained from the literature, willbe published in Arkansas Biota, a publication of the Arkansas Academy of Science.

LITERATURE CITED

ALMEDA,FRANK,JR., and JONATHANP. DEY. 1973. Chemical HALE. MASON E., JR. 1956b. Studies on the chemistry and distri- and nomenclatural notes on the Parmelia xanthina complex. The bution of North American lichens (6-9). The Bryologist 59(2): Bryologist 76(4): 54 1-543. 114-117.

BERRY, EDWARD C. 1941. Amonograph of the genus Parmelia in HALE,MASON E., JR. 1957a. Corticolous lichen flora of the Ozark North America, north of Mexico. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 28:31- Mountains, Trans. Kansas Academy Science 60(21:155-160. 146. HALE,MASON E., JR. 1957b. The identity of Parmelia hypnirn- BOWLER, PETER A. 1972. The distribution of four chemical races poides. The Bryologist 60(4):344-347. of Cladonia chlorophaea in North America. The Bryologist 75(3):350-358. HALE,MASON E., JR. 1958a. Studies on the chemistry and distribution of North American lichens (10-13). The Bryologist 61(1): CULBERSON, WILLIAMLOUIS.1969. The chemistry and systema- 81-85. tics of some species of the Cladonia cariosa group in North America. The Bryologist 72(3):377-386. HALE,MASON E., JR. 1958b. The occurrence of Parmelia formn- sana inNorth America. Castanea 23(3):89-90. CULBERSON, WILLIAMLOUIS. 1973. The Parmelia perforata group: niche characteristics of chemical races, speciation by HALE, MASON E., JR. 1959. New or interesting Parmelias from parallel evolution, and a new taxonomy. The Bryologist 76(1): Northand tropical America. The Bryologist 62(2):123-1 31. 20-29. HALE,MASON E., JR. 1962. The chemical strains of Usnea stri- CULBERSON, WILLIAMLOUIS,and MASON E. HALE,JR. 1965. gosa. The Bryologist 65(4):291-294. Pyxine caesipruinosa in the United States. The Bryologist 68(1): 113-116. HALE, MASON E., JR. 1964. The Parmelia conspersa group in NorthAmerica and Europe. The Bryologist 67(4):462-473. CULBERSON, WILLIAMLOUIS, and MASON E. HALE. JR., 1966. The range of Normandina pulchella inNorth America. HALE,MASON E., JR. 1967. New taxa in Cetraria. Parmelia. and The Bryologist 69(3):365-367. Parmeliopsis. The Bryologist 70(4):414-422.

EVANS, ALEXANDER W. 1944. On Cladonia polycarpia Merrill. HALE. MASON E., JR. 1969. How to Know the Lichens. William The Bryologist 47(2):49-56. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa.

EVANS,ALEXANDER W. 1947. A study of certain NorthAmerican HALE,MASON E., JR. 1979. How to Know the Lichens, 2nd. ed Cladoniae. The Bryologist 50(1): 14-51. William C. Brown Co., Dubuque. Iowa.

FINK, BRUCE. 1935. Lichen Flora of United States. The University HERRE, ALBERT W.C.T. 1945. Some Arkansas lichens. The Brvo- of MichiganPress, AnnArbor. logist 48(2):85-90. HALE, E., Xanthoparmelia MASON JR. 1955a. in NorthAmerica I. HOWARD, GRACE E. 1970. The lichen genus Ochrolechia in North The Torrey Bot. Club Parmelia conspersa-stenophvlla group. America, Bryologist 73( ):93-130. 82(1):9-21. north ofMexico. The 1 JORDON, genus HALE, E., on chemistry WILLIAMPAUL. 1973. The Loharia in North MASON JR. 1955b. Studies the and distri- America, bution of.North American lichens (1-5). The Bryologist 58(3): north of Mexico. The Bryologist 76(21:225-251. 242-246. MOORE, JEWEL E. 1959. Lichens ofArkansas collected by Jewel E HALE,MASON E., JR. 1956a. A note onLichenes American! Exsic- Moore and identified by Mason E. Hale. Museum No. 2172M cati. Fascicle I.The Bryologist 59( 1):41-43. reported byU.S. National Museum, Washington.

86 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 90 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

MOORE, JEWEL E. 1965. A study of the vegetation of Petit Jean THOMSON. JOHN W. 1956. Usnea diplotvpus Vainio in North Mountain incentral Arkansas. Castanea 30(1): 1-37. America. The Bryologist 59(3):221-222.

MOORE, JEWEL E. 1975. Plants. Appendix D;Conway water sup- THOMSON, JOHN W. 1963. The lichen genus Physcia in North ply; biological and archeological assessment of alternatives. America. Nova Hedwigia Heft 7. Verlag von J. Cramer, Wein- Robert T. Kirkwood, project director. University of Central heim, Germany. Arkansas forU.S. Corps ofEngineers, LittleRock District. TUCKERMAN, EDWARD. 1882. Synopsis of North American OHLSSON, KARLE. 1973. New and interesting macrolichens of Bri- lichens. Part I,in Collected Lichenological Papers inUniversity tish Columbia. The Bryologist 76(3):366-387. ofCentral Arkansas library, Conway. SIERK. HERBERT A. 1964. The genus Leptogium in North America, north of Mexico. The Bryologist 67(3):245-317. JEWEL E. MOORE. Biology Department, University ofCentral Arkansas, Conway. Arkansas 72032.

EVALUATIONOF UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BY BIOLOGY TEACHERS

Eighteen high school science teachers who brought students to aHigh School Science Day at the University of Central Arkansas were asked to complete questionnaires about the size and organization of their schools, some aspects of their lives as teachers, and their evaluation of selected college courses as far as the usefulness of these courses to a high school science teacher. The questionnaire required onlythe checking of appropriate blanks. .- Ofthe eighteen teachers who were polled, fourteen were biology majors incollege, two were mathematics majors, one was a physical educa- tionmajor, and one was a business administration major. Each of the participants was teaching one ormore science courses inhigh school. The leaching experience of the respondents ranged from one year to twenty years with a mean of 5.2 years. Twenty-eight percent of the teachers taught only biology, and 72% taught biology and another science. Seventy-two percent indicated that they had free periods during the school day that could be used for the preparation oflessons and teaching materials. The smallest school represented in the survey had 115 students, and the largest had 500. Twelve percent of the schools included grades 10-12, 25 percent had grades 9-12, 25 percent had grades 8-12, and 38 percent were grades 7-12. Table 1summarizes other information about the schools, formation about the schools. Table 2 indicates the number of teachers who had taken each of the selected courses in college, the percent who had taken each course, and their evaluations of the courses. Itshould be noted that onlysmall schools are represented in the study. The pupil-teacher ratio for either biologyteachers or for science teachers in general is not high. Explaining the course evaluations is difficult. Why should General Zoology be given a perfect 1.00 rating and both General Botany and Gen- eral Biology receive lower ratings? The differences in evaluations cannot be ascribed tolarge differences in the number of teachers who evaluated the courses because ineach case a large majorityof the teachers who were polled evaluated each course. The higher rating of zoology compared with botany might be caused by a greater interest in animals than inplants. Ifthis is true, however, how can the fact that botany rated higher than General Biology be explained? Itshould be noted that, except forConservation, the biology courses that rated 1.00 are some aspect of zoology or human biology. Applied Physics, which has a lifescience emphasis, was rated higher than General Physics. Thismay be a result of the small number of respondents who had taken the course, or it may indicate the natural antipathy of many biology majors for anything that requires a rigorous mathematical treatment. Although this study is too small for any of the results to be statistically significant, some of the results are interesting. The ratings of various college courses may indicate a need for continuing evaluation of courses required ofbiology teachers.

Table 1. Some characteristics of schools included instudy.

School Organization (Grades)

10-1? 9-1? 8-1? 7-1? Number of sohools ? u U 6 Number of students • Range 1?0-275 ?8O-3O0 115-500 Mean 198 290 3?6

teachers 1? 3 6 13 Students/science teacher 66 18 25 < Number of biology teachers 7 2 2 8 Studenta/blology teachor 99 115 HI

"Teachers didnot supply information requested.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 87 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 91 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Arkansas Academy of Science

Table 2. Teacher evaluations of college courses.

had course

5 B3 General Bio] >f-y 1.53

17 91 General Boti iy 1.214 15 63 General Zool >gy i.00

6 33 Cell Bl 1 .'V 1.33 11 78 Genetic 1.29 9 50 General Boo] '*y 1.51

13 72 General Phyi ol igy 1.15

13 72 Human Ana tony 1 ,07 11 61 Human Physiology 1.18 1 5 Human Sexuality i. )0 6 33 Invertebrate Zoology 1.00 8 11 Plant Morphology¦phology 1.63 6 33 Plant Tax iy 1.33

12 67 Microbi ; iy i,50 6 33 Vertebr, te Z logy 1.00 11 61 Inorgan Ch. istry 1.27 13 72 Orga Chan try 1.51 11 61 General Phys 1.55

1 5 Applied Phys 1.00

2 11 Con, tlo i,00

6 33 Biology Teachin, .'. Scale: 1=Course has been veryuseful. 2 =Course has been ofsome use. 3=Course has been oflittleuse.

JEWEL E. MOORE and ROBERT T. KIRKWOOD,University ofCentral Arkansas, Conway, Arkansas 72032.

UNUSUAL RESULTS FROM PELLET ANALYSIS OF THE AMERICAN BARN OWL Tyto alba pratincola (Bonaparte) A great deal of information concerning the foodhabits of the Barn Owl, Tyto alba, has been gathered through pellet analysis (Bent, 1938; Wallace, 1948;Boyd and Shriner, 1954; Banks, 1965). Acomparative literature search and the results of this study both indicate that availability determines the kind and numbers ofprey consumed by owls. Barn Owls feed on various species of mammals such as: mice, rats, shrews, moles, pocket gophers, bats, weasels, skunks, and rabbits, although birds, amphibians, and even an occasional insect are preyed upon. Most authorities agree that the Barn Owl is one of our most useful birds of prey, especially in farming communities, since its food consists almost entirely of rodents (Bent, 1938). The Barn Owl usually swallows itsprey headfirst, and later the nutritious portions (i.e.: soft anatomy) are digested and absorbed, while the indigestable matter (i.e.: bones, hair, feathers) are formed into oval, black, shiny-looking pellets, which are passed forward lo remain in the proventriculus until the sight of new food triggers ejection (Wallace, 1948; Smith and Richmond, 1972) disgorging the pellet through the mouth. Therefore, by examining owl pellets, one should gain a fairly good knowledge of the local small mammal population through identification of skeletal material (primarilyskulls)and hair contained inthe pellets. The primary purpose ofour study was to determine the prey items consumed byaBarn Owlfrom pellet analysis at a winter roost and to associate this withavailability ofprey items. Forty-five Barn Owl pellets were retrieved from the floor of the press box at Indian Stadium on the campus of Arkansas State University. Craighead County. Prey species were obtained through careful dissection ofeach pellet in the laboratory, and identification was based primarily upon skeletal material (i.e.: skulls and mandibles), but also included hair and feather remains as secondary sources. An analysis was made to determine the species preyed upon, the number of species preyed upon, and the frequency withwhich each species occurred. A total of 93 skills were removed from 45 pellets, an average of 2.07 skulls per pellet. One species of rodent, the southern bog lemming. Synaptomys cooperi, represented the dominant prey item consumed by the Barn Owl and was of particular interest since it represented 54% of the total prey species taken (Table 1). Although Synaptomys is found inlow damp bogs and meadows throughout the northeastern portion of the U.S., the results are unusual since Synaptomys rarely forms dense local populations and therefore ra.'ely represents a significant prey item in the diet of the Barn Owl. Bent (1938) states that the diet of the Barn Owl inthe South consists almost exclusively of the cotton rat, Sigmodon hispidis^ whereas in our study Sigmodon represented 17% of the content of the pellets. Sigmodon isnormally a common rodent in open pastures and seiw- brushy areas, and often forms an important constituent in the diet of raptorial birds (Parmalee, 1954). The winter roost utilized by the Bam Owlin our study was in close proximity (300 meters) to habitat which should support a population of Sigmodon. Other species taken by the Barn Owl were voles (Microtusspp.) 15%, Passerines (primarily Sturnus vulgaris and Junco hyemalis) 7%, shorttail shrews iBlarina carolinensis) 4%,marsh rats (Oryzomys palustris), least shrews (Cryptotis parva), and house mice (Mus musculus). each of whichmade up 1% ofpellet contents. Similar investigations fail to report Synaptomys as a food item in the South, possibly due to its scant distribution (Burt and Grossenheider, 1964) in most ofits range, or due tomisidentification as a species of Microtus. Nevertheless, availability probably determines the kind and numbers of prey consumed by owls (Boyd and Shriner, 1954). In the remainder of the Barn Owl's range in the Northeast, Midwest, and South

88 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 92 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

Sigmodon, Microtus spp., and Oryzomys appear to be the major sources of food in the owls diet (Phillips, 1947; Parmalee, 1954; Jemison and Chabreck, 1962; Marti, 1974). Wilson (1938) reports Synaptomys cooperi as a food item inMichigan, but it represented less than 1% of the total prey consumed by the owl. Inthe west. Barn Owls feed primarily onpocket gophers (Thomomys spp.) and have fed almost exclusively on pelagic birds (mainly petrels) onislands around Baja. California (Banks. 1965). We gratefully acknowledge the help of Dr.Earl L.Hanebrink, who provided data and technical materials. We also would like to thank the Athletic Department ofArkansas State University forallowingentrance to the winter roost inthe press box at Indian Sta- dium. We are grateful to Dr.V.Rick McDaniel forcommenting onthe manuscript.

Table 1. Food of a Barn Owl in Craighead County. Arkansas, expressed as the number of individuals taken and the percent occurrence.

Prey Species Species Occurrence Percent (93) total Occurrence Svnaptomys cooperi 50 54 Sigmodon hispidis 16 17 Microtus spp. 14 15 Passerines 6 Blarina carolinensis 4 4 Oryzomys palustris 1 1 Cryptotisparva 1 1 Mus musculus 1 1

LITERATURE CITED

BANKS,R. C. 1965. Some information from barn owl pellets. Auk MARTI.C. D. 1973. 10 Years of Barn Owl prey data from a Colorado 82:506. nest site. Wilson Bull.. 85 (l):85-86. BENT. A. C. 1938. Life histories of North American birds of prey: PARMALEE. P. W. 1954. Food of the Great Horned Owl and Barn Part Two. Dover Publications, Inc. New York,N.Y. 140-153. Owlin East Texas. Auk 71:469-470.

BOYD, E. M. and J. SHRINER. 1954. Nesting and food of the Barn PHILLIPS, R. C. 1947. Notes on some mammals of Hancock Co., inHampshire Co.,Mass. Auk 71:199-201. Ohio. J. Mamm. 28(2): 189-190.

T, W. H., and R. P. GROSSENHEIDER. 1964. A fieldguide to SMITH,C. R., and M. E. RICHMOND. 1972. Factors influencing the mammals. Houghton MifflinCo., Boston. 3rd ed. 184-186. pellet egestion and gastric ph in the Barn Owl. Wilson Bull., 179-186. GRIMM,R. J., and W. M.WHITEHOUSE. 1963. Pellet formation in a Great Horned Owl: a roentgenographic study. Auk 80:301- WALLACE,G. J. 1948. The Barn Owl in Michigan. Mich. State 306. Coll. Agr.Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull.,208:1-61.

JEMISON, E. S., and R. S. CHABRECK. 1962. Winter Barn Owl WILSON, K. A. 1938. Owlstudies at Ann Arbor, Michigan. Auk 55 foods in a Louisiana coastal marsh. WilsonBull., 74(l):95-96. (2):187-197.

KENNETHN. PAIGE, CHRIS T. McALLISTER,and C. RENN TUMLISON,Department ofBiological Science. Arkansas State University, State University. Arkansas 72467. 1

ADDITIONS TO THE STRAWBERRY RIVER ICHTHYOFAUNA

Intheir initial list of the fishes of the Strawberry River,Robison and Beadles (1974, Fishes of the Strawberry River system of northcentral Arkansas, Proc. Ark.Acad. Sci. 28:65-70) reported 95 species of fishes inhabiting the system. Favorable climatic conditions during the past four years have allowed collections of fishes to be made in the lower wide stream sections of the Strawberry River where steep banks, mud substrates and normally deep pools make collecting especially difficult during most of the year. Collections in these areas during the interim have documented 12 species notpreviously reported byRobison and Beadles (1974) including the least brook lamprey, Lampetra aepyptera (Abbott), chest- nut lamprey, Ichthyomyzon castaneus Girard, shovelnose sturgeon, Scaphirhynchus platornychus (Rafinesque), paddlefish, Polyodon spathula Walbaum), gravel chub, Hybopsis x-punctata Hubbs and Crowe, fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas Rafinesque. crystal darter, Crystallaria \~Ammocrypta) asprella (Jordan), western sand darter, Ammocrypta clara Jordan and Meek, harlequin darter, Etheostoma histrio Jordan and •Inert, Ouachita darter, Percina ouachitae (Jordan and Gilbert), stargazing darter, Percina uranidea (Jordan and Gilbert), and riverdarter. Per- < c'na shumardi (Girard). Robison and Beadles (1974) originally suggested that the two lamprey specimens reported from the system were Lampetra lamottei (Lesueur) ased on geographic proximityof other known localities to the Strawberry River: however, subsequent collections confirm the presence of two <> ditional species of lampreys. L. lamottei remains unknown from the Strawberry River system. Seven specimens of mature, breeding L. epyptera taken on 4-6 April1975 substantiate the presence of the least brook lamprey in the system. Collections were taken from the following 'ocations: IZARDCo.: McJunckins Branch SE of Franklin (Sec. 3 and 4, R7W, T17N) (one specimen); unnamed tributary of Little Strawberry Proceedings, XXXIII, Arkansas Academy of Science Vol. 1979 89 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 93 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Arkansas Academy of Science

River, SE of Oxford(Sec. 30, R8W,T18N) (2); BullPen Creek, NW of Wiseman (Sec. 10. R8W, T18N) (1).SHARP Co.: Unnamed tributary ofBig Creek (Sec. 33,R5W, T16N) (3). On 15 October 1978, asingle 118 mm specimen ofIchthyomyzon castaneus was collected from the Strawberry River at St. Hwy. 115 (Sec. 17 T16N, R3W), Lawrence County. The specimen was still inthe process of transforming into an adult; however, several clues to its identity were noted including a well-developed intestine, developing bicuspid teeth in the inner circle of the oral disc and relatively large buccal funnel. Dr. George A.Moore, Oklahoma State University, kindlyverified the identification. Commercial fishermen have provided documentation of the presence ofScaphirhynchus platorynchus and Polyodon spathula near the confluence of the Strawberry and Black rivers where these two large river forms probably utilize the resources of the Strawberry River when conditions are favorable. The collection of a single specimen of Pimephales promelas, undoubtedly a bait release, was taken from the headwaters of the river approximately 8mi. S.W. of Salem, Fulton County, on4 April1975. This represents the onlyrecord of this species inthe system. An excellent collecting site in Lawrence County just upstream from the St. Hwy. 115 bridge (Sec. 17, T15N, R3W) 1 mi. N.of Jesup has yielded records of the additional seven species denoted in this paper. Six collections have been made to date from this locality. A total of eight specimens of Hybopsis x-punctata have been collected at this location over small gravel in the main current. The richness of the diversity of the Hwy.115collecting site is demonstrated by the collection of a total of51 species, including 17 species of etheostomatine fishes. Fivepercid fishes are added to the stream list. Nine specimens ofCystallaria (=Ammocrypta) asprella were taken in three collections at St. Hwy. 115. A total of four Ammocrypta clara was taken over sand habitats at the Hwy. 115 location and N. of the St. Hwy. 58bridge near Pough- keepsie. Fifteen specimens of Etheostoma histrio have been collected from the St. Hwy.115collecting locality. Forty-seven specimens of the two cryptic species, Percina ouachitae and P. uranidea, have been taken to date from the St. Hwy. 115 locality on four occasions. Specimens of the Strawberry River P. uranidea were used in the original description of the snail darter, Percina tanasi Etnier, inTennessee (Etnier, 1976, Percina (Imostoma) tanasi, a new percid fish from the LittleTennessee River,Tennessee, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 88 (44):469-488). Thirteen speci mensof Percina shumardi have also been taken from the Hwy. 115 location, includinga large, 60.2 mm SL(71.1 mmTL) male specimen. With the addition of these 12 species the Strawberry River is now documented tohave 107 species. Thisrichness in diversity is exemplary of the upland streams inthe Ozark physiographic province and indeed, compares withthe richest streams inNorth America. HENRY W. ROBISON, Department ofBiologicalSciences, Southern Arkansas University, Magnolia, Arkansas 71753.

AGE AND GROWTH OF WHITE CRAPPIE, Pomoxis annularis RAFINESQUE, FROM A FLOOD-CREATED POND IN MISSISSIPPI COUNTY, ARKANSAS

White Crappie, Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque, originally were found inlakes, ponds, bayous, and slow-moving streams and rivers from eastern South Dakota to western New York and south in the Mississippi River and Gulf ofMexico drainage to Alabama and Texas. They have been introduced into other suitable waters (Carlander, 1977). In Arkansas, the white crappie occurs in all major rivers (Buchanan, 1973) and reservoirs (Ball,1972), comprising a significant portion of the annual sport harvest inboth (Morais, 1975). Many growth studies have been done involving white crappie directly or as a sympatric species, as evidenced by the bulk of data compiled on the species byCarlander (1977). This paper describes the age and growthof white crappie inButterfly Hole, a flood-created impoundment of the Mississippi River. Butterfly Hole islocated approximately 2.2 km north of Tomato, section 7, T14N, R13E, Mississippi County, Arkansas, in an area almost entirely devoted to farming. Butterfly Hole was formed during the Fall-Winter flooding of 1974, by flood-stage waters of the Mississippi River.The hold covers approximately 1.5 surface acres with bottom depths ranging from 0.3 to 10.7 meters. Due to its depth, Butterfly Hole has never been dry since its creation. Many such water bodies are created with each flood period, but most are shallow and dryup during the summer months when temperatures average 91°F (Ferguson and Gray, 1971). Fifty-four white crappie were collected to determine the growth characteristics of the species in Butterfly Hole, following a complete rotenone killby the Arkansas Game and Fish Commission. There islittleevidence ofsex differences in the growth of white crappie (Carlander, 1977). Therefore, no sexually dimorphic growth patterns were assumed to exist, and nosuch differentations were attempted. Scales forstudy were selected by the use of the "key scale" method suggested by Lagler (1956). Key scales were designated as those from an area approximately 10 back from the head and 5 down from the lateral line along the right side of the fish. Approximately 20 scales were taken from each fish. Total length inmm and total weight ingrams were recorded foreach fish upon capture. Scale annuli counts were made by use of an American Optical dissecting microscope in conjunction with an American Optical Model #651. 7.5 volt light source. Distances were measured on each scale using a USDA metric planners rule from focus to each annulus, and from focus to scale margin along the anterior median of each scale. The age determinations were made by counting the number of annuli. Since collection was made inlate summer, after annulus formation (Hallet al.. 1954), the age referred- to herein- represents the number of the last complete annulus. The length (66-356 ram) weight (5.5 718 g)relationship was Log W =0.924 Log L+0. 134. The regression coefficient of0.924 was significantly different from 3.0 (t54 = 5.33), indicating that the weight of the crappie did not increase as the cube of length. Figure 1 further illustrate 5 the rapidly decreasing rate of weigh gain of allwhite crappie within the hole, followingimpoundment (1974). , , condition, K, expression. K = 100. The coefficient forthe indivioua The coefficient of was calculated for each of the crappie from the -jtX ¦ fish ranged from 1.45 to 1.95 withan average of 1.64. The average coefficient of the Butterfly Hole crappie was higher than that reported by Wm acre (1952) in Crab Orchard Lake, Illinois (0.67), and higher than that reported by Witt (1952) from Lake Norfork, Missouri (1.32) and Lake Taneycomo, Missouri, (1-.33). Average condition coefficients for the year classes are given inTable 1. The total length (L) scale radius (S)relationship forthe ButterflyHole crappie was L = 50.98 +48.53S with a correlation coefficient (r)of 0.96. The average calculated lengths at the time of annuli formation are given in Table 2. Comparison of lengths of age-groups I,II,and I" revealed no difference at the 0.01 levelbetween the year classes 1975 through 1977. Therefore, the postimpoundment growth was the same forall these year classes.

90 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 94 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

General Notes

Figure 1: gain - True weight (W2 W, )white crappie collected from Butterfly Hole by year class (Ricker, 1975).

(K ) lengths (mm) 1. Average coefficient of condition TL for year classes Table 2. The average calculated total of white ¦: through 1977. crappie from Butterfly Hole. 1 4 Year Class Average KTL Number ofFish Year Class 2 3 5

1972 1.59 1 1972 124 187 250 313 342 1973 1.55 3 1973 104 165 223 265 296 1974 1.51 6 1974 117 172 226 263 1975 1.75 31 1975 107 156 200 1976 1.58 11 1976 106 149 1978 1.93 2 1977 95 Average 109 166 215 280 324

Number 2 11 31 6 3 of fish

LITERATURE CITED

BALL,R. L. 1972. The feeding ecology of black and white crappie MORAIS, D.I.1975. Estimates of sportfisherman use and harvest, inBeaver Reservoir. Unpbl. MS Thesis, U. of Arkansas, Fay- BullShoals Lake, 1971-1974. Unpbl.Report, USFWS. 23p. etteville, Ark. 181 p. RICKER, W. E. 1975. Computation and interpretation of biological BUCHANAN, T. M., 1973. Handbook of freshwater fisheries statistics for fish populations. Fish. Res. Brd. Canada Bull.#191: biology,biology. Vol.II.IowaIowa State Univ.Press, Ames, Iowa. 431 p. 203-233.

FERGUSON, D.V.and I.L.GRAY.1971. Soil survey of Mississippi WHITACRE, M.A.1952. The fishes of Crab Orchard Lake, Illinois. County,ounty, Arkansas. U.S. Gov't Printing Office, Washington, D. Midwest Wildl. Conf. 14:1-41. BUSON,C76p..76 p. WITT. A.J. 1952. Age and growth of the white crappie in Missouri. HALL,G. E., R. M. JENKINS and J. C. FINNELL.1954. The influ- Doct. Dissert. U.ofMissouri, Columbia, MO.213 p. ence of environmental factors on the growth of crappie inOkla- homa waters. Okla. Fish. Res. Lab. Rpt.40:1-56. A.SEWELL, Dept. ofBiology,Arkansas State University, State University 72467. (Present address: Soil Conservation Service, P.O. BHEN76. Melbourne. Arkansas 72556).

DELETIONS, AND CORRECTIONS FOR THE ATLAS AND ANNOTATED LIST OF THE VASCULAR PLANTS rDITIONS, OF ARKANSAS

the publication of the Atlas and Annotated List of the Vascular Plants of Arkansas (Smith, 1978, Student Union Bookstore, U.of Ark. yetteville, Fayetteville, Ark.,592 pp.), a large number of new county records and new reports and several new state records and deletions come to our attention. Over 800 new county records, several new reports, and several deletions are covered in a "Quick Copy" list available the senior author. Approximately half of the new county records in the "Quick Copy" list have been found by Gwen Barber inher study of ora of Franklin County. The new state records are presented in the followinglist. Voucher specimens are ondeposit in the herbarium at Fay- i>inceille.

Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 91 Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 95 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

Arkansas Academy of Science

< 1. COMPOSITAE Anthemis tinctoria L. This naturalized European species was recently found by Gwen Barber inFranklin County. Barber 165 2. LABIATAEGlechoma hederacea L.var. hederacea The large-flowered variety of this species was collected fromMonroe County bya student in the Plant Taxonomy class, KimAnderson. An- derson 18. 3. MORACEAE Cannabis sativah. This expected species (p. 517 of Atlas) was recently found inan apparently naturalized population inFranklin County by Gwen Barber. Bar- ber 835. 4. PLANTAGINACEAEPlantago cordate Lam. Our thanks to Dr. Tom Clark for sending a specimen of this expected species (p. 517 of Atlas) to the Fayetteville herbarium, collected by David M.Johnson in Randolph County. The specimen lacks leaves and has immature fruit,but is apparently correctly determined. Johnson 484. 5. POLEMONIACEAE Phlox Carolina L.subsp. angusta Wherry Arestudy ofour Arkansas Phlox in lightof the monograph by Wherry (1955, The Genus Phlox, Morris Arb.Monog. Ill,Phila., Penn., 174 pp.) indicates that most of what was treated as P. glaberrima L.in the Atlas is P. Carolina L.subsp. augusta Wherry. The senior author seri- ously doubts that this entity should be maintained as distinct fromP. glaberrima. McCoy 134. • 6. POLEMONIACEAE Phlox Carolina L.subsp. Carolina Some ofour material (Craighead, Hot Spring, and Polk Counties) of what was treated as P. glaberrima L.inthe Atlas is this entity. Demaree 3397. 7. POLEMONIACEAE Phlox pilosa L.subsp. pulcherrima Lundell The dot shown forsubsp. fulgida in MillerCounty in the Atlas is actually material of subsp. pulcherrima. Wherry's monograph shows it for several other southwestern Arkansas counties. Moore 490067. 8. ROSACEAE Rosa canina L. Material collected by Richard Davis fromFranklin County may represent a local escape from cultivation. Davis 449. 9. ROSACEAE Spiraea prunifolia Sieb. &Zucc. This cultivated species was collected by Gwen Barber in Franklin County where it is spreading from cultivation to form dense thickets locally bystreams, riverbanks, and oldhome sites. Barber 503. 10. RUBIACEAEGalium arkansanum Gray var. pubiflorum E. B. Smith Anew variety of this species, endemic to Montgomery County, has recently been discovered by the senior author and willbe described ina coming issue ofBrittonia. Smith 3358. 11. SCROPHULARIACEAE Parentucellia viscosa (L.)Caruel. ThisEurasian species was first found inArkansas by Gwen Barber inFranklin County. Barber 886. 12. VERBENACEAE Phyla incisa Small This species was collected recently inLittle River County, later inPerry and Franklin Counties. Itis so similar toP. nodiflora that we suspect much of our "P. nodiflora" is probably P. incisa. This problem deserves additional study. Smith 3378. 13. GRAMINEAE Bouleloua hirsuta Lag. This Great Plains species was recently collected inMillerCounty by Jerry L.Roberts. Roberts 895. 14. LEMNACEAE Spirodela oligorhiza (Kurtz)Hegelm First collected in Arkansas by Marie P.Locke and known from her collections now in Arkansas, Clark,and Jefferson Counties. Locke 2677. 15. ORCHIDACEAESpiranthes lucida (H.H.Eat.) Ames This expected species (p.523 of Atlas) was recently collected inStone County by Paul Redfearn. Redfearn 31747.

EDWINB. SMITHand M. GWEN BARBER. Department ofBotanv &Bacteriology. University ofArkansas at Favetteville. Fayetteville, Arkan- sas, 72701.

UNUSUAL CONCENTRATION OF SCARLET SNAKES (Cemophora coccinea) IN VILLAGE CREEK STATE PARK, ARKANSAS ( InArkansas, the Scarlet Snake (Cemophora coccinea) is not considered abundant at any locality where it has been found. Because of the se- cretive habits of this species, most no doubt escape the attention ofcollectors. One specimen was collected byDellinger and Black Occas. Pap. Univ.Ark.Mus. No. 611, 1938) in the Ft. Smith area and placed in the Univ. of Arkansas at Fayetteville collection, and several others were reported from the Ft. Smith area. Parker (Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 2:15-30, 1947) ! deposited a single specimen from Greene County in the Univ. ofMichigan collection. Dowling (Occas. Pap. Univ.Ark. Mus. No. 3, p. 31 1957) reported two specimens, UADZ 739 and UADZ 94, from Pike and Washington Counties and mentioned that there were few records of this species listed for Arkansas. Recent reports from central Arkansas were mentioned by Reagan (Ark. Natural Plan Publ. pp. 101-105. 1074). Byrd and Hanebrink (Herp. Review 7:123, 1976) reported two specimens, one fromIzard County and one from Sharp County. Nomore than one specimen has been reported from any one county other than the reports by Dellinger and Black forthe Ft. Smith area. Since 1975, nine additional specimens have been found in Village Creek State Park located in Cross and St. Francis Counties in eastern Arkansas. The first specimen was collected as it crossed a gravel driveway in early July 1975. Asecond specimen was dug up in about two inches of humus on a ridge top during trailconstruction inlate July of the same year. Two additional specimens were collected during trail construction inmidsummer of 1976. In1977, Scarlet Snakes were collected as they crossed park roads on the nights of 31 May and 1July. Three more specimens were collected during the summer of 1978. ON the evening of 24 June, a Scarlet Snake was found on the road near the park entrance. Another was found dead on the road on4July and measured 48.6 centimeters in total length. Afinal 42.3 centimeter specimen was found dead on the road on 9 July. VillageCreek State Park covers 7000 acres within the Natural Division of Arkansas known as Crowley's Ridge. The dominant tree species are White Oak Quercus alba) and Beech (Fagus grandifolia). Other common species include various oaks, Sweetgum (Liquidambar stvraciflua). Tulip Poplar (Liriodendron tulipifera). Sugar Maple (Acer saccharum) ,Mockernut Hickory (Carya tomentosa), and Sycamore (Platanus occidentalism Despite their striking markings. Scarlet Snakes elude collectors due to their burrowinghabits. Nine Scarlet Snakes were collected at Village Creek State Park during the years 1975-1978. This represents the largest number collected in a single locality in Arkansas. Allwere found on roads during or after rain or were uncovered from forest humus during trail construction.

KEITHB. SUTTON, Seasonal Naturalist, VillageCreek State Park. Rt .? Box 49B, Wynne, AR 72396. V.R. McDANlEL,Dept. ofBiol. Sci Arkansas State University, State University, AR 72467.

92 Arkansas Academy of Science Proceedings, Vol.XXXIII,1979 https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 96 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

POLICIES AND ence to each of them in the text. Legends for figures should be PUBLICATION typed on a separate piece of paper at the end of the manu- SUGGESTIONS FOR AUTHORS script. Do not run tables in the text. Illustrations must be of V sufficient size and clarity to permit reduction to standard page The PROCEEDINGS OF THE ARKANSAS ACADEMY OF SCI- size; ordinarily they should be no larger than twice the size of ENCE appears annually. At least one of the authors of a paper intended reduction and whenever possible no larger than a submitted for publication in the PROCEEDINGS must be a manuscript page for ease of handling. Photographs must be member of the Arkansas Academy ofScience. printed on glossy paper; sharp focus and high contrast are es- Each paper should contain results of original research, em- sential for good reproduction. Figures and labeling must be of body sound principles of scientific investigation, and present professional quality.Notations identifying author, figure num- data ina concise yet clear manner. The COUNCILOF BIOLOGY ber, and top of print must be made on the back of each illustra- STYLE MANUAL,published by the American Insti- tion. All illustrations must be submitted in duplicate. Tables EDITORS Sciences, tute of Biological is a convenient and widely con- should be typed with a carbon-ribboned typewriter and in the sulted guide for scientific writers. Authors should strive for exact format that the author wishes them to appear in the text. directness and lucidity, achieved by use of the active voice. Tables willbe printed using the offset process and thus must Special attention should be given to consistency in tense, un- be of professional quality when submitted. Note preferred ambiguous reference ofpronouns, and logicallyplaced modifi- placement of figures and tables in the margins of the manu- ers. script. Preparation ofManuscript Procedure • strongly recommended that before submitting a paper, Itis the policyof the Arkansas Academy ofScience that only Itis papers presented at the annual meeting are eligible for publica- the author ask qualified people to appraise it. The author submit two copies of the manuscript, tables, and fi- tion and that the manuscript is due at the time of presentation. should policy, manuscripts gures. Manuscripts must be double-spaced (preferably typed In accordance with this submitted for ? to pa- witha carbon ribboned typewriter) on 8V2 x 11 inch bond paper publication should be given the section chairman as the margins not hyphenate per is being presented. Correspondence after this time should with at least one inch on all sides. Do Heidt, Editor, on the right-hand margin. The second copy may be be directed to Gary A. Dept. of Biology,Univer- words at Rock, Rock, xeroxed. sity ofArkansas Little Little Arkansas 72204. Evaluation to An abstract summarizing in concrete terms the methods, of a paper submitted the PROCEEDINGS findings and implications discussed in the body of the paper begins with a critical reading by the Editor. The paper is then accompany The should be com- submitted toreferees for checking of scientific content, origi- must a feature article. abstract to pletely self-explanatory. nality,and clarity of presentation. Attention the preceeding < Afeature article comprises approximately five or more type- paragraphs willgreatly speed up this process. Judgments as to written pages. A PROCEEDINGS printed page is equal to ap- the acceptability of the paper and suggestions for strengthen- proximately three and one-half typewritten pages and the ingitare sent to the author. Ifthe paper is tentatively accepted author is assessed a page charge for those papers exceeding the author will rework it, where necessary, and return two two printed pages. A separate title page, including the title in copies of the revised manuscript together with the original to capital letters, the authors names and addresses should be in- the Editor. Usually a time limit for this revision will be re- cluded withthe manuscript. Feature articles are often divided quested. If the time limit is not met, the paper may be con- into the following sections: abstract, introduction, materials sidered to be withdrawn by the author and rejected for publica- and methods, results, discussion, acknowledgments, and tion. Allfinal decisions concerning the acceptance or rejection literature cited. These sections should be centered and ofa manuscript are made by the Editor. capitalized. Subheadings begin at margin, When a copy of the proof, original manuscript, and reprint should the left-hand author, < but more than one subheading should be avoided. order blanks reach the they should be carefully read for A general note is usually one to three typewritten pages and errors and omissions. The author should mark corrections on rarely utilizes subheadings. A note should have the title the proof and return both the proof and manuscript to the Edi- (capitalized) at the top of the first page with the body of the tor within 48hours or the proof willbe judged correct. Printing paper following. Abstracts are not used for general notes. The charges accruing from excessive additions to or changes in k authors name and address should appear at the end of the the proofs must be assumed by the author. Reprint orders are manuscript. For other information concerning general note for- placed with the printer,not the editor. Page charges, where ap- mat consult Vol.31 of the PROCEEDINGS. plicable, and excessive printing charges will be billed to the * Abbreviations: Use of abbreviations and symbols can be as- author by the Academy ofScience. certained by inspection of recent issues of the PROCEED- ABSTRACT COVERAGE INGS. Suggestions for uniformity include the use of numerals before units of measurement (5 millimeters), but nine animals Each issue of the Proceedings is sent to several abstracting (10or numbers above, such as 13 animals). Abbreviations must and review services. The following is a partial list of this cov- be erage: '¦ defined the first time they are used. The metric system of measurements and weights must be employed. Abstracts inAnthropology The literature cited section should include six or more ref- Abstracts ofNorth American Geology erences; entries should take the following form: Biological Abstracts DAVIS, * D.H.S. 1933. Rhythmic activity in the short-tailed Chemical Abstracts vole, Microtus. J.Anim. Eco. 2:232-238. Mathematical Reviews Recent Literature of the Journal of Mammalogy HUDSON, J. W. and J. A.RUMMELL. 1966. Science Citation Index FLEMING, T.H. 1969. Population ecology of three species Sport Fishery Abstracts . of Neotropical rodents. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, WildlifeReview Univ.Michigan, Ann Arbor, 231 pp. Zoological Record JONES, Review Journal of the Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux |, c. 1957. The adrenal cortex. Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 316 pp. WRIGHT, BUSINESS AND SUBSCRIPTION P. L.1966. Observations on the reproductive cycle INFORMATION of the American badger (Taxidea taxus). Pp. 27-45, InCom- parative biology reproduction (I.W. Remittances and orders for subscriptions and for single of in mammals Row- copies and changes of lands,ed.) Academic Press, London, xxi + 559 pp. address should be sent to Dr. D. M. Chittenden II,Secretary, Arkansas Academy of Science, Box J|wer than six references are cited they should be inserted in 837, State University. Arkansas 72467 take these forms: (Jones, The adrenal cortex, p. 210, Subscription $10.00 per copy (plus 9S7wn'•

Published by Arkansas Academy of Science, 1979 97 Journal of the Arkansas Academy of Science, Vol. 33 [1979], Art. 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Secretary's Report and Financial Statement 1 Prog ram 5 Arkansas Collegiate Academy of Science 10 Excerpts of Governor BillClinton'sClinton s Address to the Arkansas Academy of Science 12 JAMES C. ADAMS and RAJ V. KILAMBI: Maturation and Fecundity of RedearSunfish 13 DENNIS A. BAEYENS, M.W. PATTERSON and C. T. MCALLISTER: Hematology as Related to Diving Characteristics of Elaphe obsoleta, Nerodia erythrogaster, Nerodia fasciata and Nerodia rhombifera 17 MEREDITH BAILEY, DENNIS BAEYENS and LANA MANN: Age and Huddling as Determinants ofMetabolic Rate inGrasshopper Mice (Onychomys leucogaster) 19 JAMES M. BRITTON: AComparison of the Lens Protein Profiles of Three Species of Ozark Salamanders 22 D. M. CHITTENDEN II: The Fate of Some Common Radionuclides Found inDardanelle Lake 25 DIANA M. DANFORTH, MARY JO GRINSTEAD-SCHNEIDER and DONALD E. VOTH: Self-Perceived Health and Life Outlook Among the Rural Elderly 28 PHYLLIS J. GARNETT: Electrophoretic Analysis of Blood Serum Proteins inThree Species of Water Snakes (Genus Nerodia) 32 M.E. GORDON, A. V. BROWN and L. RUSSERT KRAEMER: Mollusca of the Illinois k River, Arkansas 35 EARL L. HANEBRINK and ALAN POSEY: Seasonal Abundance and Habitat Distribution of Birds inNortheastern Arkansas 38 DOUGLAS JAMES and FRED L. BURNSIDE, JR.: Status of the Red-cockaded Woodpecker At the Felsenthal National WildlifeRefuge in Arkansas 43 CARL D. JEFFERSand EDMOND J. BACON: A Distributional Survey of the Fishes of Ten MileCreek in Southeastern Arkansas 46 ROBERT T. LINER: Lithostratigraphy of the Cane HillMemberof the Hale Formation (Type Morrowan), Northwest Arkansas 49 MORRIS MAUNEYand GEORGE L. HARP: The Effects of Channelization on Fish Populations Ofthe Cache River and Bayou DeView 51 ALBERT E. OGDEN and CARLOS J. QUINTANA: Hydrogeologic Investigation of a Landfill Site in Washington Co., Arkansas 5! ALBERT E. OGDEN, NANCY L. TAYLORand STEVE D. THOMPSON: A Preliminary Investigation ofRural-Use Aquifers of Boone, Carroll, and Madison Counties, Arkansas 58 JAN PAYNEand GASTON GRIGGS: Time Course ofPR of UV-lnduced Chromosomal Aberrations and Lethal Damage in S and G2 Xenopus Cells 61 PHYLLIS K. PRICE, MICHAEL CARTWRIGHT and MITCHELL J. ROGERS: Genie Variation In White-tailed Deer from Arkansas 64 JOHN D. RICKETT: Abundance, Diversity and Distribution ofBenthic Macro-Invertebrates in the Flat Bayou Drainage Area, Jefferson County, Arkansas 67 J. H. ROARKROARK and .1J. IL. DALE:f)AIF- TheThp EffectFffprt nfof Turf FungicidesFnnnir.irips onnn EarthwormsFarthwnrms ....7171 Generalfionpral NotesNntp

https://scholarworks.uark.edu/jaas/vol33/iss1/1 98